PS00036042 SY215W1I4K轮胎式液压挖掘机操作保养手册.en A.1

Quality Changes the World
Wheeled hydraulic
excavator
SY215W
Operation and Maintenance Manual

SY215W TireHydraulic Excavator
SY215W Tire
Hydraulic Excavator
Operation and Maintenance Manual
WARNING
Risk of serious injury, death or property damage!
Failure to carefully read this Manual may result in serious injury even death due to incorrect
operations.
• This manual is prepared for experienced technicians to provide the technical information re-
quired for the maintenance and repair of this machine.
• This manual may mention working devices and optional equipment that are not available in
your region. You may order them from local authorized agent of SANY. The materials and
specifications are subject to change without notice.
Operation and Maintenance Manual-06.2023 1

2 Operation and Maintenance Manual-06.2023

SANY Group
SANY Heavy Machinery Co., Ltd
SANY Industrial Park, Economic and Technological Development Zone, Kunshan,
Jiangsu
Postal code: 210053
http://www.sany.com.cn
Domestic:
After-sales service hotline: 4008 28 2318
Inquiry hotline ： 4008 87 9318
Overseas:
Service/Complaint Hotline: +86 4006 09 8318
As technology and products are constantly updated, materials and technical specifications are sub-
ject to change without notice. Copyright © 2023 SANY Group. All rights reserved. Without written
permission of Sany Group, this manual may not be reprinted, distributed, sold or modified.


Responsibility division
Important declarations
A tire hydraulic excavator is a piece of multi-purpose earthwork construction machinery. It is mainly

used for earthwork excavation and loading, but can also be used for land leveling, slope repair,
hoisting, crushing, demolition, trenching, and other operations. These excavators are widely used
in highway, railway, and other road construction projects, bridge construction, urban construction,
and airport, port, and water conservancy construction. Excavators have the functions of bulldoz-
ers, loaders, and cranes and can replace these machines. Usage beyond the prescribed purpose
are not within the scope of application. SANY will not bear any responsibility for the consequences
caused by the uses that are not compliant with the specified purpose.
SANY will not be responsible for the adverse consequences caused by the following
circumstances:
• Consequences caused by the failure to use the hydraulic excavator as stipulated in this Manual.
• Consequences caused by unauthorized change or modification of the hydraulic excavator.
• Any equipment damage or accident is caused by using untested or unauthorized accessories or
tools instead of original SANY accessories;
• SANY will not bear any responsibility for machine fault or damage caused by force majeure such
as natural disasters (including earthquakes and typhoons) and wars.
• Users shall bear the corresponding responsibilities for equipment damage caused by improper
selection of oil products.
It is impossible for SANY to foresee all the possible hazards on the operation site. Therefore, hy-
draulic excavator operators and customers should attach great importance to safety issues.
There may also be stricter safety operation regulations in different regions or imposed by local au-
thorities where the hydraulic excavator is used. If they conflict with these safety operation instruc-
tions, the most stringent safety operating regulations should be followed.
Responsibilities of SANY
• Ensure that the hydraulic excavator provided by SANY is in good quality, and the technical data
sheets for the machine are accurate.
• Fulfill the after-sales service promise and document all maintenance and repair work performed
by the after-sales service personnel.
• Provide training for equipment operators and maintenance personnel as needed.

Responsibilities of customer or other authorized relevant personnel
• Relevant personnel can only operate and maintain the hydraulic excavator after they have re-
ceived sufficient training and fully understand the content of the accessory catalogue and the
Operation and Maintenance Manual of the hydraulic excavator.
• Ensure that the operators and the maintenance personnel of the device are qualified for this job
and know the corresponding responsibilities.
• Regularly check the safety awareness of relevant personnel at work.
• In the event of any fault that may affect safety, stop the hydraulic excavator immediately.
• SANY service personnel have the right to carry out relevant safety inspections on the hydraulic
excavator when necessary.
• In addition to the inspections specified by SANY, the hydraulic excavator needs to be inspected
according to the relevant national and regional laws and regulations.
• Ensure timely maintenance and repair of the hydraulic excavator.
• Cautiously and consciously plan the use of the hydraulic excavator.
Responsibilities of all operators
• If there is any abnormal phenomenon that may indicate abnormal operation of the hydraulic ex-
cavator or potential hazards, report it to the supervisor and correct promptly the abnormal situa-
tion if possible.
• All personnel working around the hydraulic excavator must follow all warning signs and be alert
to the threats to their and others' safety.
• All operators should know the operation contents and procedures;
• Observe to see whether there is a danger, and warn the operator and signalman promptly if any.
For example, high-voltage cables, irrelevant personnel, poor ground conditions, and so on.
Responsibilities of managers
Ensure that operators fully understand the operation and maintenance manuals provided by SANY
after training, and are in good physical condition with an operator license. Otherwise, they are not
allowed to operate the hydraulic excavator.
• Ensure that the operators have good judgment, cooperation awareness and psychological qual-
ity; otherwise, they are not allowed to operate the hydraulic excavator.
• Ensure that signalmen master standard command signals, and are capable of making good vis-
ual and acoustic judgments, sending clear and accurate signals, identifying dangerous factors,
and informing operators to avoid such factors in time.
• Ensure that the assisting personnel can correctly recognize the model and working conditions of
the hydraulic excavator and select the appropriate one.
• Clarify the safety responsibility of each project operation personnel and require them to report
unsafe factors to the supervisor in time.

SY215W TireHydraulic Excavator Table of Contents
Table of Contents
1 Foreword..............................................................................................................................1-1
1.1 Overview.................................................................................................................................1-3
1.2 Laws, regulations and disclaimer........................................................................................1-4
1.3 Safety Information.................................................................................................................1-5
1.4 Altitude allowed by equipment ............................................................................................1-6
1.5 Description of page numbers ..............................................................................................1-7
1.6 Introduction ............................................................................................................................1-7
1.6.1 Intended use of the machine.......................................................................................1-7
1.6.2 Direction of the machine..............................................................................................1-8
1.6.3 Breaking-in of New Machine.......................................................................................1-9
1.7 Product Information ..............................................................................................................1-9
1.7.1 Overview........................................................................................................................1-9
1.7.2 Serial Number Label of Machine................................................................................1-9
1.7.3 Serial number label of engine .................................................................................. 1-10
1.8 Accompanying accessory box...........................................................................................1-11
1.9 List of Abbreviations ...........................................................................................................1-11
1.10 Terms ................................................................................................................................. 1-12
2 Safety.....................................................................................................................................2-1
2.1 Safety sign..............................................................................................................................2-5
2.1.1 Overview........................................................................................................................2-5
2.1.2 Location of safety signs ...............................................................................................2-5
2.1.3 Description of safety sign ............................................................................................2-8
2.2 Safety information .............................................................................................................. 2-16
2.2.1 Safety rules................................................................................................................. 2-16
2.2.2 In case of anomaly .................................................................................................... 2-16
2.2.3 Protective Equipment for Operators ....................................................................... 2-17
2.2.4 Fire extinguisher and first-aid kit ............................................................................. 2-18
2.2.5 Safety equipment....................................................................................................... 2-18
2.2.6 Keeping the Machine Clean..................................................................................... 2-19
2.2.7 Keep the Cab Clean.................................................................................................. 2-19
2.2.8 Locking of the safety lock lever ............................................................................... 2-20
2.2.9 Handrails and stairs .................................................................................................. 2-20
2.2.10 Precautions for works at heights........................................................................... 2-21
2.2.11 No one is allowed on accessories......................................................................... 2-21
2.2.12 Do Not Get Stuck in the Hinged Part.................................................................... 2-21
2.2.13 Scalding Prevention................................................................................................ 2-22
Operation and Maintenance Manual-06.2023 I

Table of Contents SY215W TireHydraulic Excavator
2.2.13.1 Hot Coolant ....................................................................................................... 2-22

2.2.13.2 Hot oil................................................................................................................. 2-22
2.2.14 Fire and explosion prevention ............................................................................... 2-23
2.2.14.1 Fire caused by fuel or engine oil .................................................................... 2-23
2.2.14.2 Fire Caused by Stacked Flammable Materials............................................ 2-24
2.2.14.3 Fire Caused by Electric Wires........................................................................ 2-24
2.2.14.4 Fire caused by hydraulic pipes ...................................................................... 2-24
2.2.14.5 Fire Caused by Lighting Equipment .............................................................. 2-24
2.2.14.6 Fire Caused by the Heat Shield ..................................................................... 2-24
2.2.15 Actions to take in case of fire................................................................................. 2-24
2.2.16 Preventing parts from flying out ............................................................................ 2-25
2.2.17 Avoid falling objects, flying objects, and invading objects................................. 2-25
2.2.18 Accessory Installation............................................................................................. 2-26
2.2.19 Combinations of accessories ................................................................................ 2-26
2.2.20 Unapproved modification ....................................................................................... 2-26
2.2.21 Surveying the worksite in advance ....................................................................... 2-27
2.2.22 Operation on a Soft Ground................................................................................... 2-28
2.2.23 Stay away from high voltage cables ..................................................................... 2-28
2.2.24 Ensure a good view................................................................................................. 2-29
2.2.25 Ventilation in the work environment...................................................................... 2-29
2.2.26 Prevention of asbestos dust hazards ................................................................... 2-30
2.2.27 Emergency exit of the cab...................................................................................... 2-30
2.3 Safe operation of machine................................................................................................ 2-31
2.3.1 Start the machine safely ........................................................................................... 2-31
2.3.1.1 Board the machine safely ................................................................................. 2-31
2.3.1.2 Inspection before starting the engine .............................................................. 2-31
2.3.1.3 Start the machine safely.................................................................................... 2-32
2.3.1.4 Starting the Engine in Cold Weather ............................................................... 2-33
2.3.1.5 Auxiliary Devices Required for Startup ........................................................... 2-33
2.3.1.6 After starting the engine .................................................................................... 2-33
2.3.2 Operation .................................................................................................................... 2-34
2.3.2.1 Inspection before Operation ............................................................................. 2-34
2.3.2.2 Dangerous area when the machine is working.............................................. 2-35
2.3.2.3 Confirm the machine running direction ........................................................... 2-35
2.3.2.4 Safety rules for changing the machine direction ........................................... 2-37
2.3.2.5 Safety rules for traveling ................................................................................... 2-38
2.3.2.6 Drive the machine safely................................................................................... 2-40
2.3.2.7 Operation on slopes........................................................................................... 2-41
2.3.2.8 Operation in snowy weather ............................................................................. 2-42
II Operation and Maintenance Manual-06.2023

2.3.2.9 Prohibited Operations........................................................................................ 2-42

2.3.3 Park the machine....................................................................................................... 2-44
2.3.3.1 Selecting a parking lot ....................................................................................... 2-44
2.3.3.2 Shut down the machine..................................................................................... 2-45
2.3.4 Transportation............................................................................................................ 2-45
2.3.4.1 Transporting the Machine ................................................................................. 2-45
2.3.4.2 Loading and Unloading ..................................................................................... 2-46
2.3.5 Battery......................................................................................................................... 2-47
2.3.6 Lifting with excavators .............................................................................................. 2-49
2.4 Safety and maintenance instructions .............................................................................. 2-50
2.4.1 Precautions before maintenance ............................................................................ 2-50
2.4.2 Self-preparation ......................................................................................................... 2-50
2.4.3 Preparation for the working area............................................................................. 2-51
2.4.4 Procedure for Shutting Down the Engine Before Maintenance.......................... 2-51
2.4.5 Warning Signs............................................................................................................ 2-52
2.4.6 Applicable tools.......................................................................................................... 2-52
2.4.7 Maintenance while the engine is running............................................................... 2-53
2.4.8 Working Under the Machine .................................................................................... 2-53
2.4.9 Maintenance of tires.................................................................................................. 2-54
2.4.10 Beware of the hot cooling system ......................................................................... 2-54
2.4.11 Safe operation of high-pressure hose .................................................................. 2-55
2.4.12 Beware of high pressure liquid .............................................................................. 2-55
2.4.13 Welding Operation .................................................................................................. 2-56
2.4.14 Maintain the A/C system safely............................................................................. 2-56
2.4.15 Precautions for high voltage .................................................................................. 2-57
2.4.16 Accumulator ............................................................................................................. 2-57
2.4.17 Avoiding the Hazards of Fire and Explosion ....................................................... 2-58
2.4.18 Regular replacement of safety parts .................................................................... 2-58
2.4.19 Perform maintenance ............................................................................................. 2-59
2.4.20 Proper disposal of waste........................................................................................ 2-59
3 Technical Specifications.............................................................................................3-1
3.1 Overall dimensions ...............................................................................................................3-3
3.2 Excavation range ..................................................................................................................3-4
3.3 Technical parameters ...........................................................................................................3-5
3.4 Lifting capacity.......................................................................................................................3-5
4 Operation.............................................................................................................................4-1
4.1 Operation................................................................................................................................4-5
4.1.1 General drawing of the machine ................................................................................4-5
Operation and Maintenance Manual-06.2023 III

4.2 Description of controls and gauges ....................................................................................4-7

4.2.1 Display ...........................................................................................................................4-7
4.2.2 Operation method of each page of the display ..................................................... 4-14
4.2.3 Key Panel Function and Indicator Meaning........................................................... 4-45
4.2.4 Switch.......................................................................................................................... 4-50
4.2.4.1 Overview.............................................................................................................. 4-50
4.2.4.2 Starting switch .................................................................................................... 4-52
4.2.4.3 Throttle control knob .......................................................................................... 4-53
4.2.4.4 Horn switch ......................................................................................................... 4-53
4.2.4.5 Interior lamp switch ............................................................................................ 4-54
4.2.4.6 Auxiliary power supply....................................................................................... 4-54
4.2.4.7 USB power outlet ............................................................................................... 4-55
4.2.4.8 Reverse alarm kill switch................................................................................... 4-55
4.2.5 Joystick and pedal..................................................................................................... 4-56
4.2.5.1 Overview.............................................................................................................. 4-56
4.2.5.2 Safety lock lever ................................................................................................. 4-57
4.2.5.3 Joystick ................................................................................................................ 4-58
4.2.5.4 Brake pedal ......................................................................................................... 4-60
4.2.5.5 Accelerator pedal ............................................................................................... 4-61
4.2.5.6 Crushing pedal ................................................................................................... 4-61
4.2.6 Right turn indicator .................................................................................................... 4-62
4.2.6.1 Right turn indicator............................................................................................. 4-62
4.2.6.2 Multifunction switch (left operating lever) ....................................................... 4-62
4.2.6.3 Traveling multifunction switch (right operating lever).................................... 4-64
4.2.6.4 Parking brake indicator...................................................................................... 4-65
4.2.6.5 Operational mode indicator .............................................................................. 4-65
4.2.6.6 High beam indicator lamp ................................................................................. 4-66
4.2.6.7 Damping lock on indicator................................................................................. 4-66
4.2.6.8 Parking/working/traveling mode selection button.......................................... 4-67
4.2.6.9 Warning lamp switch.......................................................................................... 4-68
4.2.6.10 Damping cylinder locking switch.................................................................... 4-69
4.2.7 Top window................................................................................................................. 4-70
4.2.8 Windshield .................................................................................................................. 4-71
4.2.9 Cab doors and windows ........................................................................................... 4-80
4.2.10 Cup Holder ............................................................................................................... 4-81
4.2.11 Information kit........................................................................................................... 4-81
4.2.12 Emergency exit........................................................................................................ 4-82
4.2.13 Fire extinguisher...................................................................................................... 4-82
4.2.14 Controller .................................................................................................................. 4-83
IV Operation and Maintenance Manual-06.2023

4.2.15 Fuse link ................................................................................................................... 4-83

4.2.16 A/C system ............................................................................................................... 4-84
4.2.16.1 Control panel .................................................................................................... 4-84
4.2.16.2 Control switch and LCD .................................................................................. 4-85
4.2.16.3 A/C operation.................................................................................................... 4-89
4.2.16.4 Operate the A/C carefully ............................................................................... 4-91
4.2.17 Radio......................................................................................................................... 4-92
4.2.18 Door lock................................................................................................................... 4-92
4.2.19 Lockable lid .............................................................................................................. 4-93
4.2.19.1 Overview ........................................................................................................... 4-93
4.2.19.2 Open and close the lockable lid ..................................................................... 4-94
4.2.19.3 Open and close the lockable lid ..................................................................... 4-96
4.3 Operation and control of the machine ............................................................................. 4-96
4.3.1 Before engine start .................................................................................................... 4-96
4.3.1.1 Walkaround Inspection...................................................................................... 4-96
4.3.1.2 Inspection before startup .................................................................................. 4-97
4.3.1.3 Adjustment before operation .......................................................................... 4-107
4.3.1.4 Operation before engine start..........................................................................4-113
4.3.2 Start the engine.........................................................................................................4-115
4.3.3 Warm-up operation...................................................................................................4-118
4.3.4 Operation on slopes .................................................................................................4-119
4.3.4.1 Overview.............................................................................................................4-119
4.3.4.2 Engine - shut down on a slope ....................................................................... 4-120
4.3.4.3 Cab door on a slope......................................................................................... 4-120
4.3.5 Machine Operation.................................................................................................. 4-121
4.3.5.1 Overview............................................................................................................ 4-121
4.3.5.2 Engine shutdown.............................................................................................. 4-121
4.3.5.3 Machine travel .................................................................................................. 4-122
4.3.5.4 Working device control and operation........................................................... 4-126
4.3.6 Prohibited Operations ............................................................................................. 4-128
4.3.7 Allowable water depth............................................................................................. 4-131
4.3.8 Recommended uses ............................................................................................... 4-132
4.3.8.1 Notes.................................................................................................................. 4-132
4.3.8.2 Backhoe Operation .......................................................................................... 4-132
4.3.8.3 Trenching operation......................................................................................... 4-133
4.3.8.4 Loading operation ............................................................................................ 4-133
4.3.9 Park the machine..................................................................................................... 4-133
4.3.10 Daily machine inspection after work................................................................... 4-136
4.3.11 Lock ......................................................................................................................... 4-137
Operation and Maintenance Manual-06.2023 V

4.3.12 Operation in cold weather .................................................................................... 4-137

4.3.12.1 Description of operation in cold weather .................................................... 4-137
4.3.12.2 After daily work............................................................................................... 4-138
4.3.12.3 After the cold season..................................................................................... 4-139
4.3.13 Post-processing operation ................................................................................... 4-139
4.3.13.1 Automatic regeneration................................................................................. 4-139
4.3.13.2 Manual regeneration ..................................................................................... 4-140
4.3.13.3 Regeneration prohibition function ............................................................... 4-141
4.3.14 Long-Term Storage ............................................................................................... 4-142
4.3.14.1 Before storage................................................................................................ 4-142
4.3.14.2 During storage................................................................................................ 4-143
4.3.14.3 After Storage................................................................................................... 4-143
4.3.14.4 Starting the Engine after Long-term Storage ............................................. 4-143
4.4 Transportation................................................................................................................... 4-143
4.4.1 Note ........................................................................................................................... 4-143
4.4.2 Road travel ............................................................................................................... 4-144
4.4.3 Transportation methods.......................................................................................... 4-145
4.4.4 Load and unload the machine with a trailer ......................................................... 4-145
4.4.4.1 Description ........................................................................................................ 4-145
4.4.4.2 Loading .............................................................................................................. 4-146
4.4.4.3 Fix the machine ................................................................................................ 4-148
4.4.4.4 Unloading .......................................................................................................... 4-151
4.4.4.5 Towing................................................................................................................ 4-154
5 Maintenance.......................................................................................................................5-1
5.1 Disposing oil, fuel, and coolant ...........................................................................................5-5
5.1.1 Oil....................................................................................................................................5-5
5.1.2 Fuel.................................................................................................................................5-5
5.1.3 Coolant of the cooling system.....................................................................................5-6
5.1.4 Grease ...........................................................................................................................5-7
5.1.5 Storage of engine oil and fuel .....................................................................................5-7
5.1.6 Filter element ................................................................................................................5-7
5.2 Maintenance of the electrical system .................................................................................5-8
5.3 Wearing parts ........................................................................................................................5-8
5.4 Recommended fuel, coolant and lubricating oil................................................................5-9
5.5 Tightening torque ............................................................................................................... 5-13
5.6 Safety-critical parts ............................................................................................................ 5-15
5.7 Maintenance plan............................................................................................................... 5-16
5.8 Maintenance guidelines .................................................................................................... 5-18
5.9 Maintenance period when using hydraulic crushing hammer. ................................... 5-21
VI Operation and Maintenance Manual-06.2023

5.10 Maintenance procedure .................................................................................................. 5-23

5.10.1 Initial 50-hour maintenance (only after the first 50 hours)................................. 5-23
5.10.2 When needed........................................................................................................... 5-23
5.10.2.1 Wheel nuts - inspection and tightening......................................................... 5-23
5.10.2.2 Drive shaft nuts - inspection and tightening ................................................. 5-24
5.10.2.3 Bucket - replace ............................................................................................... 5-24
5.10.2.4 Bucket teeth (cross-pin type) - replace ......................................................... 5-27
5.10.2.5 Bucket clearance - adjust ............................................................................... 5-29
5.10.2.6 Window Washer Fluid Level - Check/Refilling............................................. 5-30
5.10.2.7 A/C - check/maintain ....................................................................................... 5-31
5.10.2.8 Gas springs - check ......................................................................................... 5-33
5.10.3 Detection before startup......................................................................................... 5-35
5.10.4 Maintenance every 100 Hours .............................................................................. 5-36
5.10.4.1 Working Device - Lubrication ......................................................................... 5-36
5.10.4.2 Dozer Blade - Lubrication ............................................................................... 5-40
5.10.5.1 Air filter element - check/clean/replace......................................................... 5-46
5.10.5.2 Fan belt tensioner - Check/adjust shortdesc ............................................... 5-50
5.10.5.3 Axle and gearbox oil level before and after refueling - check.................... 5-51
5.10.5.4 Drive shaft - Lubrication .................................................................................. 5-55
5.10.6.1 Notes.................................................................................................................. 5-57
5.10.6.2 Slewing bearing - lubrication .......................................................................... 5-57
5.10.6.3 Replace the Oil in the Engine Oil Pan and Replace the Oil Filter
Elements ............................................................................................................ 5-58
5.10.6.4 Grease in the slewing pinion - check/add..................................................... 5-62
5.10.6.5 Coarse Fuel Filter Element - Replacement.................................................. 5-63
5.10.6.6 Fuel Fine Filter Element - Replacement ....................................................... 5-65
5.10.6.7 Fins of the radiator and cooler - clean/check ............................................... 5-67
5.10.6.8 A/C ventilation/circulation filter - clean.......................................................... 5-69
5.10.6.9 Oil in the slewing mechanism box - check/add............................................ 5-72
5.10.7 Maintenance every 1000 Hours ............................................................................ 5-74
5.10.7.1 Notes.................................................................................................................. 5-74
5.10.7.2 Hydraulic Oil Return Filter Element-Replace............................................... 5-74
5.10.7.3 Oil in the slewing mechanism box - replace................................................. 5-76
5.10.7.4 Cab door lock and front-window buckle - check.......................................... 5-78
5.10.7.5 Lubricating oil of the cab door hinges and front window sliding guide
rails - check/refill ............................................................................................... 5-79
5.10.7.6 Nuts on the wiper rocker arm - check ........................................................... 5-80
Operation and Maintenance Manual-06.2023 VII

5.10.7.7 Engine exhaust pipe clamps - check............................................................. 5-80

5.10.7.8 Fan belt tension-check/replace...................................................................... 5-80
5.10.7.9 Nitrogen gas pressure in the accumulator (for the breaker) -
check .................................................................................................................. 5-81
5.10.7.10 Replace the filter element of the hydraulic oil tank breather valve-
cleaning/replacement....................................................................................... 5-81
5.10.7.11 Axle and transmission oil - replace.............................................................. 5-82
5.10.8.1 Notes.................................................................................................................. 5-82
5.10.8.2 Hydraulic oil suction filter element - clean or replace ................................. 5-83
5.10.8.3 Nitrogen pressure in the accumulator - check ............................................. 5-84
5.10.8.4 Engine coolant - replace ................................................................................. 5-88
5.10.8.5 Alternator - check............................................................................................. 5-90
5.10.8.6 Engine valve clearance - check/adjustment ................................................ 5-90
5.10.9.1 Description ........................................................................................................ 5-90
5.10.9.2 Water pump - inspection ................................................................................. 5-91
5.10.9.3 Starter Motor - Check ...................................................................................... 5-91
5.10.9.4 Accumulator - replace ..................................................................................... 5-91
5.10.9.5 High-pressure pipeline clamps and rubber - check .................................... 5-92
5.10.9.6 Compressor - check ........................................................................................ 5-92
5.10.9.7 Oil in the hydraulic oil tank - replace ............................................................. 5-93
5.10.10 Maintenance every 8000 hours........................................................................... 5-94
5.10.10.1 Note ................................................................................................................. 5-94
5.10.10.2 High-pressure pipe clamps - replacement ................................................. 5-94
5.10.11 Maintenance of every 10000 hours .................................................................... 5-95
5.10.12 Maintenance and Care of the Ultra-long Prototype ......................................... 5-95
6 Fault Diagnosis ................................................................................................................6-1

6.1 Special instructions...............................................................................................................6-3
6.2 Precautions for fault diagnosis ............................................................................................6-3
6.3 Engine fault diagnosis table.................................................................................................6-4
6.4 Solutions to common non-quality problems ................................................................... 6-12
6.5 Battery.................................................................................................................................. 6-18
6.5.1 Notes ........................................................................................................................... 6-18
6.5.2 Battery - remove and install ..................................................................................... 6-18
6.5.3 Battery charging......................................................................................................... 6-19
6.5.4 Start the engine with the auxiliary cable................................................................. 6-19
6.6 Engine faults ....................................................................................................................... 6-22
6.6.1 When Fuel is Exhausted........................................................................................... 6-22
VIII Operation and Maintenance Manual-06.2023
6.6.2 When the engine coolant temperature is too high ................................................ 6-23
6.6.3 Engine Oil Pressure Abnormality (Low Engine Oil Pressure)............................. 6-24
6.6.4 When the engine rotates reversely ......................................................................... 6-26
6.7 Common faults and troubleshooting ............................................................................... 6-26
7 Accessories and options............................................................................................7-1

7.1 Safety precautions ................................................................................................................7-3
7.2 Hydraulic control components and oil circuits supporting the work of
accessories...................................................................................................................7-5
7.2.1 Component position .....................................................................................................7-5
7.2.2 Connection of hydraulic oil circuit...............................................................................7-8
7.3 System operation ............................................................................................................... 7-10
7.3.1 Overview..................................................................................................................... 7-10
7.3.2 When the crushing hammer is used ....................................................................... 7-10
7.3.3 When the hydraulic tong is used ..............................................................................7-11
7.3.4 Accumulator ............................................................................................................... 7-13
7.3.5 Hydraulic system-release pressure ........................................................................ 7-14
7.3.6 Long-Term Storage ................................................................................................... 7-15
7.4 Recommended accessory operations ............................................................................ 7-16
7.4.1 Overview..................................................................................................................... 7-16
7.4.2 Hydraulic crushing hammer ..................................................................................... 7-16
7.4.3 Installation of Crushing Hammer............................................................................. 7-17
7.4.4 Operation of hydraulic breaker ................................................................................ 7-19
7.4.5 Prohibited Operations ............................................................................................... 7-20
8 Maintenance information............................................................................................8-1
8.1 Warranty information ............................................................................................................8-3
8.2 References.............................................................................................................................8-3
8.3 Scrapping and Disposal of the Machine ............................................................................8-3
Operation and Maintenance Manual-06.2023 IX

X Operation and Maintenance Manual-06.2023

SY215W TireHydraulic Excavator Foreword
Foreword
1.1 Overview.................................................................................................................................1-3
1.2 Laws, regulations and disclaimer........................................................................................1-4
1.3 Safety Information.................................................................................................................1-5
1.4 Altitude allowed by equipment ............................................................................................1-6
1.5 Description of page numbers ..............................................................................................1-7
1.6 Introduction ............................................................................................................................1-7
1.6.1 Intended use of the machine .....................................................................................1-7
1.6.2 Direction of the machine ............................................................................................1-8
1.6.3 Breaking-in of New Machine......................................................................................1-9
1.7 Product Information ..............................................................................................................1-9
1.7.1 Overview.......................................................................................................................1-9
1.7.2 Serial Number Label of Machine...............................................................................1-9
1.7.3 Serial number label of engine................................................................................. 1-10
1.8 Accompanying accessory box...........................................................................................1-11
1.9 List of Abbreviations ...........................................................................................................1-11
1.10 Terms ................................................................................................................................. 1-12
Operation and Maintenance Manual-06.2023 1-1

Foreword SY215W TireHydraulic Excavator
1-2 Operation and Maintenance Manual-06.2023

1.Foreword
1.1 Overview
Before operation and maintenance, operators and maintenance personnel must:
• Get familiar with this Manual.
• Read the safety notices in this Manual and safety signs on the machine and fully understand
them.
• Under no circumstances can the machine be used for purposes or operations forbidden in this
Manual.
• If fuel amount, particulate matter or latitude exceed the maximum value specified for this model
and application, personal injury may be caused, which is beyond the warranty scope.
• Place this Manual in the cab at all times so that the operator can consult it at any time.
• If this Manual is lost or stained, contact an authorized agent of SANY HEAVY MACHINERY im-
mediately for replacement.
• This Manual should be regarded as a permanent part of your machine. If you resell the machine,
you must transfer this Manual together with the machine to the new user.
• The machines provided by SANY HEAVY MACHINERY to purchasers comply with all applica-
tion specifications and standards. If you buy the machine from another country or someone in
another country, you may not obtain some safety devices and technical requirements necessary
for use in your country. If you have any questions about the machine’s compliance with national
standards and regulations for use, contact an authorized agent of SANY HEAVY MACHINERY
before using it.
This Operation and Maintenance Manual is a guide for the correct use of the machine, and mainly
provides technical and safety information needed for operating the machine. Please read each
part of this Manual carefully.
This machine can be operated only by the qualified and experienced operators with official li-
censes (as required by local laws).
The machine should be operated in accordance with the relevant laws and regulations of the coun-
try, province, autonomous region, and municipality. The operating safety information and instruc-
tions in this Manual are only recommendations and warnings.
SANY HEAVY MACHINERY cannot foresee all potential dangers in operation and maintenance.
Therefore, the safety information in this Manual and on the machine does not include all possible
safety measures. When you adopt methods or take actions that are not specifically recommended
or permitted in this Manual, you will bear the responsibility for taking necessary measures for
safety.
Unauthorized modification or abuse of the excavator may affect its performance or cause greater
safety hazards. For example, set the fuel level above the limit or make the machine overloaded.

Please drive and use this machine carefully. Misoperation and misuse may also cause damage,
for which SANY HEAVY MACHINERY will not be liable.
The machine involved in this Manual is used for various operations under normal conditions. Do
not use it in flammable and explosive environments or areas with asbestos dust.
For use in areas with an altitude of more than 2000 m, please select an excavator of SANY Heavy
Machinery suitable for plateau operation.
This machine has been tested for electromagnetic capacitance according to EN 13309-2010. All
electronic devices that are not approved, such as communication devices, must be tested before
installation and use to confirm that they will not cause electromagnetic interference to the
machine.
All the information, diagrams, and specifications in this Manual are the latest product information
available when published. SANY HEAVY MACHINERY has the right to change them at any time
without prior notice. For the latest information about the machine or questions about the content in
this Manual, contact SANY HEAVY MACHINERY or its authorized dealer.
Applicable range of standard machine: Altitude: below 2000 m, atmospheric temperature: -20°
C~40°C.
1.2 Laws, regulations and disclaimer
• Article 5.1.5 of HJ 1014 – 2020 "Emissions control technical requirements of non-road diesel
mobile machinery": The machinery manufacturer should clearly inform the users to timely
add and use fuel and reagents that meet the requirements of this standard, so as to en-
sure that the machinery can meet the emission requirements of this standard in actual
use.
• Article 5.8.2.1 of HJ 1014 – 2020 "Emissions control technical requirements of non-road diesel
mobile machinery":The machinery manufacturer should clearly inform the users of normal
use and maintenance of the machinery in accordance with the requirements of the nor-
mal use and maintenance guide (manual), and add oils and reagents that meet the re-
quirements of the operation manual and maintenance guide (manual).
mobile machinery": The users should use oil products and reagents that comply with the
provisions of the standards.
Solemn disclaimer: This model should use the China IV benchmark fuel according to the re-
quirements. If the customer fails to use the standard fuel according to the requirements,
the company will be exempted from the free warranty responsibility.
• Article 5.7.3 of HJ 1014 – 2020 "Emissions control technical requirements of non-road diesel
mobile machinery": Tampering of the emission control system is prohibited. The machi-
nery manufacturer should be responsible for preventing the emission control diagnosis
system and emission control unit of the machinery from being tampered, and the

machinery should have the function of preventing tampering. In case of tampering, the
machinery manufacturer should find out the cause and explain it to the competent de-
partment of ecological environment, provide a feasible technical solution for tamper pre-
vention, and take corresponding remedial measures in the production of new machinery.
mobile machinery":If it can be proved that the failure or damage of emission related parts
is caused by improper use or maintenance by the user, the manufacturer may not assume
the relevant warranty responsibility.
Solemn disclaimer: If the customer tampers with the emission related parts or causes fail-
ure or damage to them by improper use or maintenance, the manufacturer will not assume
the warranty responsibility.
1.3 Safety Information

To facilitate safe usage of the machine, this Manual explains the safety precautions and signs fixed
on the machine, and describes potential dangers and methods to avoid such situations.
Before operating and maintaining the machine, users and after-sales service personnel must get
familiar with all the warning signs and symbols on the machine, strictly follow the safety guidelines
and recommendations in the Manual, and take safety precautions and countermeasures actively,
so as to minimize the risk of personal injuries and death, machine damage and unsafe factors due
to improper maintenance.
1. Safety Warnings
A safety warning consists of a safety symbol and sign words used to indicate a potential danger-
ous situation that may lead to personal injuries or machine damage. Safety warnings can be
graded by using sign words according to the corresponding severity of the dangerous situation.
3 sign words are used in this Manual: Danger, Warning, and Caution. The dangerous situations
they represent are as follows:
It indicates such situation will lead to death or serious injury if not avoided.
It indicates that such a potentially dangerous situation could lead to death or serious inju-
ries if not avoided.
It indicates that such potentially dangerous situation could cause low or moderate injury.
"Caution" can also be used to remind operators of unsafe operations that could cause
personal injury and machine and environment damage.
Safety warning example

WARNING
Danger of personal injury or death.
If the joystick is not locked, serious injury or death may occur if it is touched accidentally.
• When standing up from the driver's seat, the operator must put the joystick in the locked
position.
2. Safety Signs
Safety signs are fixed on the machine to warn the operators or the maintenance workers on site
that there will be potential dangers during the operation or maintenance of the machine.
This machine adopts the "text safety signs" and "graphic safety signs" to indicate safety measures.
1. Text safety sign example
转运时，斜板的倾斜度应
小于35°
a
a≥35°
Fig 1-1
2. Graphical safety sign example
Safety diagrams graphically depict the extent

of a dangerous situation equivalent to the sig-
nal language. Images are adopted in these
safety diagrams to help operators or mainte-
nance personnel know the type and degree of
dangers at any time.
As shown in the right figure, the sign on the

top shows the danger type and the sign at the
bottom shows the method to avoid the
danger.
Fig 1-2
1.4 Altitude allowed by equipment

The maximum allowable working altitude of this equipment is 4500 m.

1.5 Description of page numbers

The page numbers of this manual are relative page numbers.
Description of page numbers
The page numbers of this manual are relative page numbers.
Description of numbers in illustrations
The numbers in the illustrations correspond to the numbers in "[]" in the text. (E.g.: 1 →[1])
Unit description
In this manual, measurement is expressed in international standard (SI) units.
1.6 Introduction
1.6.1 Intended use of the machine
SANY hydraulic excavators are mainly designed for the following work:
Excavation operation
Leveling operation
Trenching operation
Loading operation
Demolition operation
See the relevant sections in the Operation and Maintenance Manual for details.
The numbers in the illustrations correspond to those in "[ ]" in the text. (e.g.: 1 →[1])
In this Manual, measurement is expressed in international standard (SI) units.

1.6.2 Direction of the machine
In this manual, front, back, left, and right refer

to the direction of travel seen from the cab A
when the [E] cab is facing forward and the [F]

bulldozer is at the rear of the machine.
F
B
Fig 1-3
A. Working device D. Fuel oil tank

B. Counterweight E. Cab
C. Left door F. Dozer blade
assembly

1.6.3 Breaking-in of New Machine
Machines from SANY HEAVY MACHINERY have been fully tuned and tested before leaving the
factory. However, operating the machine at full load before breaking-in can seriously affect the per-
formance of the machine and shorten its service life.
The machine must be broken-in during its first 100 working hours (based on the working time on
the display).
Ensure that you fully understand the content of this Manual and pay attention to the following
points when breaking in the machine:
Start the engine and run it at idle speed for 3~5 minutes. During this period, do not operate the joy-
stick or fuel control knob. Then, adjust the engine speed to 1500 r/min and operate the machine
slowly until the water temperature reaches 60°C.
Avoid operating the machine at a high speed under a heavy load.
After the engine is started, avoid sudden start, sudden acceleration, unnecessarily sudden shut-
down and sudden turning.
1.7 Product Information

1.7.1 Overview
When maintenance or a replacement parts order is needed, please inform a dealer authorized by
SANY HEAVY MACHINERY of the following information.
1.7.2 Serial Number Label of Machine
The serial number label of machine is located under the right side of the cab (see the figure
below).

轮胎式液压挖掘机
Fig 1-4
1.7.3 Serial number label of engine
The serial number label of engine is at the position as shown in the figure below. The specific posi-
tion varies with the engine model.
Take the Isuzu engine as an example.
系族名称
发动机型号
功率段( kW )
发动机功率
后处理类型
制造厂名称
信息入库号
发动机编号 -XXXXXX X XXXXX
Fig 1-5

1.8 Accompanying accessory box

The machine is delivered with an accompany-
ing accessory box, which mainly contains the
operation and maintenance manual, common
tools, and filter elements used in
maintenance.
Fig 1-6
1.9 List of Abbreviations

Abbreviation Full name Meaning in Chinese
ANSI American National Standards Institute 美国国家标准协会
GPS Global Positioning System 全球定位系统
International Organization for
ISO 国际标准化组织
Standardization
OEM Original Equipment Manufacturer 原始设备制造商
Occupational Safety and Health
OSHA 职业安全与健康管理局
Administration
PPE Personal Protective Equipment 个人防护装备
PQR Procedure Qualification Report 流程鉴定报告
ROPS Falling Object Protective Structure 侧防护结构
See SAE International (Formerly known
SAE 汽车工程师学会
as Society of Automotive Engineers)
SCA Supplemental Coolant Additive 补充冷却液添加剂
SDS Safety Data Sheet 安全数据表
VDC Volts Direct Current 伏直流电
WPS Weld Procedure Specification 焊接程序规范

1.10 Terms
Chinese Chinese
English terms Description English terms Description
terms terms
A part assem-
bly installed
on the main
machine or
working de-
vice for a spe-
cific purpose. A device that
The attach- connects the
ment of hy- end of a buck-
draulic exca- et rod to a
vator is linkage and
usually a ma- allows the at-
chine imple- Quick Quick tachment to
Attachment Attachment
ment con- Coupler Coupler be easily and
nected to the quickly
end of the mounted to or
bucket rod or removed from
the telescopic the end of the
arm, which bucket rod
provides the and linkage.
digging, cut-
ting, leveling
and process-
ing functions
for the
excavator.
A set of com-
ponents in- Used to treat
stalled on the engine ex-
main machine Post Treat- Post Treat- haust emis-
Equipment Equipment
to perform the ment Device ment Device sions to meet
basic design the China IV
function of the standards
excavator.

SY215W TireHydraulic Excavator Safety
Safety
2 Safety.....................................................................................................................................2-1
2.1 Safety sign..............................................................................................................................2-5
2.1.1 Overview.......................................................................................................................2-5
2.1.2 Location of safety signs..............................................................................................2-5
2.1.3 Description of safety sign...........................................................................................2-8
2.2 Safety information .............................................................................................................. 2-16
2.2.1 Safety rules ............................................................................................................... 2-16
2.2.2 In case of anomaly ................................................................................................... 2-16
2.2.3 Protective Equipment for Operators...................................................................... 2-17
2.2.4 Fire extinguisher and first-aid kit ............................................................................ 2-18
2.2.5 Safety equipment ..................................................................................................... 2-18
2.2.6 Keeping the Machine Clean ................................................................................... 2-19
2.2.7 Keep the Cab Clean................................................................................................. 2-19
2.2.8 Locking of the safety lock lever .............................................................................. 2-20
2.2.9 Handrails and stairs ................................................................................................. 2-20
2.2.10 Precautions for works at heights.......................................................................... 2-21
2.2.11 No one is allowed on accessories. ...................................................................... 2-21
2.2.12 Do Not Get Stuck in the Hinged Part................................................................... 2-21
2.2.13 Scalding Prevention............................................................................................... 2-22
2.2.13.1 Hot Coolant...................................................................................................... 2-22
2.2.13.2 Hot oil ............................................................................................................... 2-22
2.2.14 Fire and explosion prevention.............................................................................. 2-23
2.2.14.1 Fire caused by fuel or engine oil................................................................... 2-23
2.2.14.2 Fire Caused by Stacked Flammable Materials .......................................... 2-24
2.2.14.3 Fire Caused by Electric Wires ...................................................................... 2-24
2.2.14.4 Fire caused by hydraulic pipes ..................................................................... 2-24
2.2.14.5 Fire Caused by Lighting Equipment............................................................. 2-24
2.2.14.6 Fire Caused by the Heat Shield.................................................................... 2-24
2.2.15 Actions to take in case of fire................................................................................ 2-24
Safety SY215W TireHydraulic Excavator
2.2.16 Preventing parts from flying out ........................................................................... 2-25

2.2.17 Avoid falling objects, flying objects, and invading objects ............................... 2-25
2.2.18 Accessory Installation ........................................................................................... 2-26
2.2.19 Combinations of accessories ............................................................................... 2-26
2.2.20 Unapproved modification...................................................................................... 2-26
2.2.21 Surveying the worksite in advance...................................................................... 2-27
2.2.22 Operation on a Soft Ground ................................................................................. 2-28
2.2.23 Stay away from high voltage cables.................................................................... 2-28
2.2.24 Ensure a good view ............................................................................................... 2-29
2.2.25 Ventilation in the work environment .................................................................... 2-29
2.2.26 Prevention of asbestos dust hazards.................................................................. 2-30
2.2.27 Emergency exit of the cab .................................................................................... 2-30
2.3 Safe operation of machine................................................................................................ 2-31
2.3.1 Start the machine safely.......................................................................................... 2-31
2.3.1.1 Board the machine safely ................................................................................ 2-31
2.3.1.2 Inspection before starting the engine............................................................. 2-31
2.3.1.3 Start the machine safely .................................................................................. 2-32
2.3.1.4 Starting the Engine in Cold Weather.............................................................. 2-33
2.3.1.5 Auxiliary Devices Required for Startup.......................................................... 2-33
2.3.1.6 After starting the engine................................................................................... 2-33
2.3.2 Operation................................................................................................................... 2-34
2.3.2.1 Inspection before Operation............................................................................ 2-34
2.3.2.2 Dangerous area when the machine is working ............................................ 2-35
2.3.2.3 Confirm the machine running direction.......................................................... 2-35
2.3.2.4 Safety rules for changing the machine direction .......................................... 2-37
2.3.2.5 Safety rules for traveling .................................................................................. 2-38
2.3.2.6 Drive the machine safely ................................................................................. 2-40
2.3.2.7 Operation on slopes ......................................................................................... 2-41
2.3.2.8 Operation in snowy weather............................................................................ 2-42
2.3.2.9 Prohibited Operations ...................................................................................... 2-42
2.3.3 Park the machine ..................................................................................................... 2-44
2.3.3.1 Selecting a parking lot...................................................................................... 2-44
2.3.3.2 Shut down the machine ................................................................................... 2-45
2.3.4 Transportation........................................................................................................... 2-45
2.3.4.1 Transporting the Machine................................................................................ 2-45
2.3.4.2 Loading and Unloading .................................................................................... 2-46
2.3.5 Battery........................................................................................................................ 2-47
2.3.6 Lifting with excavators ............................................................................................. 2-49
2.4 Safety and maintenance instructions .............................................................................. 2-50
2.4.1 Precautions before maintenance........................................................................... 2-50
2.4.2 Self-preparation........................................................................................................ 2-50
2.4.3 Preparation for the working area............................................................................ 2-51

2.4.4 Procedure for Shutting Down the Engine Before Maintenance ........................ 2-51
2.4.5 Warning Signs .......................................................................................................... 2-52
2.4.6 Applicable tools ........................................................................................................ 2-52
2.4.7 Maintenance while the engine is running ............................................................. 2-53
2.4.8 Working Under the Machine ................................................................................... 2-53
2.4.9 Maintenance of tires ................................................................................................ 2-54
2.4.10 Beware of the hot cooling system........................................................................ 2-54
2.4.11 Safe operation of high-pressure hose ................................................................. 2-55
2.4.12 Beware of high pressure liquid............................................................................. 2-55
2.4.13 Welding Operation ................................................................................................. 2-56
2.4.14 Maintain the A/C system safely............................................................................ 2-56
2.4.15 Precautions for high voltage................................................................................. 2-57
2.4.16 Accumulator............................................................................................................ 2-57
2.4.17 Avoiding the Hazards of Fire and Explosion ...................................................... 2-58
2.4.18 Regular replacement of safety parts ................................................................... 2-58
2.4.19 Perform maintenance............................................................................................ 2-59
2.4.20 Proper disposal of waste....................................................................................... 2-59


2.Safety
2.1 Safety sign

2.1.1 Overview
This machine comes with the following warning signs and safety labels.
• Be sure to fully understand the correct locations and contents of the signs.
• To ensure that the contents of the labels can be read properly, ensure that they are in the correct
positions and keep them clean at all times. Do not use organic solvents or gasoline to clean the
labels, otherwise the paint will peel off.
• Labels other than the warning signs and safety labels must be treated in the same way.
• If a sign is damaged, lost, or cannot be read properly, replace it with a new one. See this Manual
or the actual signs for specific sign part numbers.
2.1.2 Location of safety signs
This machine comes with the following warning signs and safety signs.
• Be sure to fully understand the correct locations and contents of the signs.
• To ensure that the contents of the labels can be read properly, ensure that they are in the correct
positions and keep them clean at all times. Do not use organic solvents or gasoline to clean the
labels, otherwise the paint will peel off.
• Labels other than the warning signs and safety labels must be treated in the same way.
• If a sign is damaged, lost, or cannot be read properly, replace it with a new one. See this Manual
or the actual signs for specific sign part numbers.

8 7
6 2 3 4
Fig 2-1
1.Operation area warning sign 6. Safety belt warning sign

2. Avoid high-voltage warning sign 7. Excavator operation sign
3. Refer to manual warning sign 8. “Don't tilt the machine when working” sign
4. Power-off warning sign 9. "Lock front window" warning sign
5. Emergency exit sign

11
10 注意 CAUTION
1.每500小时保养一次，并加注润滑脂
19
至其从回转支承密封处溢出为止。
2.上部车体每旋转45度，需添加一次
润滑脂。（共3次）
1.Add grease every 500 service
hours,and add until grease
overflows from the seal.
2.Add grease once when up body
rotates 45°.(3 times in total)
22
18 13
14 12
17
16
15
停止STOP
23
20
21
Fig 2-2
10. Center of gravity sign 17. Belt safety warning sign

11. Hook point sign 18. Fan safety warning signage
12. Arm warning sign 19. “Add grease to slewing bearing” warning
sign
13. “Falling danger" warning sign 20. Hydraulic oil tank sign

14. Hot warning sign 21. Diesel tank sign

15. “Splash hazard warning signage 22. Sign of lifting
16. “No stepping" warning sign 23. ”. It is forbidden to travel continuously for
more than 1 hour.” sign
2.1.3 Description of safety sign
1. Work area avoid warning signs
• The sign indicates the risk of being hit by

the machine, so do not enter the slewing
range.
• Stay away from the machine during work.
Fig 2-3
2. "Avoid High-voltage" warning sign
• It indicates that there will be a danger of

electric shock if the machine gets too close
to the high-voltage lines.
• Keep a safe distance from the power line.
Fig 2-4
3. “Refer to Manual” warning sign
• Read the manual before operating, main-

taining, disassembling, assembling or
transporting the machine.
Fig 2-5

4. “Power-off” warning sign
• Before the driver leaves the machine, lower

the working device to the ground, pull the
safety lever to the locked position, and the
machine is in a state of power failure.
Fig 2-6
5. Safety Emergency exit sign
Fig 2-7
6. “Safety Belt” warning sign
Fig 2-8

7. Excavator manoeuvring signage
• To prevent personal injury or death, please

confirm the operating state of the machine
and the displayed operating mode when op-
erating the machine. Pay attention to the
surrounding environment and operate the
machine slowly.
Fig 2-9
8. It is strictly prohibited to tilt the machine

identification plate when working
Fig 2-10
9. "Lock Front Window" warning sign
• It indicates the risk of falling of the front

windows.
• After the front window is lifted, it is neces-
sary to lock it with the lock pin.
Fig 2-11

10. gravitational center identification plate
Fig 2-12
11. Hook point marker
Fig 2-13
12. "Stick" warning signage
• The sign indicates the risk of being hit by

the working device.
• Stay away from the machine during
operation.
Fig 2-14

13. "Falling danger" warning sign
• There is a risk of falling, and trampling is

prohibited.
Fig 2-15
14. Hot warning sign
• Do not touch the hot part to prevent scalds.
Fig 2-16

15. "Splash Hazard" warning sign
• Before opening the tank and other container

lids, release the pressure first, and then
open it slowly as required in the operation
instructions to prevent splashing.
Fig 2-17
16. "No Stepping" warning sign
• Risk of falling
• Do not approach the edge of the machine.
Fig 2-18

17. "Belt safety" warning sign
• It indicates the risk of belt rotation.

• Stop the belt before maintenance.
停止STOP
Fig 2-19
18. “Rotating Fan” warning sign
• Stay away from rotating objects, which may

cause injury.
Fig 2-20

19. Grease warning sign for slewing bearing
注意 CAUTION
1.每500小时保养一次，并加注润滑脂
至其从回转支承密封处溢出为止。
2.上部车体每旋转45度，需添加一次
润滑脂。（共3次）
1.Add grease every 500 service
hours,and add until grease over-
flows from the seal.
2.Add grease once when up body
rotates 45°.(3 times in total)
Fig 2-21
20. “Hydraulic Oil” warning sign
Fig 2-22
21. “Diesel tank” warning sign
Fig 2-23
22. Shipping fixed point signs
Fig 2-24

23. It is forbidden to walk continuously for

more than 1 hour
Fig 2-25
2.2 Safety information

2.2.1 Safety rules
• Only trained personnel can operate and maintain the machine.

• When operating or maintaining the machine, the personnel must observe all safety rules, pre-
cautions, and instructions.
• Under the influence of alcohol or drugs, the personnel’s ability to operate or repair the machine
safely will be severely reduced/impaired, putting them and others present at risk.
• When working with other operators or supervisors, ensure that everyone is aware of all gesture
signals used.
2.2.2 In case of anomaly
If any abnormality is detected during operation or maintenance (noise, vibration, odor, incorrect
meter display, smoke, oil leakage, etc., or any abnormal display on the alarm device or monitor),
report it to supervisor and take necessary action. Do not operate the machine before
troubleshooting.

2.2.3 Protective Equipment for Operators
WARNING
Risk of personal injuries!
Injury may occur if work clothes and safety devices are not properly worn as required by work
conditions.
• Do not wear loose clothing and accessories. They risk catching the control lever or other pro-
truding parts.
• If your hair is too long and extends out of the helmet, there is a danger of being drawn into the
machine.
• Always wear the helmet and safety shoes. When operating or maintaining the machine, wear
the goggles, face shield, gloves, earplugs, and safety belt if necessary for work.
• Check whether the functions of all protection devices are normal before use.
Wear tight clothes or work clothes and safety

equipment required by work conditions. You
may need:
• Safety helmet
• Safety shoes
• Safety glasses, goggles or protective face
shield
• Protective gloves
• Earplugs
• Reflective protective clothing
• Dust mask Fig 2-26
Wear necessary safety protection equipment,

as well as those required by your employer,
utility management authorities, government
as well as laws and regulations Do not take
chances, which may result in unnecessary
hazards.

2.2.4 Fire extinguisher and first-aid kit
In case of injury or fire, the following precau-

tions must be observed:
• Prepare first-aid kits and fire extinguishers
nearby.
• Read and understand the instructions on
the fire extinguisher carefully and use the
fire extinguisher correctly.
• Perform regular inspection and mainte-
nance to ensure that the fire extinguisher
can be used at all times.
• Check the first aid kit regularly and add cor- Fig 2-27
responding medicines when necessary.
• Formulate emergency measures for fires
and accidents.
2.2.5 Safety equipment
WARNING
If the operator cannot ensure that all safety equipment can be in normal service, the operator or
other persons may get injured.
• Ensure that all guards and covers are placed properly. Repair the guard boards and covers im-
mediately if damaged.
• Understand how to use safety devices and use them correctly.
• Do not remove the guardrail of the cab without authorization (except for machine
maintenance).
To protect you and those around you, your

machine can be equipped with the following
safety devices. Please ensure that each de-
vice is fixed in place and in working condition:
• Falling object protection device
• Guardrail
• Guard
• Lamp
• Safety sign
• Horn
• Traveling alarm Fig 2-28

• Vehicle mirror
• Fire extinguisher
• First-aid kit
• Wiper
Please make sure that all of the above devi-

ces are available, and do not remove or dis-
connect any safety device.
2.2.6 Keeping the Machine Clean
• Remove mud from your shoes before get-

ting on the machine. Wash wipers, mirrors
and lamps. Clean up grass, snow, ice, or
mud from operating areas, steps, and han-
dles in a timely manner to prevent slips and
falls.
• Always keep the machine clean. If the ma-
chine is inspected and maintained with mud
or oil stains, there is a danger of slipping,
falling or dirt entering the eyes.
• Do not flush the electrical system (such as
sensors and connectors) with water or
steam. If water enters the electrical system,
do not turn on the power supply and start Fig 2-29
the engine in a hurry, as this may cause

problems such as machine failure or dam-
age to the computer board.
2.2.7 Keep the Cab Clean
• When entering the cab, first clean the mud and oil on the soles of your shoes. Otherwise, serious
accidents may be caused by slipping when the pedals are operated.
• Store the scattered items in the toolbox and do not leave them in the cab at will.
• Do not use a mobile phone when operating or driving the machine.
• Do not bring hazardous materials such as flammable or explosive materials into the cab.

2.2.8 Locking of the safety lock lever
1. When it is necessary to open or close the

front window, the top window, remove or in-
stall the bottom window or adjust the seat, be-
fore standing up from the driver's seat,
completely lower the working device to the
ground, firmly pull the safety locking lever to
the locking position, and then turn off the en-
gine. If an unlocked lever or pedal is acciden-
tally touched, the machine may move
suddenly and cause serious injury or damage
to the machine.
Fig 2-30
2. When leaving the machine, be sure to low-

er the working device to the ground, wrench
the safety lock lever firmly into the locked po-
sition, and then shut down the engine. Lock
all devices with the key and remove the key
and place it in the specified location.
Fig 2-31
2.2.9 Handrails and stairs
WARNING
If the operator cannot ensure normal use, you may be hurt or hurt others.
• Always face the machine when getting on and off.
• Do not jump on or off the machine, do not climb on the machine when it is moving, and do not
jump on the machine and try to stop it.
• Before entering or leaving the cab, make sure the cab is in the right position.

To prevent personal injury due to slipping or

falling from the machine, please follow the fol-
lowing requirements:
• Before getting on and off the machine,
check handrails and steps. If there is oil,
grease or mud on the handrails or stairs,
please wipe it off immediately and keep
these parts clean; repair damage and tight-
en the loose bolts if any.
• When getting on and off the machine, use
the handrails and steps marked with arrows Fig 2-32
in the figure on the right.
• To ensure safety, please face the machine
and keep three points (two feet, one hand
or two hands, one foot) in contact with the
handrails and stairs to support yourself.
• Do not grasp the control lever or lock lever
when getting on and off the machine.
• Do not get on or off the machine while hold-
ing a tool in hand.
• Do not climb on the engine hood or cover
without a non-slip mat.
2.2.10 Precautions for works at heights
When working at heights, use step ladders or other brackets to ensure that work can be done
safely.
2.2.11 No one is allowed on accessories.
Do not allow anyone to sit on working devices or other accessories because of the risk of falling
and serious injury.
2.2.12 Do Not Get Stuck in the Hinged Part
Adjust the clearance surrounding the working devices according to motions of the connecting rod.
If the connecting rod is stuck, severe personal injury may occur. Do not allow anyone to approach
rotating or telescoping parts.

2.2.13 Scalding Prevention
2.2.13.1 Hot Coolant
• When checking or draining the coolant, wait

the coolant to cool down completely before
starting operation, so as to avoid scalding
by hot coolant or steam jets.
• Do not open the radiator cover before the
engine cools down. Even if the coolant has
cooled down, open the radiator cover slowly
to release internal pressure before remov-
ing the cover, so as to prevent serious
burns.
Fig 2-33
2.2.13.2 Hot oil
To avoid scalding by sprayed hot oil when

checking or draining the oil, wait the oil to cool
down completely before operation. Loosen
the cover or plug slowly to release internal
pressure before removing the cover or plug,
even if the oil has cooled down.
Fig 2-34
Fig 2-35

2.2.14 Fire and explosion prevention
2.2.14.1 Fire caused by fuel or engine oil
• Store engine oil or fuel in a specified place

and do not approach it without permission.
• Do not smoke or use open flames near the
fuel or engine oil.
• Check whether the pipe fixing clamps are
missing or loose, whether the hoses are
twisted, whether the hoses and pipes rub
against each other, whether the oil cooler is
damaged, and whether the oil cooler flange
bolts are loose to avoid oil leakage. Tighten,
repair or replace any missing, loose, or Fig 2-36
damaged fixing clamps, pipes, hoses, oil
coolers, and the flange bolts.
• Refuel or store oil in a well-ventilated place.
• Shut down the engine before adding fuel/
oil.
• Do not leave the machine when filling fuel/
oil.
• Do not allow fuel to spill on overheated sur-
faces or on parts of the electrical system.
• After filling fuel or oil, wipe off the spilt fuel
or oil in time. Fig 2-37
• Put oily rags or other flammable materials
in a safe container to keep the work site
safe.
• Tighten the fuel and oil tank covers firmly.
• When washing parts with oil, use non-flam-
mable oil. Diesel and gasoline are easy to
fire, so do not use them.
• Before performing grinding or welding oper-
ations on a chassis, move all flammable
materials to a safe place.
• Do not weld or use a cutting torch to cut
pipes containing flammable liquids.

2.2.14.2 Fire Caused by Stacked Flammable Materials
• Always remove any dry leaves, wood chips, paper, dust, and other flammable materials that
have accumulated or stuck around the engine, exhaust manifold, silencer, and battery, or inside
the hood to prevent fires.
2.2.14.3 Fire Caused by Electric Wires
A short circuit in the electrical system can cause a fire.
• Keep the wire connectors clean and securely fastened.

• After 8 to 10 hours of operation every day, check whether the cable or wire is loose, twisted, stiff
or cracked; at the same time, check whether the wiring end cap is lost or damaged.
• If a cable or wire is loose or twisted, tighten the loose connector or clamp, correct wiring, and re-
pair or replace the damaged wire.
2.2.14.4 Fire caused by hydraulic pipes
• Check whether the clamps, guards, and cushions of all hoses and pipes are fixed in place.
• If these items vibrate or rub with other components due to looseness, it will cause hose damage
or high-pressure oil spraying, resulting in fires or severe personal injuries.
2.2.14.5 Fire Caused by Lighting Equipment
• When checking fuel, engine oil, battery electrolyte, window washer fluid, or coolant, use the ex-
plosion-proof lighting equipment. If no explosion-proof lighting device is used, an explosion may
occur, causing severe injury.
• When using the power supply of the machine for lighting, follow the requirements in this manual.
2.2.14.6 Fire Caused by the Heat Shield
• Heat shield damage or loss can cause a fire.

• In case of any abnormality, be sure to repair the heat shield or install a new heat shield before
operating the machine.
2.2.15 Actions to take in case of fire
In case of fire, leave the machine quickly as required below.

• First, turn the start key to "OFF" and pull out the key; Pro version will press the "one-button start"
button, turn OFF the engine, and turn the knob to the "off" position.
• Then use handrails and stairs to leave the machine quickly.

2.2.16 Preventing parts from flying out
If you do not comply with the following precau-

tions, severe injury, loss of sight, or death ac-
cident may occur:
• Do not remove the grease nozzle or valve
parts. As parts may fly out. Therefore, keep
the body and face away from the valve
body.
• There is pressure in the traveling reducer.
• The gear oil is hot, so gradually loosen the
air discharge bolt to release the pressure
after the gear oil cools down. As spare parts Fig 2-38
may fly out, you must keep your body and
face away from or to sides of the gas vent
to avoid injury.
2.2.17 Avoid falling objects, flying objects, and invading objects
In a dangerous workplace where falling ob-

jects, flying objects, and invading objects may
hit or enter the cab, install necessary shields
according to the operating conditions to pro-
tect the operator.
• During removing or crushing operations, in-
stall the front shield and attach clear glass
paper to the front glass.
• When working at a mine or quarry with a
rock-falling risk, install the FPOS (Falling
Object Protection System) and front shield,
and attach clear glass paper to the front
glass; operators shall wear safety helmets Fig 2-39
and protective goggles.
• When performing the above operations,
close the front window. In addition, keep
others out of dangerous areas prone to fall-
ing objects and keep a proper safe
distance.
• The preceding cases are for typical working
conditions. It may be necessary to install
other shields according to the site situation.

If so, contact authorized dealers of SANY

HEAVY MACHINERY.
2.2.18 Accessory Installation
• There may be safety or legal constraints when installing options or accessories. Therefore,
please contact SANY's authorized agents in advance when installing optional parts or
accessories.
• SANY HEAVY MACHINERY is not liable for any injury, accident, or product fault due to use of
unapproved accessories or parts.
• When installing and using the optional accessories, read the operation manual for relevant ac-
cessories and the general instructions for relevant accessories in this Manual.
2.2.19 Combinations of accessories
Different types or combinations of working devices may be in danger of collision with the cab or
other parts of the machine. Before using unfamiliar working devices, check for the risk of collision
and operate with care.
2.2.20 Unapproved modification
If the machine is modified without the approval of SANY HEAVY MACHINERY, it may lead to
safety problems and cause casualties. Modifications will have a serious impact on machine
strength and sight. Before making any modification, contact an authorized dealer of SANY HEAVY
MACHINERY. SANY HEAVY MACHINERY is not responsible for accidents, failures, or damage
caused by modifications not approved by SANY HEAVY MACHINERY.

2.2.21 Surveying the worksite in advance
• When operating the machine near inflam-

mable materials such as thatch roofs, dry
leaves or dry grass, there is a risk of fire, so
be careful.
• Check the terrain and ground conditions of
the worksite and determine the safest oper-
ation method. Do not operate in dangerous
areas with a risk of landslides or rockfalls.
• When working at the trench edge, road
Fig 2-40
shoulder or other dangerous areas, rein-
force the ground as needed. Also, maintain
a safe distance between the machine and
the trench edge or road shoulder. When
necessary, arrange a signalman to guide
the work to avoid casualties.
• If there are pipelines such as water pipes,
gas pipes, cables or high-voltage wires
buried under the workplace, contact the rel-
evant public utility departments in advance
and mark their positions before operation.
Be careful not to cut off or damage any Fig 2-41
pipeline.
• Take necessary measures to prevent any
unauthorized personnel from entering the
worksite. When working on a road, arrange
a signalman and install a baffle to ensure
traffic and pedestrian safety.
• Be especially cautious when working on fro-
zen ground, because rising ambient tem-
peratures can make the foundation soft and
slippery.
• Before traveling or operating in shallow
water or on soft ground, check the type and
condition of the rock bed, and the depth
and flow rate of the water.

2.2.22 Operation on a Soft Ground
• Do not travel or operate the machine near cliffs, road shoulders, and deep trenches. These
areas have soft ground. With the impact of the machine weight and vibration, the machine may
fall or tip over. Note that the ground will be softer after heavy rain, explosion or earthquake.
• When operating on a dam or near a dug trench, there is a risk of soil collapse arising from the
weight and vibration of the machine. Before operation, take measures to ensure the ground
safety and prevent the machine from tipping over or falling.
2.2.23 Stay away from high voltage cables
Do not walk or operate the machine near the

cables; otherwise there will be a danger of
electric shock, resulting in device damage or
casualties. In the workplace near cables, fol-
low the steps below:
• Notify the local power company of future
operations near the site with cables and ask
it to take necessary measures.
• If the machine is too close to cables, it is
very likely to receive an electric shock,
causing severe burns or even death of the Fig 2-42
operator. A safety distance must be main-
Cable voltage Safety distance
tained between the machine and the cable
(see the table on the right). Before opera- 100 V~200 V Above 2 m (7 ft)
tion, consult with the local power company 6,600 V Above 2 m (7 ft)
about safety construction measures. 22,000 V Above 3 m (10 ft)
• If the machine is too close to cables, desig- 66,000 V Above 4 m (14 ft)
nate a signalman to command the work.
154,000 V Above 5 m (17 ft)
• When working near high-voltage cables, no
one is allowed to approach the machine. 187,000 V Above 6 m (20 ft)
• If the machine is too close to the cable or 275,000 V Above 7 m (23 ft)
gets contact with the cable, to prevent elec- 500,000 V Above 12 m (36 ft)
tric shock, the operator should not leave the
cab before ensuring that the cable has been
cut off. Also, do not allow anyone to ap-
proach the machine.
• To prevent accidents, operate with rubber
shoes and rubber gloves. Put a rubber mat
on the seat and take care not to allow the

exposed part of your body to touch the

undercarriage.
2.2.24 Ensure a good view
The machine is equipped with rearview mirrors to improve the visibility, but there are still places
that cannot be seen from the seat. Therefore, be careful when operating the machine.
During operation in a place with poor visibility, the machine may be damaged or personnel may be
injured if the conditions of the work site or the obstacles in the area around the machine cannot be
confirmed. When operating the machine in a place with poor visibility, strictly observe the following
items:
• Check the rearview mirrors before work every day. Clean the dirt and adjust the visual field to en-
sure a good visibility.
• When working in a dim place, turn on the work lamps and headlamps of the machine, and set
auxiliary lighting in the work area if necessary.
• Stop the operation if the visibility cannot be guaranteed, such as in foggy, snowy, rainy, or sand-
storm days.
• Set up signs on the road shoulder or soft ground, and assign a signalman if necessary when the
visibility is poor. Operators should pay special attention to the signs and follow the instructions of
the signalman.
• Ensure that all workers understand all signals and gestures before operation.
2.2.25 Ventilation in the work environment
• The exhaust gas inhaled into the engine

may be fatal. If it is necessary to start the
engine in a closed area, or handle fuel,
cleaning oil or paint, to prevent gas poison-
ing, open doors and windows to ensure ad-
equate ventilation.
• It is forbidden to operate in toxic gas envi-
ronment or underground closed environ-
ment. If the machine must be operated in
this environment, it is necessary to wear a
Fig 2-43
gas mask and ensure ventilation.

2.2.26 Prevention of asbestos dust hazards
WARNING
Risk of serious injury!
If counterfeit parts containing asbestos are used, a large amount of inhalation may cause lung in-
jury or death.
• This machine is asbestos-free. However, fake parts may contain asbestos, and substantial in-
halation of this material may lead to lung injury or even death. Therefore, be sure to use genu-
ine SANY HEAVY MACHINERY parts.
Inhaling asbestos dust in the air can cause lung cancer. There is a risk of inhaling asbestos during
demolition or disposal of industrial waste at a work site. The following rules must be observed:
• During cleaning, spray water to reduce dust. Do not use compressed air for cleaning.
• If air contains asbestos dust, be sure to operate the machine at a windward location. All person-
nel must wear dust filter masks.
• No other person is allowed to get close to the machine during operation.
• Please comply with laws, regulations, and environmental standards for the work site.
2.2.27 Emergency exit of the cab
• If the cab doors cannot be opened for some

reason, break the glass with the safety
hammer as an emergency exit.
• When escaping, first clear the glass frag-
ments on the window frame, and be careful
not to be scratched by the glass. Also be
careful not to slip on broken glass on the
ground.
Fig 2-44

2.3 Safe operation of machine

2.3.1 Start the machine safely
2.3.1.1 Board the machine safely
When you get on and off the machine:

• Always face the machine and keep in three-
point contact by hands and feet (one hand
and two feet or two hands and one foot).
• Never jump on and off the machine, and
never climb the machine while it is running.
• Do not use any control lever as an handrail.
• Remove mud, oil, and water from all the
pedals, handrails, and shoes at any time.
• Before entering or leaving the cab, ensure
that the cab is in the right position. Fig 2-45
2.3.1.2 Inspection before starting the engine
At the beginning of daily work, the following

items should be checked before starting the
engine:
• Wipe off the dust on the window glass to en-
sure good visibility.
• Wipe off the surface of the headlight and
work light lens and check that the work light
is working properly.
• Check the levels of engine coolant, fuel and
oil, and check the hydraulic oil level.
• Check whether the air filter is blocked. Fig 2-46
• Check the wires for damage.
• Adjust the seat to a position convenient for
operation, and check the seat belt and the
buckle for damage or wear.
• Check whether the instruments are working
properly, check the angle of the working
lights and check whether all control levers
are in the neutral position.
• Check whether the safety lock lever is in the
locked position.

• Adjust the rear-view mirrors so that the rear

of the machine can be clearly seen from the
driver's seat.
2.3.1.3 Start the machine safely
WARNING
If the operation of the machine is not standardized, it may be injured or hurt others.
• If it is necessary to start the engine or operate the machine in an enclosed environment, ad-
equate ventilation is a must so as to avoid inhaling much exhaust gas, which would cause
death.
• Do not start the engine f you do not know how to shut it down.
Be familiar with the correct starting procedure

of the machine. For details, see the machine
start instructions.
• Before starting the machine, ensure that
there are no people on, under and around
the machine, and honk the horn to remind
all people around the machine to stay away.
• Sit in the driver's seat and adjust the seat
so that you can comfortably operate all
controls.
• Get familiar with all warning devices, instru-
ments and operating control devices.
• Place all controllers in the neutral/paring
position.
• No one is allowed on the machine except
the operator.
• Start the engine exactly as described in the
Operation section of this manual. Do not
start the engine in a way that will result in
short-circuit of the starting motor.
Fig 2-47

2.3.1.4 Starting the Engine in Cold Weather
• Warm up the engine thoroughly. (Turn the startup key to ON, and the electrical system will auto-
matically preheat the coolant. Please wait for more than 8 seconds.) If the machine is not pre-
heated thoroughly before the joystick is operated, it will respond slowly, resulting in an accident.
• Before starting the machine, check whether the battery electrolyte is frozen or leaks. If the bat-
tery electrolyte is frozen, do not charge the battery or start the engine with a different power sup-
ply. Instead, let the battery electrolyte melt first; otherwise, the battery may catch fire.
2.3.1.5 Auxiliary Devices Required for Startup
When starting the engine by connecting auxiliary cables, follow the instructions in the operation
manual. Incorrect operation may lead to battery explosion or machine out of control, resulting in
casualties. Never start the machine with auxiliary cables without permission. If necessary, contact
a dealer authorized by SANY HEAVY MACHINERY for help.
• 2 persons are required to assist each other to start the engine with auxiliary cables (one sits in
the driver's seat and the other operates the battery).
• Always wear protective goggles and rubber gloves before starting the engine with auxiliary
cables.
• When using auxiliary cables to connect a normal machine to a faulty machine, the battery volt-
age of the normal machine should be the same as that of the faulty machine. At the same time,
do not let the two machines touch each other.
• When connecting the auxiliary cable, turn both the key switches of the normal machine and the
faulty machine to the OFF position. Otherwise, when the power supply is turned on, the machine
will move and cause danger.
• When connecting the auxiliary cables, be sure to connect the positive terminal (+) first. When re-
moving the auxiliary cable, disconnect the grounding or negative (-) cable (grounding side) first.
• When removing the auxiliary cables, be careful not to allow the auxiliary cable clamps to contact
each other or the machine.
Diethyl ether cold start fluid is highly flammable and explosive, so please read the instructions
on its container before use.
Do not use diethyl ether if the engine is equipped with a preheater of the spark plug type or other
forms.
2.3.1.6 After starting the engine
After the engine is started, run idlely for 3 to 5 minutes, and observe the system parameters dis-
played on the instrument to be sure that they are working well and that the readings are within the
normal working range.

2.3.2 Operation
2.3.2.1 Inspection before Operation
WARNING
Risk of serious injuries or death!
Starting the machine without getting familiar with the correct steps to start it may cause a serious
accident.
• Observe and listen carefully to the machine for strange noises, and if there is a fault or abnor-
mal condition, stop the machine immediately. Before further operation, please solve the fault
and report to the superior in time.
• For inspection, move the machine to a wide area free of obstructions and operate it slowly, with-
out allowing anyone to approach the machine.
• Be sure to fasten the seat belt.
• Check whether the instruments and devices are operating normally, and check whether the
bucket, stick, boom, traveling system, slewing system, and steering system are operating
normally.
• Check whether the sound, vibration, heating and smell of the machine are normal, and check
whether there is oil or fuel leakage.
• Test the engine speed controller with the traveling control lever in the neutral position; operate
each device control lever to determine that all functions are normal and to learn about the control
mode of the working device.
• If you find any abnormality, stop using the machine, but repair it immediately.

2.3.2.2 Dangerous area when the machine is working
To prevent serious injury or death, please note

the following items before operating the
machine:
• The circumference area with a radius of 12
m from the center of rotation is the working
area of the machine (dangerous area).
Please sound the horn before operation to
12m
warn the personnel in the area.
• There must be no people on the machine,
near the machine, or in the slewing area.
• To ensure a view in the direction of travel,
the cab can be rotated if necessary.
• Arrange signalmen in places with poor
visibility.
Fig 2-48
2.3.2.3 Confirm the machine running direction
WARNING
Incorrect operation of running direction can lead to serious injury and death accidents.
• Incorrect operation of running gear can lead to serious injury and death accidents.
• Before driving the machine, confirm the location of the understructure and its relationship with
the operator's location.
• Pay attention to the direction of the understructure before operating the walk. When in forward
gear, the front steer axle is in front and the dozer blade and rear axle are behind.

NOTE：
In this manual, front, back, left, and right refer A
to the direction viewed from the cab when the
[E] cab is facing forward and the [F] dozer
blade is at the rear of the machine.
F
B
Fig 2-49
A. Equipment D. Fuel tank

B. Counterweight E. Cab
C. Left door F. Dozer blade
assembly

2.3.2.4 Safety rules for changing the machine direction
WARNING
People near the moving machine may be knocked down or crushed by the machine, causing seri-
ous injury or death.
• When reversing or slewing on board, if someone is near the machine, there is a risk of being
knocked down or crushed by the machine, causing serious injury or death.
• Only operate the machine from the seat.

• No one is allowed on the machine except
for the operator.
• Check whether the traveling alarm device is
working normally.
• Lock the cab door or window in the open or
closed position. When working in a work
site where there is a danger of flying falling
objects entering the cab, check whether the
doors and windows of the machine are
Fig 2-50
closed tightly.
• Before reversing and slewing, make sure

that there are no people or obstacles in the
working area of the machine and honk the
horn to give a warning.
• Always check for others entering the work-
ing area of the machine. When the machine
turns or slews, take special care not to
touch other machines or people.
Fig 2-51

• Before traveling, adjust the machine so that

the 【 A 】 bulldozer is behind the 【 B 】
working device. If the bulldozer is in front of
the working device, the machine will move
in the opposite direction to the operation of
the joystick (forward and backward walking B
are opposite, and left and right steering are
opposite). Take special care when operat-
ing the machine under such circumstances. A
Fig 2-52
A. Dozer blade B. Working device
• During reversing, if your view is obstructed,

arrange for a signalman to direct you, and
always keep the signalman in view;
• Use gesture signals that meet the local reg-
ulations when the working condition re-
quires a signalman.
• Only move the machine when both the sig-
nalman and the operator clearly understand
the signals;
• Understand the meaning of all flags, sig-
Fig 2-53
nals, and marks used in all work and identi-
fy who is responsible for signaling;
• Keep windows, rearview mirrors, and work-
ing lamps clean and intact;
• Dust, heavy rain, and fog can reduce visibil-
ity. When visibility is reduced, slow down
and use appropriate lighting.
2.3.2.5 Safety rules for traveling
• When operating the machine, do not ex-

ceed the maximum allowable load or other
performance parameters of the machine,
which can prevent the machine from stalling
due to overload and avoid damage to the
working device.
Fig 2-54

• During traveling or operation, be sure to

keep a safe distance from people, buildings,
or other machines to avoid collision with
them.
• When traveling on the road, contact the rel-
evant authorities and follow their
instructions.
• When traveling on the flat ground, the work-
ing device should be placed on the bucket
rack.
• When travelingon rough ground, walk at a
low speed and don't turn suddenly, other-
wise the machine will be in danger of roll-
over; The working device should be placed
on the bucket rack. If the working device
hits the ground, the machine will lose its
balance or damage it.
• When the machine is traveling on rough

ground surface or steep slope, if it has au-
to-idle function, disable this function; if the
auto-idle function is enabled, the engine
speed will be reduced and the traveling
speed will suddenly become lower.
• Avoid traveling on obstacles as much as
possible. If the machine has to travel on ob-
stacles, keep the working device close to
the ground and travel at a low speed.
• When passing over a bridge or building, first
check whether the strength of the structure
is sufficient to support the weight of the
A
machine.
• When operating in tunnels, under bridges,
under power cables or other places of lim-
ited height, operate slowly and take special Fig 2-55
care not to let the working device contact
anything.

2.3.2.6 Drive the machine safely
WARNING
Traveling on a slope may cause the machine
to slip or tip over, resulting in serious injury
or death.
• When driving the machine in a special en-
vironment, pay extra attention to the sur-
rounding environment and observe the C
safety rules of traveling. 2015062503
• When going downhill, it is forbidden to
Fig 2-56
slide by the inertia of the excavator itself,
which may damage the traveling motor. C. 20~30 cm(8~12 in)
• Before moving the machine, the bulldozer

should be behind the cab, and the direction
of the machine should be clear.
• When traveling on a slope, keep the work-
ing device 20~30 cm (8~12 in) away from
the ground [A]. In an emergency, the work- A
ing device can be quickly lowered to the
ground to help stop the machine.
• Before the machine travels uphill, turn the
cab to face the uphill direction. Before the Fig 2-57
machine travels downhill, turn the cab to A. 20~30 cm(8~12 in)
face the downhill direction.
• Before driving, be sure to check the hard-

ness of the ground in front of the machine.
• When going up a steep slope, extend the
working device to the front to increase the
balance, while keeping the working device
20~30 cm (8~12 in) away from the ground
[B] and travel at a low speed. B
• When going downhill, reduce the engine
2015062503
speed, and travel at a low speed.
Fig 2-58
B. 20~30 cm(8~12 in)

• When going downhill, reduce the engine

speed, keep the travel joystick near the
"neutral" position, and travel at a low speed.
Fig 2-59
• Do not turn on a slope or cross a slope. Be

sure to go down to a flat area first to change
the position of the machine, and then go up
the slope.
• Don't travel on grass, fallen leaves or wet
steel plates. The machine may have the risk
of slipping even when the slope is small.
Fig 2-60
2.3.2.7 Operation on slopes
When working on slopes, there is a risk that

the slewing devices or working devices may
lose balance and tip over during operation,
which can cause serious injury or equipment
damage. Therefore, when performing these
operations, a flat work platform should be pro-
vided. These operations shall be handled with
care.
• When the bucket is fully loaded, do not slew
the working device from the uphill side to
the downhill side. This is dangerous and Fig 2-61
can make the machine to tip over.
• If the machine must be used on a slope,
build up a working platform with soil to keep
the machine as level as possible.

2.3.2.8 Operation in snowy weather
• Snow-covered and frozen roads will be very slippery, so step on the accelerator pedal slowly to
avoid sudden walking; Pay more attention when working on slopes, because even a small slope
will make the machine slip.
• For the frozen ground, the ground will become soft when the temperature rises, which will easily
cause the machine to tip over.
• If the machine enters deep snow, there will be a danger of overturning and burial in the snow. Be
careful not to leave the road shoulder or get caught in the snow.
• When clearing snow, it is difficult to see objects near the road shoulder and road that are buried
in the snow, and there is a risk of the machine tipping over and hitting buried objects, so it must
be operated carefully.
2.3.2.9 Prohibited Operations
Note: The following operations are prohibited; otherwise, the Company will not be respon-
sible for any consequences!
• Do not excavate the working face under the

overhanging part, as there will be a risk of
falling rocks or even collapse of the over-
hanging part, resulting in a serious
accident.
Fig 2-62
• Do not dig too deep in front of the machine.

Otherwise, the ground will collapse if hol-
lowed out underneath, resulting in
accidents.
Fig 2-63

• Do not perform dismantling operations

under the machine. This may make the ma-
chine unstable and tip over.
• When working in the upper part of a building
or other structure, check the strength of the
structure before work to avoid causing the
building to collapse and thus leading to
casualties.
Fig 2-64
• Do not perform demolition overhead. Falling

debris and collapsing buildings can damage
the machine and cause casualties.
Fig 2-65
• Do not carry out crushing operation utilizing

the impact of the working device, as the
splashing crushed materials can cause per-
sonal injury and damage to the working de-
vice. Meanwhile, the reaction of the impact
can tip over the machine.
• Generally speaking, the working device is
more likely to tip over when it is on its side
than when it is in the front or rear.
Fig 2-66

• The bucket should never pass over anyone

or the truck cab when lifting, moving, or
slewing. If the material in the bucket falls or
collides with the bucket, it may cause per-
sonal injuries and damage to the machine.
• Lifting or transporting people is prohibited
and may cause casualty accidents.
• When a crusher or other heavy-duty work-
ing device is used, the machine may lose
balance or tip over.
• Do not lower, slew, or stop the working de- Fig 2-67
vice suddenly.
• Do not extend or retract the boom cylinder
abruptly, as the machine may tip over due
to the impact.
2.3.3 Park the machine
2.3.3.1 Selecting a parking lot
• Park the machine on a firm and level

ground.
• Select an area without the danger of falling
rocks or landslides. If the terrain where the
machine is located is low, park the machine
in a place without the danger of flooding.
Fig 2-68
• If possible, park the machine on a level sur-

face. If the machine must be parked on a
slope, the following rules must be
observed:
– Adjust the bucket to the downhill side

and insert the bucket teeth into the
ground.
– Place pads under wheels to prevent the Fig 2-69
machine from moving.

• Do not park the machine on construction

roads. If required, be sure to alert other
people or vehicles with flags during the day
and signal lights at night in accordance with
local rules.
2.3.3.2 Shut down the machine
For details on how to shut down the machine,

see the operation section of this Manual. The
general shutdown procedure is as follows:
• Stop the running machine.
• Calibrate the machine body.
• Lower the equipment to the ground or place
it in a fixed position.
• Slow down the engine so that the engine
idles at a low speed for 5 minutes.
• Turn the key to the "OFF" state; Pro version
to press the "one-click start" button, stop Fig 2-70
the engine, and turn the knob to "OFF".
• Pull the safety lever to the locked position.
• If there is a starting key, pull out the key.
• Close the windows, sunroof and cab doors.
• Lock all access doors and compartments.
NOTE：
• When you leave the machine, keep three
points in contact with the machine and face
the machine, do not jump off the machine.
• When leaving the machine, watch out for
smooth fenders, steps, and handles. Fig 2-71
2.3.4 Transportation
2.3.4.1 Transporting the Machine
When transporting the machine, pay attention to the following matters:

• Know the total length, width and height of the transport vehicle and machine, so as to avoid colli-
sion with obstacles overhead and in narrow passages.
• When passing through the bridge, please check beforehand whether the bridge is sufficient to
support the load; when driving on the road, please obey the traffic regulations and obey the traf-
fic police command.

2.3.4.2 Loading and Unloading
When loading and unloading the machine, in-

correct operations can cause the machine to
tip over or fall, so note that:
• Load and unload the machine only on solid,
level ground; keep a safe distance from the
edge of the road or cliff.
• Always use a ramp with sufficient strength
and ensure that the width, length, and thick-
ness of the ramp are sufficient to provide a
safe loading and unloading slope (≤15°).
• Ensure that the surface of the ramp is clean
and free of grease, oil, water and loose ma- Fig 2-72
terials, and remove dirt from the machine
tracks. Pay attention to the slippery surface
of the ramp when loading and unloading in
rain or snow.
• Do not use working devices to load or un-
load the machine, as doing so may cause
the machine to fall or tip over.
• Cancel the auto idle function, run the en-
gine at low speed and travel slowly.
Fig 2-73
• While on the ramp, do not operate any joy-
stick except the walking joystick.
• Do not correct the direction on the ramp. If
needed, drive the machine off the ramp,
correct the direction, and then drive it back
onto the ramp.
• The center of gravity of the machine will
suddenly change at the connection be-
tween the ramp and the trailer, and the ma-
chine will easily lose its balance, so it is
necessary to travel slowly over this part.
• When loading or unloading the machine on
an embankment or a platform, ensure it has
sufficient width, strength and slope.
• When slewing the upper slewing body on
the trailer, the trailer is unstable, so retract
the working device and slowly slew.

• After loading the machine, lock the door of

the cab. Otherwise, the door may open sud-
denly during transportation.
• Secure the machine with chains and cush-
ion blocks. Secure all work devices, lower
the bucket, boom and stick and place them
in the transport position.
2.3.5 Battery
Prevent risks caused by the battery
The battery electrolyte contains sulfuric acid,

which generates flammable and explosive hy-
drogen gas. Misoperation may cause person-
al injury or fire. Therefore, the following
precautions must be observed:
• Do not smoke or use open flames near the

battery.
• Before checking or handling the battery,
turn the key switch to the OFF position. Fig 2-74
• When operating the battery, wear safety
glasses and rubber gloves.
• The battery electrolyte is highly corrosive. If
electrolyte is splashed on clothes and skin,
wash with plenty of water immediately. If
electrolyte is splashed into eyes, there is a
risk of blindness, so wash with plenty of
water and seek medical advice
immediately.
To avoid battery explosion, follow the follow-

ing precautions during operation:
• Keep the tools and other metal objects
away from the battery terminals and the
battery.
• When disconnecting the battery, shut down
the engine for about one minute, and dis-
connect the negative (-) terminal first, and
then the positive (+) terminal; and when
connecting the battery, connect the positive
(+) terminal first, and then the negative (-) Fig 2-75

terminal. Ensure that all terminals are se-

curely connected.
• During the charging process, when the bat-
tery temperature exceeds 45 ° C, stop
charging until the battery temperature drops
to room temperature, cut the charging cur-
rent by half, and continue charging.
• When the battery is charged, flammable hy-
drogen gas is produced, so before charg-
ing, remove the battery from the upper
vehicle body, place it in a well-ventilated
area and remove the battery cover.
• During the charging process, if acid spray
occurs in the battery exhaust hole, the
charging should be stopped immediately.
• Do not smoke while charging and avoid fire.
• The battery electric eye shows green, indi-
cating that the battery is fully charged; stop
charging.
• After charging, tighten the battery cover
firmly.
• Install the battery firmly in the identified
position.

2.3.6 Lifting with excavators
• No one is allowed to enter the work area.

• Before operation, identify all signals that
may be used and assign a signalman.
• Operate the machine on a flat ground to
prevent the machine from tipping over or
falling.
• Understand the lifting capacity of the ma-
chine before the lifting operation, and the
lifting load shall not exceed the specified
range.
• Do not use damaged chains, steel cables, Fig 2-76
rings, and slings.
• Hang the spreader on the lifting point desig-
nated by the manufacturer. Never hang a
sling or rope on the bucket teeth. Other-
wise, the bucket teeth will be dislodged and
cause the weight being lifted to fall.
• When lifting heavy objects, do not leave the
driver's seat.
• In order to prevent the lifted objects from
touching people or buildings, check care-
fully whether the surrounding area is safe
Fig 2-77
before swinging or operating the working
device.
• Do not suddenly slew or operate the work-
ing device, which will lead to the swing of
the hoisted weight and even cause the ma-
chine to tip over. When necessary, use a
tow rope to strengthen the control.
• Do not operate or rotate the working device
to pull the load to any direction. Once the
hook breaks and the load is disengaged,
the working device will move suddenly,
causing personal injuries. Fig 2-78

2.4 Safety and maintenance instructions

2.4.1 Precautions before maintenance
To prevent accidents:
• Understand the maintenance procedures before operation.
• Keep the operation area clean and dry.
• Do not spray water or steam in the cab.
• When the machine is moving, refueling, lubrication and other maintenance work are not
allowed.
• Prevent hands, feet, and clothes from coming in contact with rotating components.
2.4.2 Self-preparation
Only approved personnel are allowed to main-

tain or repair the machine. If necessary, an
observer can be arranged.
• Wear protective clothing and safety shoes
required for work.
• Wear a protective mask when removing
springs and elastic parts and components
or refilling the battery with acid. Wear a
safety helmet and goggles when performing
welding or cutting operations.
• When cleaning with compressed air, flying Fig 2-79
particles may cause personal injury. So
please wear goggles, dust masks, gloves
and other protective equipment.
• When hitting hard metal parts such as the
pins, bucket teeth, cutting edges or bear-
ings with a hammer, flying parts and metal
fragments can cause personal injury.
Therefore, be sure to wear goggles and
gloves and make sure that no one is
around.
• Griding, flame cutting or welding is prohib- Fig 2-80
ited if there is no breather and ventilator. If
welding operations must be performed on
this machine, please refer to related man-
uals to obtain correct operation procedures.
• Extremely large machine noise can cause
temporary or permanent hearing problems.

When performing engine maintenance,

wear earmuffs or earplugs if working in
noise for a long time.
• Wear a rubber apron and rubber gloves
when handling corrosive materials. Wear
safety gloves when handling wooden mate-
rials, wire ropes, or metals with sharp
edges.
2.4.3 Preparation for the working area
• Choose a well-ventilated, clean, and flat area with sufficient space and light for maintenance.
• Clean the ground of the work area, wipe off fuel, lubricating oil, and water, and spread sand or
other absorbent materials on a slippery floor.
• Do not leave hammers or other tools in the working area.
• If the working area is not clean and tidy, there is a danger of tripping, slipping, or falling, which
may cause personal injury.
2.4.4 Procedure for Shutting Down the Engine Before Maintenance
Before machine maintenance:

• Park the machine on a firm and level
ground.
• Lower the bucket onto the ground.
• Pad tires to avoid machine movement.
• Turn the throttle control knob to position 1
and run the engine at a low speed for 5 mi-
nutes at no load.
• Turn the start key to the "OFF" state; Pro Fig 2-81
version should press the "one-button start"
button, stop the engine and turn the knob to
the "OFF" state.
• Turn the start key to the "ON" state; For Pro
version, turn the knob to the "ON" state,
keep the machine in the power-on state,
and operate the control lever forward, back-
ward, left and right for 2 to 3 times to re-
lease the pressure in the hydraulic system.
• Put the safety lock lever in the locked
position. Fig 2-82

2.4.5 Warning Signs
• Before maintaining the machine, hang a

“Do Not Operate” sign or a similar warning
sign on the ignition switch or direction con-
trol to warn others that the machine is under
maintenance.
If necessary, additional warning signs can
be attached around the machine.
• If someone starts the engine, touches or
operates the control lever or pedal during
maintenance, serious accidents may occur.
Fig 2-83
Fig 2-84
2.4.6 Applicable tools
• Only use applicable tools and use them cor-

rectly. Serious accidents may occur when
damaged, inferior, defective, and temporary
tools are used or tools are used incorrectly.
Fig 2-85

2.4.7 Maintenance while the engine is running
To prevent injuries, do not perform mainte-

nance while the engine is running. If you do
need to perform maintenance while the en-
gine is running, do so with at least two per-
sons and as follows:
• One person must always sit in the driver's
seat and be ready to shut down the engine
at any time, and all personnel must keep in
touch with each other.
• Push the safety lock lever to the locked po-
sition to prevent the working device from
moving. Fig 2-86
• When operating near the fan, fan belt, or

other rotating parts, there is a risk of being
caught by the parts, so take extra care.
• Do not drop or insert tools or other objects
into the fan or the fan belt; otherwise, the
parts may break or fly out.
• Do not touch any control lever. If you do
need to operate a control lever, be sure to
give signals to others and warn them of
moving to a safe place quickly.
Fig 2-87
2.4.8 Working Under the Machine
• Never perform any maintenance for the ma-

chine before it is properly supported.
• Lower the working device to the ground be-
fore servicing and maintaining the machine.
• If the machine or working device must be
lifted for maintenance, use blocks or sup-
ports that are strong enough to bear its
weight to support the machine or the work-
ing device. Do not use slag bricks, hollow
tires or racks to support the machine. Do
not support the machine with a single jack. Fig 2-88

• If tires are off the ground and the machine

is only supported by the working device, it is
very dangerous to work under the machine.
If the hydraulic pipeline is damaged or the
control lever is touched accidentally, the
working device or machine will suddenly
fall, which will cause injury and death.
Therefore never work under the hydraulic
excavator if it is not firmly supported by the
cushion blocks or brackets.
2.4.9 Maintenance of tires
• Check the air pressure and wear pf tires regularly, and clean debris from tires in a timely
manner.
• Avoid prolonged exposure of tires to high temperatures. Avoid driving the excavator on hot
roads for long periods of time. If this is unavoidable, appropriate cooling measures can be taken.
• The standard tire pressure range is 740±20 Kpa, and a lower pressure value within the range
should be adopted in summer high-temperature weather.
2.4.10 Beware of the hot cooling system
WARNING
Careless contact with hot high-pressure coolant can cause serious injury.
• Contact with hot high-pressure coolant can cause serious injury.
When the engine heats up, the pressure in

the cooling system will increase. Stop the en-
gine to allow the system to cool down before
removal of radiator cap. Only after the coolant
has cooled down can the radiator cap be
removed.
Fig 2-89

2.4.11 Safe operation of high-pressure hose
If oil leakage is found in the high-pressure hose, it may cause an operational fault and even lead to
a fire. If bolts on the hose come loose, stop operating and tighten the bolts to specified torque. In
case of any damage to the hose, stop the operation immediately and contact the authorized dealer
of SANY HEAVY MACHINERY.
Replace the hose immediately in case of the following problems:

• Damage or leakage is found on any hydraulic hose fitting.
• The cladding layer is worn or broken, or the steel wire of the reinforcement layer is exposed.
• There are bulges on the cladding layer.
• There are impurities in the cladding layer.
• The movable part is twisted or crushed.
2.4.12 Beware of high pressure liquid
There is always pressure inside the hydraulic

system. When checking or replacing the hose,
always check if pressure in the hydraulic oil
line has been relieved. If there is remaining
pressure in the hydraulic oil line, serious acci-
dents will occur. Therefore, it is important to
observe following rules:
• Release the system pressure before main-
taining the hydraulic system:
1. Unscrew the butterfly nut of the breather

valve and press the release button to re-
lease the pressure inside the hydraulic oil
tank.
2. Release pressure in the pilot pipeline.

Within 15 seconds after shutdown, turn the
switch knob of the whole machine to the
"ON" state, move the safety locking lever to
the unlocked position, and fully operate the
walking joystick and the left and right oper- Fig 2-90
ating handles in all directions to release the

pressure in the accumulator.
• Keep the hydraulic system off any open
flame, and clean the spilled hydraulic oil
immediately.
• Diesel or pressurized hydraulic oil can pen-

etrate the skin or eyes, which may result in
severe injuries, blindness or even death. It
is difficult to check if the pressurized hy-
draulic oil leaks with naked eyes, a piece of
cardboard or wood chip will be needed in-
stead of touching leaked oil directly. Wear a
face mask or protective goggles to protect
eyes. If the liquid permeates the skin, rinse
it with water and seek medical attention as
soon as possible.
• When the engine is running, high pressure
will be generated in the fuel pipeline. When
the engine is running, high pressure is gen-
erated in the steel fuel pipeline between the
high-pressure fuel pump and the fuel injec-
tor. Wait at least 30 seconds after the en-
gine is shut down for the internal pressure
to drop before performing inspection or
maintenance on the fuel pipeline system.
2.4.13 Welding Operation
There is a danger of fire or electric shock during welding. Therefore, the welding operation must be
carried out by qualified welders and equipped with appropriate equipment. Unqualified personnel
are strictly prohibited from welding.
2.4.14 Maintain the A/C system safely
WARNING
Improper handling of harmful gases or oper-
ations in dangerous places may cause fires
and explosions, resulting in personal injury
or death.
• R134a refrigerant is non-toxic gas at room
temperature, but it turns into a highly toxic
gas when it exposes to fire.
• Keep away from fire sources when main- Fig 2-91

taining the A/C system.

• When maintaining the A/C system, refer to

the instructions on the refrigerant container
and use the refrigerant correctly. Use
R134a refrigerant only. Otherwise, the A/C
system will be damaged.
• The A/C refrigerant may cause blindness if
it sprays into your eyes and frostbite if it
splashes onto your skin.
• Use the recovery and circulation system,
and never discharge the refrigerant directly
into the atmosphere.
2.4.15 Precautions for high voltage
• When the engine is running or just shut

down, high voltage will be produced inside
the fuel injector terminals and the ECU, so
there is a danger of electric shock. In this
case, do not touch the inside of the fuel in-
jector or the ECU.
• If you have to do so, contact an authorized
agent of SANY HEAVY MACHINERY.
Fig 2-92
2.4.16 Accumulator
The accumulator is filled with high-pressure

nitrogen, and improper operation to the accu-
mulator may cause an explosion, which may
lead to serious accidents. Therefore, the fol-
lowing precautions must be followed:
• Do not disassemble the accumulator.
• Do not keep the accumulator close to the
fire source or exposed to flame.
• Do not perform drilling, welding, or gas cut-
ting on the accumulator.
• Do not bump or roll the accumulator, or ex- Fig 2-93
pose it to any impact.

• For the disposal, the accumulator must be

vented. Contact an authorized agent of
SANY HEAVY MACHINERY for this
operation.
2.4.17 Avoiding the Hazards of Fire and Explosion
WARNING
Risk of serious injury or death!
Improper handling of fuel or operation in dangerous places may cause fires and explosions, re-
sulting in injury or death.
• Do not smoke when handling fuel or maintaining the fuel system. The oil and gas in the empty
fuel tank are very explosive. Do not cut or weld on the oil pipe, oil tank or oil container, which
may cause fire, explosion and casualties.
• Do not cut or weld the oil hose, fuel tank or fuel container.
• Shut down the engine and turn off electrical equipment when refueling the fuel tank. Take extra
care when refueling a hot engine. Avoid any sparks around the grounded fuel nozzle.
• Dispose all solvents and dry chemicals at a well-ventilated area according to the steps indicated
on the containers.
• Remove all the dust and residue from the machine where greasy rags or any other flammable
materials should not be placed on.
• Clean the parts and components with non-flammable solvents instead of gasoline, diesel or any
other flammable fluid.
• Store the flammable fluids and materials in suitable containers according to safety regulations.
• Check whether the fire extinguisher, the fire extinguishing system and the fire detector (if
equipped) are working correctly and armed.
2.4.18 Regular replacement of safety parts
• To operate the machine safely for long, make sure to regularly replace the hoses, seat belts,
and other safety-related parts.
• The material of the parts may age after the specified period. Excessive use of these parts can
cause wear and damage, resulting in machine faults and personal injury. Also, it is difficult to de-
termine the remaining service life of these parts by visual inspection or touching alone. There-
fore, regular part replacement is required.
• Safety parts with any defect must be replaced or repaired even if they have not reached the
specified period yet.

2.4.19 Perform maintenance
• Check all parts during repair, and replace the worn, broken and damaged parts. Parts that are
excessively worn or damaged may fail when the machine is in use, causing injuries and death.
Replace signal labels that are damaged or difficult to identify.
• Tighten all fasteners and connectors to the specified torque.
• After maintenance, install all guard plates, cover plates and hoods. Replace or repair damaged
protective plates. Only fill the systems with the hydraulic fluid approved or recommended by
SANY Heavy Machinery.
• Start the engine and check for leakage (check the hydraulic system), and operate all controllers
to ensure that all the machine functions are normal. Carry out a drive test if necessary. After the
test, shut down the machine, check your work (for missing split pins, washers, nuts, etc.), and
check all hydraulic oil levels again before operating the machine.
2.4.20 Proper disposal of waste
Improper disposal of rubbish will harm our en-

vironment and ecosystem. For the methods of
recycling of handling wastes, please consult
local environmental recycling center or SA-
NY's authorized agent.
• Potential hazardous waste in SANY HEAVY
MACHINERY devices includes hydraulic
oil, fuel, coolant, refrigerant, filters, and
batteries.
• When discharging any liquid, use a leak-
proof container instead of food or drink con- Fig 2-94
tainer in case you eat or drink it by mistake.
• Do not pour waste fluid onto the ground, in-
to the sewer or any other water sources
directly.
• Refrigerant leakage can damage the at-
mosphere of our globe. So please recycle
or regenerate the refrigerant according to
related regulations.
Fig 2-95


SY215W TireHydraulic Excavator Technical Specifications
Technical Specifications
3 Technical Specifications.............................................................................................3-1
3.1 Overall dimensions ...............................................................................................................3-3
3.2 Excavation range ..................................................................................................................3-4
3.3 Technical parameters ...........................................................................................................3-5
3.4 Lifting capacity.......................................................................................................................3-5

Technical Specifications SY215W TireHydraulic Excavator

3.Technical Specifications
3.1 Overall dimensions
A B
D
C
I
G
F E
J
Fig 3-1
Unit: mm
Item SY215W
A Overall length (for transportation) 9480
B Overall width 2550
C Overall height (top of the cab) 3240
D Overall height (for traveling) 3800
E Wheelbase 1944
F Wheelbase 2850
G Min. ground clearance 360
H Tail swing radius 2780
I Counterweight ground clearance 1280
J Dozer blade width 2550

3.2 Excavation range
a
f
b
g
c
Fig 3-2
Unit: mm
Name SY215W
a Max. digging height 9643
b Max. dumping height 7095
c Max. digging depth 6269

d Max. digging radius 9887

e Max. ground digging radius 9624
f Max. height at Min. slewing radius 7843
g Max. vertical digging depth 5541
h Min. slewing radius 3820
3.3 Technical parameters

Over- Bucket Traveling Slew-
Engine Number
all capaci- speed ing
Engine model power of cylin-
weight ty (high/low) speed
kW/rpm ders
kg m³ km/h rpm
SY215W (Chi-
ISUZU 128.4/
na IV 21500 0.93 38/10 11.9 4
4HK1X 2000
standard)
SY215W (Chi-
ISUZU 120/
na Ⅲ 21500 0.93 38/10 11.9 4
4HK1X 2000
standard)
Capacity table
Fr-
Tr- Re-
ont
Slewing an- ar Wheel
Speci- Hydraul- ax-
Engine mecha- Cooling Fuel s- axle side
fied ic le
oil pan nism system tank mi- ho- gear-
volume system ho-
case ss- us- box
us-
ion ing
ing
L 23 4 230 30 400 2.9 9.6 13 4X2.5
US gal 6 1.1 61 7.9 105 0.8 2.5 3.4 4X0.7
3.4 Lifting capacity
DANGER
Exceeding the rated lifting capacity can lead to serious personal injury or death.
• Before operating this machine, the operator must fully understand the rated lifting weight of this
machine and always follow the safety operation regulations of the device.
• Be sure to make necessary adjustments to load ratings for non-standard configurations.

According to GB/T 13331, the lifting capacity can be considered as 75% of the tipping load, or
87% of the hydraulic lifting capacity of the boom or bucket rod (whichever is smaller).
The lifting capacity is based on the following machine configurations:
• The machine is on a level and solid ground.

• The lifting point is on the centerline of the pin on the bucket rod where the bucket is mounted.
• The lifting radius is the horizontal distance from the machine's axis of rotation to the vertical lift-
ing line or rigging.
• The operating weight includes the weight of the main machine and the working device.
Due to the large number of options and variations in available machines, the lifting capacity of a
machine varies in different configurations. If the change exceeds 5% of the rated lifting capacity of
the machine, consult an authorized agent of SANY Heavy Machinery for the lifting capacity of spe-
cific work tools and accessories.
Symbols in the lifting capacity table:
The following symbols are commonly found in the lifting capacity tables of wheel type excavators.
The forward lifting capacity of the machine.
The lateral lifting capacity of the machine.
The unit of lifting capacity is kg.
Applicable model: SY215W
Counterweight： Weight of removed bucket:

SY215W Stick: 2925 mm Boom: 5700 mm
4000 kg 748 kg
MAX 1.5 m 3m 4.5m 6m 7.5m
MAX
dimen-
sion
(mm)
7.5 m 6544 *4526 *4526 — — — — — — *4294 *4294 — —
6m 7561 *4592 3705 — — — — — — *4352 *4352 *4551 3756

4.5m 8179 *4727 3201 — — — — — — *4968 *4968 *4683 3708
3m 8486 *4911 2951 — — — — *7598 7585 *5855 4989 *5098 3577
1.5 m 8516 *5147 2871 — — — — *9305 7057 *6768 4728 *5572 3448
0m 8274 *5427 2936 — *16229 12941 *10284 6809 *7431 4554 *5942 3356
—1.5m 7732 *5764 3212 *8280 *8280 *15736 13069 *10465 6725 *7684 4484 *5997 3336
—3m 6818 *6161 3857 *12993 *12993 *14396 13239 *9941 6817 *7327 4544 —
—4.5m 5337 *6530 5587 — — *11746 *11746 *9379 7292 — —

Counterweight： Weight of removed bucket:

SY215W Stick: 2925 mm Boom: 5700 mm
4000 kg 748 kg
MAX 1.5 m 3m 4.5m 6m 7.5m
MAX
dimen-
sion
(mm)
1. The lifting force shall not exceed 87% of the lifting capacity of the hydraulic system or 75%
when the tilting is stable;
2. * means the lifting force limited by the hydraulic system;
3. Put down the standard 5.7m boom, 2.9m bucket, bulldozer and outrigger;
4. The lifting torque is without bucket, and the bucket weighs 748kg.


SY215W TireHydraulic Excavator Operation
Operation
4 Operation.............................................................................................................................4-1
4.1 Operation................................................................................................................................4-5
4.1.1 General drawing of the machine ...............................................................................4-5
4.2 Description of controls and gauges ....................................................................................4-7
4.2.1 Display ..........................................................................................................................4-7
4.2.2 Operation method of each page of the display .................................................... 4-14
4.2.3 Key Panel Function and Indicator Meaning ......................................................... 4-45
4.2.4 Switch ........................................................................................................................ 4-50
4.2.4.1 Overview ............................................................................................................ 4-50
4.2.4.2 Starting switch ................................................................................................... 4-52
4.2.4.3 Throttle control knob......................................................................................... 4-53
4.2.4.4 Horn switch ........................................................................................................ 4-53
4.2.4.5 Interior lamp switch........................................................................................... 4-54
4.2.4.6 Auxiliary power supply ..................................................................................... 4-54
4.2.4.7 USB power outlet .............................................................................................. 4-55
4.2.4.8 Reverse alarm kill switch ................................................................................. 4-55
4.2.5 Joystick and pedal.................................................................................................... 4-56
4.2.5.1 Overview ............................................................................................................ 4-56
4.2.5.2 Safety lock lever................................................................................................ 4-57
4.2.5.3 Joystick............................................................................................................... 4-58
4.2.5.4 Brake pedal........................................................................................................ 4-60
4.2.5.5 Accelerator pedal.............................................................................................. 4-61
4.2.5.6 Crushing pedal .................................................................................................. 4-61
4.2.6 Right turn indicator................................................................................................... 4-62
4.2.6.1 Right turn indicator............................................................................................ 4-62
4.2.6.2 Multifunction switch (left operating lever) ...................................................... 4-62
4.2.6.3 Traveling multifunction switch (right operating lever) .................................. 4-64
4.2.6.4 Parking brake indicator .................................................................................... 4-65
4.2.6.5 Operational mode indicator ............................................................................. 4-65
Operation SY215W TireHydraulic Excavator
4.2.6.6 High beam indicator lamp................................................................................ 4-66

4.2.6.7 Damping lock on indicator ............................................................................... 4-66
4.2.6.8 Parking/working/traveling mode selection button ........................................ 4-67
4.2.6.9 Warning lamp switch ........................................................................................ 4-68
4.2.6.10 Damping cylinder locking switch .................................................................. 4-69
4.2.7 Top window ............................................................................................................... 4-70
4.2.8 Windshield................................................................................................................. 4-71
4.2.9 Cab doors and windows.......................................................................................... 4-80
4.2.10 Cup Holder.............................................................................................................. 4-81
4.2.11 Information kit ......................................................................................................... 4-81
4.2.12 Emergency exit....................................................................................................... 4-82
4.2.13 Fire extinguisher..................................................................................................... 4-82
4.2.14 Controller................................................................................................................. 4-83
4.2.15 Fuse link .................................................................................................................. 4-83
4.2.16 A/C system.............................................................................................................. 4-84
4.2.16.1 Control panel ................................................................................................... 4-84
4.2.16.2 Control switch and LCD ................................................................................. 4-85
4.2.16.3 A/C operation .................................................................................................. 4-89
4.2.16.4 Operate the A/C carefully .............................................................................. 4-91
4.2.17 Radio........................................................................................................................ 4-92
4.2.18 Door lock ................................................................................................................. 4-92
4.2.19 Lockable lid ............................................................................................................. 4-93
4.2.19.1 Overview .......................................................................................................... 4-93
4.2.19.2 Open and close the lockable lid.................................................................... 4-94
4.2.19.3 Open and close the lockable lid.................................................................... 4-96
4.3 Operation and control of the machine ............................................................................. 4-96
4.3.1 Before engine start................................................................................................... 4-96
4.3.1.1 Walkaround Inspection .................................................................................... 4-96
4.3.1.2 Inspection before startup ................................................................................. 4-97
4.3.1.3 Adjustment before operation......................................................................... 4-107
4.3.1.4 Operation before engine start ........................................................................4-113
4.3.2 Start the engine .......................................................................................................4-115
4.3.3 Warm-up operation .................................................................................................4-118
4.3.4 Operation on slopes................................................................................................4-119
4.3.4.1 Overview ...........................................................................................................4-119
4.3.4.2 Engine - shut down on a slope...................................................................... 4-120
4.3.4.3 Cab door on a slope ....................................................................................... 4-120
4.3.5 Machine Operation................................................................................................. 4-121
4.3.5.1 Overview .......................................................................................................... 4-121
4.3.5.2 Engine shutdown ............................................................................................ 4-121
4.3.5.3 Machine travel ................................................................................................. 4-122
4.3.5.4 Working device control and operation ......................................................... 4-126

4.3.6 Prohibited Operations............................................................................................ 4-128
4.3.7 Allowable water depth ........................................................................................... 4-131
4.3.8 Recommended uses.............................................................................................. 4-132
4.3.8.1 Notes ................................................................................................................ 4-132
4.3.8.2 Backhoe Operation......................................................................................... 4-132
4.3.8.3 Trenching operation........................................................................................ 4-133
4.3.8.4 Loading operation ........................................................................................... 4-133
4.3.9 Park the machine ................................................................................................... 4-133
4.3.10 Daily machine inspection after work.................................................................. 4-136
4.3.11 Lock........................................................................................................................ 4-137
4.3.12 Operation in cold weather................................................................................... 4-137
4.3.12.1 Description of operation in cold weather ................................................... 4-137
4.3.12.2 After daily work.............................................................................................. 4-138
4.3.12.3 After the cold season ................................................................................... 4-139
4.3.13 Post-processing operation.................................................................................. 4-139
4.3.13.1 Automatic regeneration ............................................................................... 4-139
4.3.13.2 Manual regeneration .................................................................................... 4-140
4.3.13.3 Regeneration prohibition function .............................................................. 4-141
4.3.14 Long-Term Storage.............................................................................................. 4-142
4.3.14.1 Before storage............................................................................................... 4-142
4.3.14.2 During storage............................................................................................... 4-143
4.3.14.3 After Storage ................................................................................................. 4-143
4.3.14.4 Starting the Engine after Long-term Storage............................................ 4-143
4.4 Transportation................................................................................................................... 4-143
4.4.1 Note.......................................................................................................................... 4-143
4.4.2 Road travel.............................................................................................................. 4-144
4.4.3 Transportation methods ........................................................................................ 4-145
4.4.4 Load and unload the machine with a trailer........................................................ 4-145
4.4.4.1 Description....................................................................................................... 4-145
4.4.4.2 Loading............................................................................................................. 4-146
4.4.4.3 Fix the machine............................................................................................... 4-148
4.4.4.4 Unloading......................................................................................................... 4-151
4.4.4.5 Towing .............................................................................................................. 4-154


4.Operation
4.1 Operation
4.1.1 General drawing of the machine
Fig 4-1
1. Bucket 6. Boom cylinder

2. Bucket cylinder 7. Dozer blade
3. Stick 8. Rear axle

4. Stick cylinder 9. Front axle

5. Boom

4.2 Description of controls and gauges

4.2.1 Display
1 2 3 27 4 5 6
7 7
10 13
8 11
9 12
14 15
16 17
18
19
20 21
22 23 24 25 26
Fig 4-2
1. System time 15. Working mode

2. GPRS signal 16. Fuel level
3. System alarm 17. Coolant
temperature
4. Volume 18. Gear
5. Working mode and 19. Engine speed
gear
6. Current status of 20. Total working
the work implement hours
7. Status, fault icon 21. Single working
time
8. Air conditioning 22. Shortcut menu
temperature value
9. A/C volume 23. Full speed/auto-
matic idle state

Post-processing function is only valid for 10. Blowing mode 24. Road speed and
China IV version.: off-road speed travel
state
When the throttle knob is pressed short, the
11. Circulating state 25. Audio
indicator light of the start switch lights up, and
12. A/C compressor 26. User function
it is in the power-on state at this moment.
state
The display cannot show all the working con- 13. Automatic A/C 27. Rear view area
ditions of the machine. When the alarm indi- state
cator turns up, stop the operation immediately 14. Driving state
and check and repair relevant parts. Do not
rely entirely on the display for machine main-
tenance and inspection.
The full screen display of the Home screen

during the working status is as shown in the
right figure.
Note that when the machine is powered on

and not started, the use of the air conditioner
and audio functions should not exceed 30 mi-
nutes to ensure sufficient battery power.
1. System time, showing real-time clock and

date (hour/minute, year/month/day).
2. Displaying the GPRS signal
3. System alarm icon, which flashes when an

alarm appears on the device.
4. Displaying the volume.
5. Displaying working mode (S, H, L mode)

and gear position (1-11).
6. Displaying the current status of the work

implement.
7. Displaying the current equipment status,

and displaying the fault icon if there is an im-
portant fault.

8. Click this icon, and the temperature regula-

tion suspension box will appear, to set the air-
conditioning temperature value, with the set-
ting range of 18 ℃ ~32℃. Click the icon - to
lower the temperature, and the temperature
will decrease by 0.5℃ each time you click it.
Click the icon + to increase the temperature,
and the temperature will increase by 0.5℃
each time you click it.
9. Click this icon, and the air volume adjust-

ment suspension box will appear, to set the
air conditioning volume, with the setting range
of 1-6. Click the icon - to reduce the air vol-
ume, and the air volume will decrease by one
level each time you click it; click the icon + to
increase the air volume, and the air volume
will increase by one level each time you click
it.
10.Click this icon, the mode setting floating

box will appear, and you can set the blowing
mode, which includes: Face blowing, face
blowing and back blowing, face blowing and
back blowing and foot blowing, foot blowing.
The demisting function of this equipment is in-
tegrated into the blowing mode, and there is
no separate demisting and blowing foot, de-
misting mode.
11.Click this icon to switch the internal circula-

tion/external circulation of the air conditioner.
12.Click this icon to switch the A/C cooling

state of the air conditioner.
13.Click this icon to switch the AUTO state.
14.Displaying the current transmission gear,

forward gear F, reverse gear R and neutral
gear N.

15.Click the icon to switch the working mode
16.Displaying the fuel level
17.Displaying the coolant temperature
18.Displaying the working gear.
19.Displaying the engine speed
20.Displaying the total working time (hour)
21.Displaying the working status, and display-

ing the fault icon if there is an important fault.
22.Click this icon and a shortcut menu will

appear.
23.Click this icon to switch the full speed/auto-

matic idle state.
24.Click this icon to switch between high and

low speed travels.
25.Click this icon to adjust the audio.
26.Click this icon to enter the user function

interface.
27.Click on the video display area of the cam-

era to enlarge the image displayed.
Status and alarm icon:
Icon Icon Icon function

display meaning
Regenera- The engine has prohibited DPF regeneration, and the icon is always
tion yellow.
prohibition
Engine There is an alarm in the engine, and the icon is always on in yellow.
faults
Preheating The engine is warming up, and the yellow icon is always on.
indicator
lamp
Cooling When the cooling water temperature is higher than 103℃, the icon is
water always red.

tempera-
ture is too
high
Too low fuel The fuel level is too low, and the icon is always red.
level
Automatic Automatic cruise is on, and the icon is always green.
cruise
Balance The balance cylinder is opened, and the icon is always red.
cylinder
closed
Balance The balance cylinder is closed, and the icon is always green.
cylinder
opened
NO power The engine aftertreatment alarm level is in the third stage (severe
limit), and the engine torque is limited. The icon is always red.
ESCAPE The engine aftertreatment alarm level is in the third stage (severe
MODE limit), and the engine torque is limited. The icon is always red.
Regenera- The engine is undergoing automatic regeneration. The icon is always
tion green and the equipment can work normally.
Manual regeneration requirements triggered by after-sales tools, the
icon flashes yellow slowly, please ask the driver to stop working, ad-
just the working gear to the 1st gear and be in W mode;
Manual engine regeneration is required, and the icon flashes yellow
quickly. Please ask the driver to stop working, adjust the working
gear to the 1st gear and be in W mode;
The engine is undergoing manual regeneration. The icon is always
on yellow, and the engine speed automatically rises to 1400rpm.
Exhaust When the manual regeneration button is pressed to trigger manual
high tem- regeneration, the engine is in the process of heating up. When the
perature engine meets the requirement of manual regeneration temperature
alarm and the alarm lamp with high exhaust temperature lights up, the en-
gine is in the process of manual regeneration; After the high exhaust
temperature alarm lamp goes out, the engine speed returns to nor-
mal state, and manual regeneration is completed.
Inducement The engine aftertreatment alarm level is in the first stage (NCD
indicator alarm), and the icon is always red;
The engine aftertreatment alarm level is in the second stage (primary
limit), and the icon flashes in red at 1Hz;
The engine aftertreatment alarm level is in the third stage (severe
limit), and the icon flashes in red at 3Hz.
Parking The device is in parking mode, and the icon is always red.
mode

Working The device is in working mode, and the icon is always green.
mode
Driving The equipment is in driving mode, and the icon is always green, so it
mode can only be operated when getting off the bus.
Battery The battery voltage is lower than 24V, and the icon is always red.
charging Please charge it in time.
Engine The engine is turned off, and the icon is always red.
shutdown
Low oil The engine oil pressure is too low, and the icon is always red. Please
pressure stop and check.
Engine tor- The engine torque is limited, and the icon is always red, which lights
que drop up synchronously with the NO power icon.
Engine tor- The engine torque increases, and the icon is always green, which
que lights up synchronously with the ESCAPE MODE icon.
increase
Climbing The device is in climbing mode, and the icon is always green.
mode
Inducement Engine aftertreatment failure, NCD alarm, primary limit, severe limit,
indicator primary limit release, severe limit release, the icon is always red.
Click on the video display area of the camera

to enter the video full-screen display area,
Camera
as shown in the figure on the right.
1. Click this icon to return to the homepage.
2. Click this icon to return to the previous

page.
1 2
Fig 4-3
1. Return to the 2. Return to the pre-

homepage vious page

Click the shortcut menu, as shown in the right

1 2 3
figure.
1. Click this icon to enter the "Fault Informa-

tion" interface.
2. Click this icon to enter the "maintenance In-

formation" interface.
3. Click the "Brightness Adjustment" icon to Fig 4-4
pop up the brightness adjustment suspension 1. Fault information 3. Brightness

box, as shown in the figure 4-11, to adjust the adjustment
brightness of the display. 2. Maintenance
information
In the shortcut menu of the Home screen, tap

the brightness adjustment icon to show the 1 2
brightness adjustment box.
1. Click this icon to decrease the brightness. Fig 4-5
1. Decrease the 2. Increase the

2. Click this icon to increase the brightness.
brightness brightness

4.2.2 Operation method of each page of the display
Introduction of gear/speed of each mode in W state:
Speed Speed Gear Speed

Mode Gear Mode Gear Mode
(rpm) (rpm) (rpm)
1 1100 1 1100 1 1100
2 1200 2 1200 2 1200
3 1300 3 1300 3 1300
4 1350 4 1350 4 1350
5 1400 5 1400 5 1400
H 6 1450 S 6 1450 L 6 1450
7 1500 7 1500 7 1500
8 1550 8 1550 8 1550
9 1600 9 1600
10 1700 10 1700
11 1800
Traveling control in T state:
The engine speed in T state is controlled by the accelerator pedal and knob. When the accelerator
pedal is in different positions, the engine will select the corresponding gear, and the accelerator
knob controls the minimum speed of the engine. When the brake is fully depressed, the engine will
idle at the minimum speed.
T state gear and speed:
Speed Speed Gear Speed

Mode Gear Mode Gear Mode
(rpm) (rpm) (rpm)
1 1100 1 1100 1 1100
2 1200 2 1200 2 1200
3 1300 3 1300 3 1300
4 1350 4 1350 4 1350
5 1400 5 1400 5 1400
H 6 1450 S 6 1450 L 6 1450
7 1500 7 1500 7 1500
8 1550 8 1550 8 1550
9 1600 9 1600
10 1700 10 1700
11 1800 11 1800

If the equipment drives at high speed for a long time and the display screen gives an alarm, please
stop driving and let the gearbox cool down for 10 minutes.

Display the boot interface
When the excavator is powered up, the display is powered by the battery and boots to enter the ini-
tial interface.
Fig 4-6

Display the boot interface.
When the excavator is powered up, the dis-

play is powered by the battery and boots to Password setting
enter the initial interface.

Please verify the current password
Input power-on password.
Please enter password
1. When we set the power-on password for
the machine, we needs to enter the correct
power-on password to start the machine and
enter the initial interface.
2. For password setting, please refer to the

section on power-on password setting.
Fig 4-7

Radio interface
Click the audio icon in the "Main Interface" to

enter the "Audio" interface. Notes: When the Audio frequency
2
machine is turned on, the audio function
should not be used for more than 30 minutes 1 Radio Bluetooth music Usb music 3
5 6
to ensure sufficient battery power.
4 7
1. Click this icon to switch to radio information
and play the radio.
2. Click this icon to switch to Bluetooth music 8

information and play Bluetooth music. 13
10
3. Click this icon to switch to USB music infor-
9 12
mation and play USB music.
11
4. Click this icon to automatically search for an
adjacent station forward.
5. Click this icon, FM frequency will be re-

duced by 0.1MHz, and AM frequency will be
reduced by 3KHz. 14
6. Click this icon, FM frequency will increase Fig 4-8
by 0.1MHz, and AM frequency will increase 1. Radio 8. Favorite Radio List

by 3KHz. 2. Bluetooth music 9. FM1/FM2/FM3
switching
7. Click this icon to automatically search for an
3. USB music 10. Stop/Play
adjacent radio station backwards.
switching
8. Radio favorite list. Tap it to play the selected 4. Search forward au- 11. Wiper control
radio station, and tap and hold it to save the tomatically for an ad- shortcut key/off
currently playing station jacent station
5. Reduce frequency 12. List of scanned
9. Click this icon to switch between FM1/FM2/
stations
FM3.
6. Increase 13. Scan station
10.Click this icon to switch between AM1/ frequency
AM2/AM3. 7. Search backward 14. Volume
automatically for an adjustment
11.Click this icon to switch stop/play, and only
adjacent station
other operations on the radio are allowed in
the playing state.

12.Click this icon to display the scanned radio

station list.
13.Click this icon to scan the radio station.
14.Click this icon, and the volume adjustment

suspension box will appear.
Bluetooth music interface
Click the audio icon in the "Main Interface" to

enter the "Audio Interface", and then click Audio frequency
"Bluetooth Music" at the top to switch the in-

Radio Bluetooth music Usb music
terface. Notes: When the machine is turned
on, the audio function should not be used for
more than 30 minutes to ensure sufficient bat-
tery power.
1. Click this icon to play the previous song.
2. Click this icon to play/pause the current

song.
1 3
3. Click this icon to play the next song.
Fig 4-9
1. Previous Track 3. Next Track

2. Play/Pause

USB music interface
Click the audio icon in the "main interface" to

enter the "audio interface", and then click the Audio frequency
"U disk music" at the top to switch the inter-
face. Note that the audio function should not Radio Buletooth music Usb music
be used for more than 30 minutes when the

power is not turned on to ensure that sufficient
battery power.
1. Click this icon to switch the playback

modes, including list, random and single loop
2 4
playback.
2. Click this icon to play the previous song. 1 5
3. Click this icon to play/pause the current

3
song.
4. Click this icon to open the song catalog.
5. Click this icon to play the next song.
Fig 4-10
1. Play mode 4. Song catalogue

2. Previous Track 5. Next Track
3. Play/Pause

In the shortcut menu of the main interface,

click the fault code query icon to enter the fault
code query interface, where the user can view
Fault code query
all the fault information of the excavator.
Time of failure Fault code Fault content
The fuel level is too low
1 2
Fig 4-11
1. Homepage 3. Refresh the page

2. Return to the pre-
vious interface

“Maintenance Information” interface
In the shortcut menu of the Home screen,

click the maintenance information icon to en- Maintenance information
ter the maintenance information interface.

1. Replace engine oil and oil filter;
(Enter only when there is a maintenance 2. Adjust the tension of fan belt;
3. Check the fastening torque of bolts and nuts;
prompt)
Display the current maintenance information

and a countdown reminder.
1. Click this icon to enter the maintenance in-

formation confirmation interface.
2. Click this icon to return to the previous inter-

face (the maintenance countdown is valid).
3. Click this icon to enter the main interface

(the maintenance countdown is valid).
Exit Cycle From next time
3 2
Fig 4-12
1. OK 3. Main Interface
2. The previous
interface

Tap the confirmation icon in the “Maintenance

Information” interface to enter the “Mainte-
nance Confirmation” interface. (Enter only
Maintenance information
when there is a maintenance prompt)
Display the current maintenance information Maintenance confirmation

and a countdown reminder.
Enter a 5-digit
maintenance code
1. Click the icon to confirm the password. Machine number
of equipment
2. Click this icon to return to the previous inter-
Random code
face (the maintenance countdown is valid).
Condition of
maintenance
3. Click this icon to enter the main interface Maintenance
(the maintenance countdown is valid). period (h)
Number of
serviced
From next maintenance
3 2
Fig 4-13
1. OK 3. Enter the main

interface
2. The previous
interface

“User Function” interface
Click the user function icon in the Home 1

17
screen to enter the user function interface as User function
shown in the figure, in which the information
to be queried can be selected. 2
16
(The service engineers need to use OBD 3 Air
Basic Bluetooth Phone 15
equipment to apply online for permission to information conditioner
enter the Service Assistant.) 4

14
1. Click this icon to enter the A/C interface; 5 Quick 13
Date & Time System Language Tool of
selection Change choice
2. Click this icon to enter the basic information

6 12
interface;
Audible and Multifunctional DPF Software
3. Click this icon to enter the system language visual alarm panel regeneration Updates
selection interface; 7 11
4. Click this icon to enter the date and time Service Password
assistant Manager
interface;
5. Click this icon to enter the multi-function

panel interface; 8 9 10
Fig 4-14
6. Click this icon to enter the audible and visu-
al alarm interface; 1. A/C 10. The previous
interface
7. Click this icon to enter the service assistant
2. Basic information 11. Password
interface;
management
8. Click this icon to return to the homepage; 3. System languages 12. Software update
4. Date and time 13. DPF regeneration
9. Click this icon to enter the lock and unlock
interface; 5. Multi-function 14. Machine and
panel Tools Selection
10.Click this icon to enter the previous 6. Audible and visual 15. Quick change
interface; alarm
7. Service assistant 16. Telephone
11.Click this icon to enter the password man-
agement interface; 8. Main Interface 17. Bluetooth
9. Lock and unlock
12.Click this icon to enter the software update
interface;

13.Click this icon to enter the DPF regenera-

tion interface;
14.Click this icon to enter the machine selec-

tion interface;
15.Click this icon to enter the quick change

interface;
16.Click this icon to enter the telephone

interface;
17.Click this icon to enter the Bluetooth

interface.

“A/C” interface
Click the A/C icon in the "User Function" inter-

face to enter the "A/C" interface, as shown in Air conditioner
the figure. The A/C function can be operated

in the A/C interface.
1. Click the icon to reduce the temperature,

and the temperature will be reduced by 0.5℃
with each click.
3 4
2. Click the icon to increase the temperature,
1 5
and the temperature will increase by 0.5℃
2
with each click.
6 9
3. Click this icon to turn on/off the A/C power
7 8
supply.
4. Click the icon to reduce the air volume. If you do not start the machine for more than
30 minutes, disable the air conditioner.
Every time you click this icon, the air volume
will be reduced by 1 gear.
5. Click the icon of increasing air volume. Fig 4-15

Every time you click this icon, the air volume
1. Decrease the 6. A/C refrigeration
will increase by 1 gear.
temperature state
6. Click this icon to switch the A/C cooling 2. A/C switch 7. AUTO status
state of the air conditioner. 3. Raise the 8. Internal circulation
temperature or external circulation
7. Click this icon to switch the AUTO state.
4. Reduce air volume 9. Celsius/Fahrenheit
8. Click this icon to switch the inner loop or the conversion
outer loop. 5. Raise air volume
9. Click this icon to switch between degrees

Celsius and degrees Fahrenheit.
10.Click this icon to switch and set the blowing

mode (the pop-up mode setting suspension
box is shown in Figure 4-21, and the blowing
modes include blowing surface, blowing sur-
face and blowing back, blowing surface and
blowing back, and blowing feet. The defog-
ging function has been integrated into the

blowing surface function, and this model has

no separate defogging mode, so the defog-
ging and defogging icons of blowing feet can-
not be lit).
Note that the A/C function is not available

when the machine is powered on and not
started, and the air conditioner shall not be
used for more than 30 minutes to ensure suffi-
cient battery power.
In spring, autumn or winter, since the A/C is

not used for refrigeration, it is necessary to
start the refrigeration operation for about 5 mi-
nutes every other week to prevent the moving
parts in the system from rusting due to long-
term non-use.
Because the heating system is connected with

the water tank, when the ambient temperature
is lower than -35℃ and it is stopped for a long
time, the water tank must be drained to pre-
vent the heater pipeline from freezing and
cracking.
When running the A/C, be sure to start it when

the engine is running at low speed. Do not
start the A/C when the engine is running at
high speed. Otherwise, the A/C may fail.

Assuming that the display screen has been

damaged, it is impossible to adjust the A/C
with the touch display screen. At this time, the
control panel can be used to operate the A/C.
When operating the A/C through the control
panel, the temperature defaults to 20℃, which 1 2
cannot be adjusted through the panel; The de-
fault value can be adjusted in the A/C inter-
face of the display screen.
1. Press the button of increasing air volume,

and the air volume will increase by one step
each time.
2. Press the air volume reduction button, and

the air volume will be reduced by one step
each time.
3
3. Press this button briefly to switch the A/C
state; When the A/C is off, press this button
Fig 4-16
for 2 seconds to turn on the A/C; When the A/
C is on, press this button for 2 seconds to turn 1. Decrease the air 3. Compressor
off the A/C. volume switch and A/C
switch button
When the refrigerator works, set a tempera-
2. Raise air volume
ture that feels slightly cooler when entering
the cab (5 or 6°C (9 or 10.8°F) below the tem-
perature outside the cab). Such a temperature
difference is considered best for health, so ad-
just the temperature correctly.
Inspection and maintenance of A/C machines:
1. Inspect and maintain machines with A/C ac-

cording to the chart.
2. When the A/C is not in use for a long time,

in order to prevent the oil film on each part
from being lost, it is necessary to frequently
run the engine at a low speed, and perform re-
frigeration, dehumidification, and heating for
several minutes.

“Basic Information” interface
Click the Basic Information icon in the User

Function interface to enter the Basic Informa- Basic information
tion interface.
Equipment number
1. Click this icon to return to the main
Display ID number
interface.
Controller ID number
2. Click this icon to return to the previous 14 Press the key plate ID
interface. Longitude (°)
Latitude(°)
Total hours worked (H)
Current hours worked (H)
Device Registration status Registered
Display software version number
Controller software version

14 Key Press the software
version number of the key board
1 2
Fig 4-17
1. Main Interface 2. The previous

interface

System language interface
Click the system language icon in the "User

Function" interface to enter the "System Lan- System language selection
guage" interface.
1. After selecting the system language, click

the icon to confirm the use of the language Chinese
system. At present, Beijing China IV only sup-

ports Chinese and English operating systems.
2. Click this icon to return to the higher level

interface if registered, and enter the configura-
tion calibration interface if unregistered.
3. Click this icon, if the number of registered or

unregistered homepages is not used up, then
return to the homepages, otherwise enter the
machine configuration calibration interface.
3 2
Fig 4-18
1. OK 3. Main Interface
2. The previous
interface

System time calibration interface
Tap the date and time icon in the "User Func-

tion" interface to enter the "System Clock Cali- System clock calibration
bration" interface.
1. Click this icon to switch the 12/24 hour 24-hour system 1

system.
Time zone Settings 2
2. Click this icon to select the time zone.
3. Click this icon to set the date and time.
4. Click this icon to save the current settings. 3
Fig 4-19
1. Time switching 3. Date and time

2. Time zone 4. Save

Audible and visual alarm interface
Tap the audible and visual alarm icon in the

"User Function" interface to enter the "Audible Alarm content setting
and Visual Alarm" interface.
Walking Slewing Get on

1. You can choose to set the alarm content,
and you can choose the light alarm. Factory
Sound
settings: The audible alarm is turned on by de-
1
fault in W mode, and can be turned off through Lights
the key panel; The audible alarm is turned on

by default in T mode, and the audible alarm
for forward and neutral can be turned off
through the key panel, but the audible alarm
for reverse cannot be turned off.

interface.
3. Click this icon to confirm the alarm content 2 4

setting.
3
4. Click this icon to return to the previous Fig 4-20
interface.
1. Set alarm content 3. Confirm
interface

Lock and unlock interface
Click the Lock and Unlock icon in the User

Function interface to enter the Lock and Un- System unlock
lock interface.
1. This area displays the system unlock infor- 12-digit unlock code
mation, and you can enter the unlock

Machine number
password.
Random code
2. Click the icon to confirm the password 1
input. Unlocked state
Number of times the

3. Click this icon to return to the previous machine has been locked
interface.
Remaining time
2 3
Fig 4-21
1. Unlocked Informa- 3. The previous

tion Template down- interface
load error and Input
2. OK

Password management interface
Click the password management icon on the

"User Function" interface to enter the "Pass- Password setting
word Management" interface.
1. Click the icon in this area to set the power- Verify your current password
on password. Factory default password: Please enter your password

0000, that is, turn off the power-on password
function of the display screen.

interface. 1

interface.
2 3
Fig 4-22
1. Password settings 3. The previous

zone interface
2. Main Interface

Software update interface

1
Click the software update icon in the User
Function interface to enter the Software Up-
date interface.
Software update
1. The icon on the homepage lights up, and
the display screen can be upgraded by OTA.
Click the icon to enter the software update
interface.

interface.

interface.
4. Click the icon and select the update

Check for updates 4
program.
2 3
Fig 4-23
1. Software update 3. The previous

interface
2. Main Interface 4. Check for updates

“Multifunction Panel” interface
Tap the operation panel icon in the "User

Function" interface to enter the "Multifunction Multifunction panel
Panel" interface. Pro model has no DPF re-
generation function.
1. Click this icon to confirm manual regenera- 1
tion. For details of DPF regeneration, please

refer to DPF regeneration page.

interface.
3. Click this icon to request to start the escape

mode. When the engine is in the primary or
severe limit, please contact the after-sales en-
gineer immediately to deal with the fault.
When the engine needs to lift the primary limit
or severe limit, the engine torque and speed
2 4
can be temporarily restored by turning on the
escape mode. 3
Fig 4-24
interface. 1. Manual 3. Escape mode
regeneration
interface

DPF regeneration interface
Click the DPF regeneration interface icon in

the User Function interface to enter the DPF DPF regeneration
regeneration interface.
DPF Regeneration Request light
interface. DPF Regeneration Confirmation light
2. Please confirm the manual regeneration

Aftertreatment exhaust temperature light
through the key panel.
Trouble light
3. Light this icon to send a regeneration pro-
hibition instruction to the engine. Fault warning light
4. Click this icon to return to the previous Stop the red alarm light
interface.
No regenerative lights
When the icon is regenerated on the home-
page of the display screen The display is
green and always on, and the engine is under-
going automatic regeneration. During the re- 1 4
generation process, the excavator can work
2 3
normally. When the automatic regeneration is
interrupted for some reasons, manual regen- Fig 4-25
eration is needed. Refer to "Key Panel Func-
1. Main Interface 3. Regeneration
tion and Indicator Meaning" for manual
prohibition
regeneration confirmation key.
2. Manual regenera- 4. The previous
When the service project triggers the manual tion confirmation interface
regeneration requirement through after-sales
tools, the regeneration icon on the homepage
will be displayed. The yellow light flashes
slowly. Please ask the driver to stop working,
shift the working gear to 1st gear and be in W
mode. Press the manual regeneration button
on the key panel to send a regeneration con-
firmation instruction to the engine, and at the
same time, the display screen jumps to the
DPF regeneration interface; Or through the
multi-function panel interface of the display
screen, click the manual regeneration icon to
send a regeneration confirmation instruction
to the engine, and then click the DPF

regeneration interface icon to enter the DPF

regeneration interface.
When the icon is regenerated on the home-

page of the display screen The engine is re-
questing manual regeneration when the
yellow flash is displayed. Please ask the driv-
er to stop the operation, shift the gear to the
1st gear and be in W mode. Press the manual
regeneration button on the key panel to send
a regeneration confirmation instruction to the
engine, and at the same time, the display
screen jumps to the DPF regeneration inter-
face; Or through the multi-function panel inter-
face of the display screen, click the manual
regeneration icon to send a regeneration con-
firmation instruction to the engine, and then
click the DPF regeneration interface icon to
enter the DPF regeneration interface.
When the engine receives the instruction to

confirm regeneration, the speed will be in-
creased to 1400rpm. When the engine auto-
matically enters the process of loading and
heating up, the current of the front pump will
increase. When the aftertreatment tempera-
ture meets the requirements of manual regen-
eration of the engine, the aftertreatment
exhaust temperature icon will be displayed.
ON When the icon is regenerated on the dis-
play. The yellow display is always on.
Please be patient when you are in manual re-
generation. During manual regeneration, it
cannot be used normally. If the operation is
started, the regeneration will be interrupted.
After the manual regeneration is completed,
the regeneration icon will be displayed on the
display. It is displayed in gray, which auto-
matically turns off the engine rapid tempera-
ture rise function, and the engine speed
returns to the corresponding speed of the cur-
rent gear.

Machine and tools selection interface
Click the tool selection icon in the “User Func-

tion” interface to enter the “Machine and Tool
Selection” interface. This interface only pro- Tool selection
6
vides the functions of bucket and hammer, but
other accessories are not supported for the
time being. 5 7
9
1. Click this icon to return to the homepage.
8 10
interface.
11 12
3. Click this icon to confirm the selection of the
current application accessory.
4. Click this icon to enter the "Flow Display

and Settings" interface. This function has not
been involved in Beijing China Ⅳ model for 3
4
the time being, so it will not be introduced
here. 1 2
1. Return to the 7. Grab

homepage
2. Return to the pre- 8. Quick change
vious interface state
3. Confirm selection 9. Brush cutter
4. Flow display and 10. Grab
setting
5. Common bucket 11. Rotating grab
6. Crushing hammer 12. Auger

Quick change interface
Tap the “Quick change” icon in the “User

Function” interface to enter the ”Quick Quick-change
change” interface.

interface.

interface. 3 4
3. Click this icon to activate the quick change

function. Quick change operation must first
Quick change is not activated
activate the quick change function; Click the
5
icon again to turn off the quick change Change the locks quickly
function.
4. Click this icon to release the quick change.

After the quick change function is activated,
select the quick change release function; Click
1 2
the icon again to lock the quick change.
Press and hold the quick change button of the Fig 4-26
left handle to turn on the quick change;
1. Main Interface 4. Quick-change con-
Exit the quick change page, and select the nector unlocked
quick change lock or release the quick change 2. The previous 5. Quick change
button on the left handle. The quick change interface state
will automatically lock. 3. Quick change
activation

“Telephone” interface
Click the telephone icon in the "User Func-

tion" interface to enter the "Telephone" Telephone
interface.
1. Click this icon to dial/hang up the phone.
2. Click this icon to delete the number back.
3. "Number", "*" and "#" keys
1 2
Fig 4-27
1. Dial 3. "Number", "*" and "#"

keys
2. Deletion
key

“Bluetooth” interface
Click the Bluetooth icon in the "User Function"

interface to enter the "Bluetooth" interface, as
Bluetooth
shown in the figure. The Bluetooth function
can be operated in the Bluetooth interface.
Bluetooth native device name DC:OD:30:00:7C:F3 1
1. Click this icon to turn Bluetooth on/off.
Disconnected
Connected device name 2
2. If the current Bluetooth is connected, click Available equipment Search 3
this icon to disconnect the currently connected
Bluetooth device. Connect 4
3. Click this icon to search for nearby Blue- Connect
tooth devices.
Connect
4. Click this icon to connect the Bluetooth

Connect
device.
Connect
Connect
Fig 4-28
1. Switch 3. Search
2. Disconnect 4. Connect

Password entry interface
In order to improve the safety of the excava-

tor, the display screen is equipped with a
Password Settings
power-on password function. After this func-
tion is enabled, the excavator can only be
started by entering the correct password. Enter your
new password
Users can set the power-on password in this Confirm the
interface, the password is 4 digits, and the ini- new password
tial password is 0000. If customers forget the

password, they can reset the power-on pass-
word through the Easy Eye APP.
Fig 4-29

Application permission interface
Service assistant interface requires service

engineers to use OBD equipment and apply 1 2
for permission to enter online. After the Blue-
tooth connection is successful, click the exca-
vator number on the Easy Eye APP to
authorize the service assistant. When fin- Display Controller
ished, the excavator display will automatically

enter the service assistant interface. For serv- Universal tools
ice engineers to carry out initialization, calibra-

tion, maintenance, fault inquiry, software Health Virtual Service Software
diagnosis oscilloscope Assistant
update and other work. version
3 Successful
operation
1. Displays the number of the excavator. Reset Production
Dynamic More
password password line assembly
2. Display the Bluetooth connection status,
Hydraulic system
and the Bluetooth connection success icon
displays green.
Hydraulic Electromagnetic
3. The display operation is successful, and the system diagnosis
cleaning
service assistant is allowed to enter. Power system
Powertrain Gear Engine

diagnosis calibration diagnosis
By gas system
Fig 4-30
1. Excavator number 3. Successful

operation
2. Bluetooth Connec-
tion Status

Service assistant interface
Display the list of service functions. You can

enter different interfaces by clicking different Service assistant
icons in the interface.
1. Click this icon to return to the interface.

interface. Machine
Running Machine
configuration
information configuration
calibration
It is forbidden for customers to enter the inter-
face without authorization, and it is forbidden
to modify the relevant configuration and attrib-
utes under the service assistant interface at Historical Historical GPS
fault query maintenance information
will, otherwise it will lead to machine failure. queries
Software
updates
1 2
Fig 4-31

interface
4.2.3 Key Panel Function and Indicator Meaning
2 4 6 8 10 12 14
1 3 5 7 9 11 13
Fig 4-32

1. Air volume 4. Climbing mode 7. Working lamp 10. Contact 13. Quick change
reduction alarm sound
2. Air volume Step 5 Return 8. Width lamp/ 11. Multimedia 14. Parked
increase page service light mute regeneration
3. Mode 6. Air condition- 9. Alarm lamp 12. Manual re-
switching: ing AC generation
confirmation
1. The icons, functions, indicator states and meanings of the key panel are shown in the following
table:
Icon Function Indicator State Indicator meaning

○○○ ○○○ Air conditioning off
Press the air volume ●○○ ○○○ Air volume 1st gear
button briefly to add
●●○ ○○○ Air volume 2nd gear
and subtract air vol-
ume, with 6 levels of ●●● ○○○ Air volume 3rd gear
air volume, and the air ●●● ●●● Air volume 4th gear
volume can be re-
●●● ●●● Air volume 5th gear
duced to off.
●●● ●●● Air volume 6th gear
○○○ Default Mode S
Switch working modes
●○○ Mode S
according to S, H and
○●○ Mode H
L cycles.
○○● Mode L
○○○ Mode OFF
Climbing mode
●●● Climbing mode
○○○ Key bounce
Display return page
●●● Keydown
Air conditioning refrig-
○○○
Air conditioning eration off
refrigeration Air conditioning refrig-
●●●
eration on
Switch the working ○○○ Working lamp off
light switch ●●● Working lamp on
○○○ Service light off
Service light ○●○ Width light on
●●● Service light on
○○○ Alarm lamp off
Switch the alarm lamp
switch ●●● Alarm lamp on

Switch the reverse ○○○ Cancel reverse mute

mute state ●●● Reverse mute on
Switch music mute ○○○ Music not muted
state ●●● Music muted
○○○ Normal
●●● Manual regeneration
Press and hold to acti- in progress
vate manual regener- ¤¤¤ Manual regeneration
ation when there is a request requiring
manual regeneration after-sales treatment
request. (slow flashing 1Hz)
Manual regeneration
¤¤¤
request (flash 3Hz)
○○○ Quick change off
Quick change
●●● Quick change on
○○○ Regeneration not
Switch regeneration prohibited
prohibition state ●●● Regeneration
prohibited
Special attention should be paid to the following matters:
1. Run the key panel LED self-check program when power is on, and the LEDs will light up line by
line from top to bottom, and then end the self-check;
2. After the self-inspection of the key panel LED is completed, if it is in the preheating state at this
time, the outermost LED of each row flashes circularly from top to bottom, and stops flashing after
preheating;
3. After pressing the music mute button for 3s, the bucket can be switched slowly and quickly, and
the bucket defaults to low speed.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14
Fig 4-33
1. Parking mode 4. High and low 7. overload 10. Dozer blade 13. Right front
traveling speed warning ＋ outrigger outrigger
switching
2. Driving mode 5. Swing to 8. Rear working 11. Left front 14. Right rear
unlock lamp outrigger outrigger
3. Boom floating: 6. Automatic lu- 9. Dozer blade 12. Left rear
brication system outrigger
2. The icons, functions, indicator states and meanings of the key panel are shown in the following
table:
Icon Function Indicator State Indicator meaning
○○○ Normal status
Parking mode
●●● Shutdown mode
Driving mode
●●● Traveling mode on
Boom floating: ●●● Floating boom func-
tion on
○○○ Low speed mode of
High and low speed hydraulic motor
switching ●●● High speed mode of
hydraulic motor
○○○ Swing to unlock
Swing to unlock
●●● Swinging prohibited
Automatic lubrication ●●● Automatic lubrication
system system

○○○ Overload warning not

available
Overload warning
●●● Overload warning
available
○○○ Rear working light
Rear working light
●●● Rear working light on
○○○ Bulldozer blade not
available
. Dozer blade
●●● Bulldozer blade
available
○○○ Dozer blade ＋ outrig-
Dozer blade ＋ ger not linked
outrigger ●●● Dozer blade ＋ outrig-
ger linked
○○○ Left front outrigger not
available
Left front outrigger
●●● Left front outrigger
acting alone
○○○ Left rear outrigger not
available
Left rear outrigger
●●● Left rear outrigger act-
ing alone
○○○ Right front outrigger
not available
Right front outrigger
●●● Right front outrigger
acting alone
○○○ Right rear outrigger
not available
Right rear outrigger
●●● Right rear outrigger
acting alone
Special attention should be paid to the following matters:
1. The buttons such as parking mode, driving mode, boom floating, high-low speed switching, ro-
tary unlocking, automatic lubrication system, overload alarm, and rear working light have no func-
tions for the time being;
2. Run the key panel LED self-check program when power is on, and the LEDs will light up line by
line from top to bottom, and then end the self-check;

3. After the self-inspection of the key panel LED is completed, if it is in the preheating state at this
time, the outermost LED of each row flashes circularly from top to bottom, and stops flashing after
preheating;
4. It is not allowed to start the machine within 3s after power-on; Startup is not allowed within 8s of
flameout delay; At the same time, ensure that the excavator is in parking mode before the start of
the crane operation; At the same time, the forward and backward gears will return to the middle po-
sition; The pilot returns to zero. Failure to meet the above conditions will lead to startup failure.
4.2.4 Switch
4.2.4.1 Overview
3
4
7 6 5
Fig 4-34
1. Steering column 5. USB port

2. Horn switch 6. Seat-type electricity outlet
3. One-key startup switch 7. Key panel switch (left)
4. Key panel switch (right)


4.2.4.2 Starting switch
1. The startup switch is used to power on and off the system, and to start and shut down the
engine.
Press the startup switch 1 in the middle, and

then the indicator light of the startup switch
turns on, indicating that the system is now in
the power-on state;
After the system is powered on, the indicator 1

light keeps on, and press and keep the startup
button in the middle for more than 3s to run 2
the engine.
After the system is powered on or started, the

indicator light keeps on. In this case, press
the startup switch in the middle, and the indi-
cator light goes out. If the engine is started,
Fig 4-35
the system is powered off 8 s after the engine
is shut down. If the engine is not started, the 1. Startup switch 2. Throttle knob
system is powered off immediately.
Notes: When starting, please ensure that the

pilot switch is in the locked position, the exca-
vator is in the parking brake mode, and the
right walking combination switch is in the neu-
tral position. Do not start the engine until all of
the three conditions above are met.

4.2.4.3 Throttle control knob
The throttle control knob is used to adjust the

engine speed. Turn the external knob of one-
button starter clockwise, and the engine
speed changes from 1st gear to 11th gear,
with 1st gear being the lowest and 11th gear
being the highest.
Fig 4-36
4.2.4.4 Horn switch
The horn switch is installed on the top of the

right control lever and used to sound the horn.
Press and hold the switch, and the horn will

continue to sound.
Fig 4-37

4.2.4.5 Interior lamp switch
The interior light is installed on the inside of

the cab. Press the interior light switch to "turn
on" or "turn off" the cab interior light。
NOTE：
The cab light can be turned on even if the start
switch is at the OFF position.
Fig 4-38
4.2.4.6 Auxiliary power supply
Auxiliary power supply.
The socket can be used as a power supply

not greater than 240W (24V × 10A).
NOTE：
The voltage of the power socket is 24V, so do
not use it as a power supply for 12V
equipment.
240W
Fig 4-39

4.2.4.7 USB power outlet
USB power outlet.
You can charge the mobile phone after con-

necting the USB patch cord.
Fig 4-40
4.2.4.8 Reverse alarm kill switch
• This switch is used for muffling astern

alarm. Muffling switch operation method:
• When the equipment is in W working mode,
there are reversing alarm sounds forward
and backward, press the muffler switch, can
be eliminated;
• When the device is in T working mode, only
the reverse alarm sound, press the muffler
switch, can not be eliminated.。
Fig 4-41

4.2.5 Joystick and pedal
4.2.5.1 Overview
2
6
Fig 4-42
1. Safety lock lever 5. Accelerator pedal

2. Left joystick 6. Right joystick
3. Steering column 7. Dozer blade lever
4. Brake pedal

4.2.5.2 Safety lock lever
WARNING
If the safety lock lever is not securely locked when the engine is started, the joystick or
pedal is touched, the machine will move unexpectedly, which may cause a serious
accident.
• Before starting the engine, check whether the safety lock lever is firmly placed in the locked
position.
• Before the operator stands up from his seat, the operator must put the safety lock lever in the
locked position, regardless of whether the engine is running.
The safety lock lever is a device that locks the

working device, slewing, travel, and acces-
sory (if equipped) joysticks in place.
• Lock position: Push the safety lock lever
down for locking. The machine will not
move even if the joystick is operated.
• Unlocked position: The machine moves
according to the operation of the joystick.
This lever is a hydraulic lock lever. Therefore,

when it is in the locked position, the machine
does not move when moving the joystick or
Fig 4-43
control pedal.
When all manipulators are in the neutral posi-

tion, when the safety locking lever is turned to
the unlocked position, if any actuator of the
machine moves, it means that the machine is
faulty. In this case, pull the safety lock lever
back to the locked position immediately and
shut down the engine. Then contact SANY
HEAVY MACHINERY or its authorized dealer.

4.2.5.3 Joystick
WARNING
If you hit or touch the boom joystick accidentally or for other reasons, you may be hit by the
boom.
• Do not extend any part of your body out of the car window.
• If the window is lost or damaged, repair or replace it immediately.
• Before operation, be familiar with the position and function of each joystick to prevent injury
caused by the accidental movement of the machine.
The following is only an example of SAE mode. For the details, see“Working device control and
operation” on page 4-126
Left joystick
Actions of the left joystick
3
1
Stick
1 Forward
unloading 2
4
2 Backward Stick digging
3 Leftward Left slewing
Right
4 Right
slewing
• Moving the joysticks diagonally can realize

two kinds of functions and make compound Fig 4-44
actions at a time.
3 4
Fig 4-45

Right joystick
Actions of the left joystick 8
5
Boom
5 Forward
lowering 6
7
6 Backward Boom lifting
Bucket
7 Leftward
digging
Bucket
8 Rightward
unloading
• Moving the joystick diagonally can realize Fig 4-46

two kinds of functions and make compound
actions at a time.
Dozer blade joystick
Action of dozer blade joystick

A Front Dozer blade A B
lowering
B Back- Dozer blade lifting
ward
Fig 4-47
7 8
Fig 4-48

NOTE：
• When in P, T mode, the operating handle
machine will not act.
• In W mode, when the operating pedal and
operating handle are in the middle position
for 5 seconds, even if the fuel control knob
is above the medium speed, the machine
will be in the idle state. If one of the joy-
sticks is operated, the engine speed will rise
to the speed set by the fuel control knob.
• In W mode, if the joystick and operating
handle are in the middle position, the en-
gine speed will automatically drop to the set
speed (1100 rpm) after about 5 seconds.
• After the control lever and the joystick are
released, they will return to the neutral posi-
tion automatically and the machine func-
tions will be disabled.
4.2.5.4 Brake pedal
• When walking, press the brake pedal for braking operation.

• When working, press the brake pedal to the end, and the lock will hold the brake pedal, so that
the machine is always braking.
• Step on the latch to release the brake pedal and release the brake.
Note: In the walking state, the brake pedal and the latch are pressed at the same time to prevent
the foot from being locked, which is very dangerous when walking.

4.2.5.5 Accelerator pedal
Step on the accelerator pedal, the machine

starts to accelerate and walk.
Note: Check lower frame is in direction of trav-

el before depressing pedal to start machine.
Fig 4-49
4.2.5.6 Crushing pedal
Step on the crushing pedal, and the crushing

pipeline of the machine starts to work.
Note: Crushing pedal provides variable volt-

age signal, which can adjust the flow of crush-
ing pipeline.
Fig 4-50

4.2.6 Right turn indicator
4.2.6.1 Right turn indicator
1 2
3 5
Fig 4-51
1. Multifunction switch (left operating lever) 4. Warning lamp switch

2. Traveling multifunction switch (right operat- 5. Vibration reduction locking indicator light
ing lever)
3. Parking brake/Working/Walking Mode Se- 6. Steering column
lection Button
4.2.6.2 Multifunction switch (left operating lever)
NOTICE
Danger of damage to wiper motor or wiper blade.
If it is used continuously without cleaning solution, the cleaning motor will be damaged.
• Operating the cleaning switch when the cleaning liquid is used continuously for more than 20
seconds or there is no cleaning liquid will damage the cleaning motor;
• Using soapy water or synthetic cleaning agent instead of cleaning solution will damage the
wiper motor or wiper blade.
• Starting the wiper blade when the glass is dry or there is sand or oil stain will damage the glass
or wiper.

NOTICE
There is a risk of failure of far and near lights.
If the front and rear combination lights are turned off, the operation of the high and low beam
lights will be invalid.
• The operation of the above low beam and high beam is effective only when the front and rear
combination light switches are in the position where the headlights are turned on, and the
switching of the low beam and the high beam can take effect as long as the equipment is pow-
ered on.
1. Wiper switch
Rotate the joystick to make the wiper work.
• O Wiper stops.
• J Wiper intermittent action
• Ⅰ Wiper low-speed action
• Ⅱ Wiper high-speed action
2. Washer switch
The outer part of the left side of the operating Fig 4-52
lever is the wiper cleaning switch. Press this
switch to spray the cleaning liquid, and when
it is released, the spraying stops, and the
wiper moves back and forth for three times.
3. Horn switch
Press the button in the middle left part of the

operating lever, and the horn will sound.
4. Turn signal operating lever
Control the left and right turn signals of the

front and rear combination lights.
Turn right: Push the joystick forward, and the

right turn signal flashes at a certain frequency.
Turn left: Push the joystick backwards, and

the left turn signal flashes at a certain
frequency.
When doing the above operation, the left and

right steering indicators on the steering col-
umn also flash at the same time and with the
same frequency.

This steering column has no automatic return

function, so please return it manually after
steering.
5. Headlamp high and low beam switching
Switch between high and low beams The operating lever moves upward (can be automatically
reset)
The low beam light is on: The operating lever is in the middle position.
The high beam light is on: The operating lever moves downward.
4.2.6.3 Traveling multifunction switch (right operating lever)
NOTICE
There is a danger that the front and rear gears will be incorrectly operated and will not be in gear.
If it is in a locked position, it will cause the gear to not engage.
• In order to prevent incorrect operation of the front and rear gears, the lever is equipped with a
locking function, so that the lever needs to be lifted up slightly before shifting gears in forward
or reverse gears.
1. Traveling multifunction switch (right oper-

ating lever)
1. Forward and reverse operating lever
The forward and reverse operating levers

change the travelling direction of the machine.
Forward (F) The operating lever moves

forward.
Neutral gear (N) The operating lever is in the

middle position. Fig 4-53
Reverse (R) The operating lever moves

backward.
2. travel speed selection switch
There are two speeds to choose from when the machine is travelling, rotate the operating lever for
speed selection.
ⅠLocation: Low speed
ⅡLocation: High speed

4.2.6.4 Parking brake indicator
1. This indicator lights up when P (Parking

brake) mode is selected.
Fig 4-54
4.2.6.5 Operational mode indicator
This indicator lights up when W (Working)

mode is selected.
Fig 4-55

4.2.6.6 High beam indicator lamp
This indicator will light up when the high beam

is turned on or when overtaking.
When overtaking, be sure to flash for a few

seconds to warn other vehicles.
Fig 4-56
4.2.6.7 Damping lock on indicator
This light comes on when the damping cylin-

der is opened.
Fig 4-57

4.2.6.8 Parking/working/traveling mode selection button
The parking/working/traveling mode selection

button has three gears to select different
modes, and the corresponding working code
is displayed on the display screen.
• 1st gear is P (parking brake) mode: parking

brake;
• 2nd gear is W (working) mode: machine
work;
• 3rd gear is T (traveling) mode: machine
traveling;
Notes: When the traveling mode is selected,

the operating handle of the hydraulic pilot can
not be operated.
When the excavator is in operation mode, it

can travel. At this time, please pay attention to
the position of the working device, and do not
operate in a hurry to avoid accidents.
Fig 4-58

4.2.6.9 Warning lamp switch
Use warning lights when the excavator stops

due to a fault.
Press this switch, the front and rear turn sig-

nals and the left and right turn indicators on
the steering column will flash at a certain fre-
quency at the same time, indicating to the
people around.
The warning light has nothing to do with the

position of the ignition switch.
Fig 4-59

4.2.6.10 Damping cylinder locking switch
When the switch is in the "0FF" position, the

damping cylinder is locked. After the excava-
tor stops walking, the locking position is se-
lected during operation to lock the damping
cylinder, so as to improve the stability during
excavation.
When the switch is in the "ON" position, the

damping oil cylinder is turned on, and when
the excavator walks, the damping oil cylinder
is turned on, which has a buffering effect and
is used to absorb the impact from the outside
to ensure the stability and comfort of the walk-
ing process.
When the switch is in the "AUTO" position, the

damping cylinder automatically opens or locks
the cylinder according to the requirements of
the working mode.
Mode Swing Locking State

Fig 4-60
P (park-
ing brake) Lock Always
mode

The forward-
ing and re-
versing control
lever is in the
Lock
neutral posi-
tion; and
brake pedal is
depressed.
W (work- The forward-
ing) mode ing and re-
versing control
lever is in the
forwarding or
Open
reversing posi-
tion; and
brake pedal is
not
depressed.
T (travel)
Open Always
mode
4.2.7 Top window
WARNING
Risk of serious accident!
If the safety locking bar is in the release position and mistakenly touches the operating lever or
control pedal, it will result in serious accidents.
• When leaving the driver's seat, keep the safety lock lever firmly in the locked position.
• When the driver leaves the seat to open the top window, a serious accident may result if the
safety lock lever is in the unlocked position and hits the joystick or pedal by mistake.
Open
1. Set the safety lock lever to the "Locked"

position.
Fig 4-61

2. Open the top window lock [A], and the top

window will automatically open under the ac- B
tion of the gas spring [B].
Fig 4-62
A. Top B. Gas
window spring
lock
Close
Hold the top window lock [a] and pull down

the top window until it is fastened. If the lock
cannot be properly engaged, open the top
window and try to lock it again.
4.2.8 Windshield
WARNING
Risk of serious accident!
If the safety lock is open, it is easy to touch the operating lever or control pedal by mistake when
opening or closing the front window, and the machine will suddenly start and operate, which could
lead to serious accidents.
• When opening or closing the front window, bottom window, or doors, put the safety locking bar
firmly in the locked position.
• If the safety locking bar is in the release position and mistakenly touches the operating lever or
control pedal, it will result in serious accidents.
• The front window can be stowed (pulled up) to the top of the cab.
• Before opening or closing the front window, park the machine on level ground, lower the working
device completely to the ground, and shut down the engine.
• When opening the front window, hold the handle with both hands and pull it up. Do not let it go
until the automatic bolt is locked.

• When closing the front window, the window moves rapidly due to its own weight. When closing
it, grip the handle tightly with both hands.
LOCK
Fig 4-63
1. Park the machine on level ground, lower the working device completely to the ground, and shut
down the engine.
2. Set the safety locking bar to the "Locked" position.
3. Check the wiper blade [1] and put it in the

left support.
Fig 4-64
1. Wiper blade

4. Hold the handles [A] on the left and right

sides of the upper part of the front window
and pull the two levers [B] to release the locks
at the top of the front window. The top of the
front window will be disconnected.
A
A
Fig 4-65
A. Front window handle
A
A
Fig 4-66
A. Front window B. Handle

handle

5. In the cab, hold the bottom handle [C] with

left hand, grasp the top handle [D] with right
hand to pull it up. At the same time, push to-
wards the bolt [E] at the rear of the cab to
firmly lock the front window.
Fig 4-67
C. Bolt
Fig 4-68
D. Button E. Latch

6. Check that the handle [B] is firmly in the

"Locked" position.
• Check that the arrow on the lock case [F] is
aligned with the arrow on the handle [B]
and the lock is meshing.
• If the arrow on the lock case [F] is not
aligned with the arrow on the lever [B], the
lock is not meshing. Repeat step 5 to mesh
the lock.
Fig 4-69
Fig 4-70
E. Latch
Close

CAUTION
Danger of jamming hands!
When closing the front window, inertia will
make the front window fall naturally. Improp-
er operation may result in your hands getting
stuck.
• When closing the front window, lower it
slowly to prevent your hands being stuck.
1. Park the machine on level ground, lower

the working device completely to the ground,
and shut down the engine.
Fig 4-71
2. Set the safety locking bar to the "Locked" position.

3. Grasp the left and right levers [A] and pull

down the handles [B] to release the locks.
Fig 4-72
D. Button
4. Grasp the lever [C] at the bottom of the

front window with left hand and the lever [D] at
the top of the front window with right hand,
push the front window forward, and then
slowly put it down.
Fig 4-73

5. When the bottom of the front window

reaches the top of the bottom window, push
the top of the front window forward toward the
left and right bolts [G] to mesh the locks.
Fig 4-74
B. bottom section handle

6. Check that the handle [B] is firmly in the

"Locked" position.
• Check that the arrow on the lock case [F] is
aligned with the arrow on the handle [B]
and the lock is meshing.
• If the arrow on the lock case [F] is not
aligned with the arrow on the lever [B], the E
lock is not meshing. Repeat step 5 to mesh
the lock.
Fig 4-75
E. Latch
Remove the lower windshield
Open the front window, then hold the left and

right handles and pull upward to remove the
lower windshield.
Fig 4-76

• If sand or dust accumulates at the bottom of

the front window, it will not be easy to re-
move the front window. In addition, during
stowing, sand and dust stuck on the glass
are brought into the cab. To prevent this,
clean the [A] area before removal.
Windshield washer fluid A
Please use ethanol-based washer fluid in-

stead of methanol-based washer fluid be-
cause it can irritate the eyes.
Fig 4-77
A. Cleaning Zone
4.2.9 Cab doors and windows
Open
1. Press the lock latch before opening the win-

dow of the cab door.
2. Slide the front window backward and (or)

the rear window forward.
Fig 4-78
Close
1. Slide the front window forward and/or the rear window backward.
2. After closing doors and windows, make sure that the latch is completely locked.
Cab window glass
1. If the cab glass on the side close to the working device is damaged or broken, there is a risk that
the working device may come into contact with the operator's body. So stop
the operation immediately and replace the glass.

2. If the top window is damaged and cannot provide a protective function, immediately replace the
window.
4.2.10 Cup Holder
For the convenience of the driver, there is a

cup holder installed in the cab.
Fig 4-79
4.2.11 Information kit
• The information bag is on the back of the

driver's seat backrest. The figure on the
right shows the fully lowered driver's seat
backrest.
• The "Operation and Maintenance Manual"
can be stored in this bag so that it can be
taken out for reading when needed.
Fig 4-80

4.2.12 Emergency exit
In an emergency, if the doors and windows of

the cab cannot be opened, use the rear win-
dow as an emergency exit.
• If the cab is equipped with a safety ham-
mer, smash the rear window with the safety
hammer. The safety hammer is located on
the left side of the cab rear window.
NOTE：
Use the rear window as an escape exit only in
emergencies, never for any other reason.
Fig 4-81
4.2.13 Fire extinguisher
CAUTION
Fire hazard!
Smoking in the cab, short circuits in electrical
wiring and other situations may cause fires.
• Make sure that a fire extinguisher is avail-
able, read the label, and familiarize your-
self with the usage method in an
emergency.
• Regularly check the fire extinguisher to en-
sure that it is not expired.
• If the fire extinguisher is expired, replace it
in time. Fig 4-82
A fire extinguisher is provided at the rear of

the cab.

4.2.14 Controller
Be careful not to get water, mud, or other

liquids on the controller. This can cause faults.
If there is any fault in the controller, do not dis-

assemble it by yourself, please contact a deal-
er authorized by SANY HEAVY MACHINERY
for repair.
Fig 4-83
4.2.15 Fuse link
When the start switch is turned to the [ON] po-

sition, if the starter motor does not start, the
fuse link may have an open circuit. Open the
cover of the fuse box located behind the seat.
Then, check and replace the fuse link.
NOTE：
• A fuse link (as shown in the figure) is a fuse
installed on the circuit to prevent the electri-
cal components and wires from burning out.
• Fuse links are available in four models: 5 A, Fig 4-84
10 A, 15 A, and 20 A, which are distin-
guished by different colors. A faulty fuse link
must be replaced with a fuse link of the
same capacity.
• Before replacing a fuse link, be sure to turn
off the startup switch.

4.2.16 A/C system
4.2.16.1 Control panel
2 3
6
4 5
8 7
Fig 4-85
1. Blowing mode 5. A/C inner and outer circulation mode

2. Temperature adjustment (unit: 0.5℃) 6. A/C switch
3. Temperature regulation (unit: 0.5 ℃) 7. Temperature setting switch
4. A/C AUTO mode 8. A/C mode switching

4.2.16.2 Control switch and LCD
1. OFF switch
This switch is used to turn off the fan and A/C.
Press the OFF switch [6], lights above the

mode selection [1], AUTO [4], internal and ex-
ternal circulation [5] and A/C switch [8] are off.
The operation stops. Fig 4-86
2. Fan speed setting switch
This switch is used to adjust the air volume. It

can set the air volume to six levels from weak
to strong. The air volume is shown on the
LCD.
• Press the + button to increase the air vol-
ume, up to the 6th gear.
• Press the - button to reduce the air volume,
down to the 1st gear.
• Air volume automatically switches in the au-
to mode.
Fig 4-87
3. Temperature setting switch
This switch is used to set the temperature in

the cab. Temperature setting range: 18~32°C
（64.4~89.6°F）
• Press the + switch to increase the
temperature.
• Press the - switch to lower the temperature.
• Under normal conditions, the operating
temperature is 25℃ (77°F).
Fig 4-88
4. Blowhole mode setting
• Press the air outlet icon to select four air

outlet modes.
Fig 4-89

• In the auto mode, the air vent mode

switches automatically.
Air Vent Mode Description

Air vent
LCD Air vent Remarks
A B C D
Front face air vents ○ ○
Front and rear face

○ ○ ○
air vents
Front and rear face
and bottom air ○ ○ ○ ○
vents
Bottom air vents ○ Not available in auto mode
Front and defrost air

The defrost mode icon cannot be lit,
vents
and the defrost mode has been in-
Defrost air vents tegrated into the front blower.
NOTE：
The air is blown from the air vents marked with ○.
A/C air vents
[A]: Rear air vent: Usually located at the rear

of the cab.
A A
Fig 4-90
A. Rear air vent

[B]: Face air vent
[C]: Defrost vent
Fig 4-91
B. Face air vent C. Defrost vent
[D]: Bottom air vent: Located under the cab

seat.
NOTE：
• The shape and number of A/C vents may
vary slightly depending on the machine
model.
• The direction of the face, defrost, and rear
air vents can be adjusted, but the bottom air
vent cannot be adjusted.
Fig 4-92
D. Bottom air vents

5. Automatic mode setting switch
It is used to automatically set the air volume,

air vents, and internal/external air circulation
switching according to the set temperature.
• Press the automatic mode setting switch
[4], and the indicator above the switch turns
Fig 4-93
on.
• Generally, press this switch to set to the
proper temperature using the temperature
setting switch [2], and the A/C will run
automatically.
• When switching from auto mode to manual
mode, just reset the air volume, air vents,
and internal/external air circulation switch-
ing mode using the switches. In this case,
the indicator above the switch will turn off.
NOTE：
In auto mode, if the temperature is set to 18°C
(64.4° F) or 32° C (89.6° F), the airflow is al-
ways HIGH. This is completely normal.
6. Internal/external air mode setting switch
The switch is used to switch between internal

air circulation and external air introduction.
• Press the switch [5], and the indicator
above the switch will light up.
• In auto mode, the external air introduction
Fig 4-94
and internal air circulation modes will be au-
tomatically switched.
When the external air introduc-

tion is disabled, only the inter-
Internal nal air in the cab is circulating
air circu-
It is suitable for internal fast
lation
cooling and heating or when
the external air is dirty
Operation mode of introducing
External external air into the cab
air intro-
It is suitable for clean air intro-
duction
duction and defogging

7. A/C switch
This switch is used to control the start and

stop of A/C actions (refrigeration, dehumidifi-
cation, and heating).
• When the fan is working, press the A/C
switch [6] to start the A/C, and the indicator
Fig 4-95
above the switch lights up. Press again to
turn off the A/C, and the indicator goes off.
• The A/C cannot be started when the fan is
off.
4.2.16.3 A/C operation
The A/C can be automatically or manually controlled. Select the control mode as needed.
Auto
1. Turn on the automatic mode setting switch AUTO

.
At this time, lights above the automatic switch AUTO
and A/C switch A/C
go on.
2. Adjust the temperature to set a comfortable temperature.

TEMP
Based on the set temperature, the A/C automatically switches the air volume, air vents, and in-
side-outside air mode to achieve the set temperature.
NOTE：
When the air vent mode shows D or E status
D E
and the engine coolant temperature is low, the
air volume is automatically limited to prevent
cold air from blowing out.
Fig 4-96
D. Fully open vent E. Foot-blowing

mode mode
Disable the auto mode
Press the switch to stop automatic

OFF
operation.
Manual operation

1. Press the fan speed setting switch to adjust the air volume.
2. Turn on the A/C switch A/C

.
3. Press the temperature setting switch to set the temperature in the cab. Press the air vent mode
TEMP
MODE
to select the required mode.
4. Press the internal and external gas switch or select either the cab internal air circulation or
the external gas introduction mode.
Disable the manual mode.
Press the switch to stop the manual

OFF
operation.
Bi-Level mode
To blow cold air on your face and warm air on

your feet, do the following:
1. Press the fan speed setting switch to ad-

just the air volume.
2. Press the air vent mode MODE

to set the air
vent mode on the LCD to the status shown in
the figure on the right.
Fig 4-97
3. Turn on the A/C switch A/C
.
4. Set the fan speed setting switch, tempera-

ture setting switch, TEMP
inside-outside air mode

setting switch to desired position.
Defrosting
Press the fan speed setting switch to adjust air volume.

1. Press the air vent mode and the display

MODE
is set to F or G as shown on the right.

F G
Fig 4-98
F. Defrosting mode G. Defrost + Foot-

blowing mode
Press the internal and external gas switch to select external air introduction mode.
Press the temperature setting switch to set the temperature displayed on the LCD to the maxi-
TEMP
mum temperature (32°C).
• When operating in the rainy season or

when it is necessary to remove fog or dehu-
midify the window glass, turn on the A/C
switch A/C
to defrost.
4.2.16.4 Operate the A/C carefully
• When running the A/C, be sure to start it when the engine is running at low speed. Do not start
the A/C when the engine is running at high speed. Otherwise, the air conditioner may fail.
Ventilation
• When the air conditioner runs for a long time, switch the "Inside-Outside Air" mode to the "Out-
side Air Introduction" mode every 1 hour for ventilation.
• If you smoke while the A/C is working, the smoke will hurt your eyes. So you need to switch the
"Inside-Outside Air Mode" to the "Outside Air Introduction" mode to remove the smoke during
continuous cooling.
Temperature control
• When the refrigerator is working, set the temperature to a slightly cooler temperature when en-
tering the cab (5 ℃ or 6 ℃ (9 ℉ or 10.8 ℉) below the outdoor temperature). Such a temperature
difference is considered best for health.
Inspection and maintenance of machine with A/C

• Inspect and maintain machines with A/C according to the chart. For details, see.

• When the A/C is not in use for a long time, in order to prevent the oil film on each part from being
lost, it is necessary to frequently run the engine at a low speed, and perform refrigeration, dehu-
midification, and heating for several minutes.
• The A/C stops when the temperature inside the cab is below the outdoor temperature. After the
fresh air warms the interior of the cab, the A/C will restart as long as its switch is turned on.
• If any device or sensor on the A/C is abnormal, please contact authorized agent of SANY
HEAVY MACHINERY for inspection and repair.
4.2.17 Radio
1. For details of radio operation,“Operation method of each page of the display” on page 4-14 see
page , Operation method of each operation page of display-radio interface.
4.2.18 Door lock
CAUTION
Risk of injury!
Sudden release of the door lock may cause
injury.
• Before releasing the door lock, park the 1
machine on the level ground.

2
• Do not release the lock on the slope, the
door may close suddenly, causing injury.
• Do not put your body or hand out of the
Fig 4-99
machine before unlocking the door, do not
put your hand on the door frame, the door 1. Lock latch 2. Handle
may suddenly close and cause injury.
1. Push the cab door in the direction of the

lock latch [1] to lock it.
2. When closing the door, press the handle [2]

on the left side of the driver's seat to release
the latch [1].
When opening the door, lock the door firmly to

the lock latch [1].

4.2.19 Lockable lid
4.2.19.1 Overview
Open/close the locks on the cover and hood

with the start switch key.
For details of covers and hoods with locks,

see“Lock” on page 4-137.
Insert the key till the shoulder [A].
NOTE：
Turning the key when it is not inserted to the
bottom may cause key breakage.
Fig 4-100
A. Key shoulder

4.2.19.2 Open and close the lockable lid
CAUTION
Danger of damage to the lock cover!
Foreign matters in the lock cover may lead to inflexibility or even failure of the switch. If the key is
turned before the lock cover is rotated in place, the bolt will be pressed against the inner wall,
which can easily damage the lock cylinder. If the seal ring in the lock cover is contaminated with
iron filings, gravels, or other sundries, it will be easily damaged during the tightening process, re-
sulting in poor sealing of the lock cover.
• After removing the key, be sure to turn the cover [1] to cover the keyhole. Otherwise, the cover
lock will be inflexible or even ineffective due to the entry of foreign objects.
• When the lock cover is tightened, the stroke is large. Make sure that the lock cover is rotated
in place and then turn the key to lock the lock cover. If the key is turned before the cover is ro-
tated in place, the bolt will be pressed against the inner wall of the oil filler, which can easily
damage the lock cylinder.
• Make sure that the sealing ring in the lock cover is clean. If the sealing ring is contaminated
with iron filings, gravels or other sundries, it will be easily damaged during the tightening proc-
ess, resulting in poor sealing of the lock cover.

Open the cover

1
1. Open the upper cover [1].
2. Turn the fuel tank cover clockwise, and

then open the fuel tank cover [2].
Fig 4-101
1. Upper cover 2. Oil tank cover

4.2.19.3 Open and close the lockable lid
Open the hood (locked hood)

A
1. Insert the key into the key slot.
2. Turn the key counterclockwise and open

the hood by pulling its handle.
Position [A]: Open
Position [B]: Locked
Fig 4-102
A. Open B. Locked
Lock the hood
1. Close the hood, and insert the key into the key slot.
2. Turn the key clockwise and then pull out the key.
4.3 Operation and control of the machine

4.3.1 Before engine start
4.3.1.1 Walkaround Inspection
CAUTION
The machine may catch fire!
The machine may catch fire due to fuel or oil leakage.
• Clear combustibles around the battery, the engine, the silencer, the turbocharger and other
high-temperature parts, or there may be a fire.
• Check whether there is fuel or oil leakage, which will cause the machine to catch fire.
Before starting the engine, walk around and check the machine and the underside of the machine.
Check for loose bolts or nuts, and oil, fuel, or coolant leakage. Check the conditions of the work

equipment and the hydraulic system. Check for loose wires near high-temperature locations, and
check for possible clearance and dust.
Carry out the following inspections and cleaning before starting the engine every day:
1. Check whether the working device, oil cylinder, hose, etc. are cracked, excessively worn or
loose, and whether the O-ring at the connection of the bucket and stick is damaged. Repair or re-
place them if any problems are found.
2. Remove dirt and debris around the engine, battery and radiator.
Check for dirt around the engine and radiator. Also check for combustibles (dry leaves, twigs, etc.)
around the battery, engine silencer, turbocharger, or other high-temperature parts. Remove the dirt
or combustibles if any.
See "Radiator and cooler fins - clean/check" on page “Fins of the radiator and cooler - clean/
check” on page 5-67for the method of cleaning dirt from radiator.
3. Check the engine for oil leakage and the cooling system for coolant leakage. Repair them if any
problems are found.
4. Check the hydraulic device, hydraulic oil tank, hose and joints for oil leakage. Repair the parts
promptly with oil leakage if any problems are found.
5. Check whether the car body is cracked, excessively worn, bolts are loose and tires are badly
worn. Repair them promptly if any problems are found.
6. Check the handrails and stairs for problems and loose bolts. Repair them if any problems are
found.
7. Check the instruments and monitors for problems.

Check the instruments and monitors in the cab for problems. Replace the parts if any problems are
found. Remove the dirt from the surface.
8. Clean and check the rearview mirrors.

Check the rearview mirrors for damage. Repair them if damaged. Clean the mirror surface and ad-
just the angle, so that the rear area can be seen at the driver's seat.
9. Check the seat belt and the buckle.

Check the seat belt and the clip for damage or wear. Replace them if damaged.
10.Check the bucket with hooks (if equipped) for damage.

Check the hook, guide plate and hook holder for damage. Contact a dealer authorized by SANY
HEAVY MACHINERY for repair if any problems are found.
4.3.1.2 Inspection before startup
Check the items listed in this section before starting the engine everyday.

Draining water and sediment from the fuel S 2

tank
1. Remove the fuel tank cover plate.
2. Place a container under the hose [1] to re- A

ceive the discharged fuel.
3. Turn the drain valve [2] to the "open" [O] po-

1
sition, so that all deposits and water accumu-
lated at the bottom will flow out with the fuel.
Fig 4-103
4. When clean fuel flows out, turn the drain 1. Hose S. Shut down
valve [2] to the "shut down" [S] position. 2. Drain valve A. Open
5. Install the lower cover.
Check water and deposits in the fuel-water

separator, and drain the water
1
1. Open the access door on the right side of
2
the machine.
3
2. The water level and the deposit amount can
be observed through the transparent housing Fig 4-104
[1]. If water or deposits accumulate at the bot-
1. Transparent
tom, place a container under the drain hose 3. Hose
housing
[3] for drainage. 2. Drain valve
3. Release the drain valve [2] for drainage.
4. Tighten the drain valve [2] immediately

when fuel begins to flow from the drain hose
[3].

NOTE：
• If the transparent housing [2] is very dirty or
it is difficult to see the inside, clean the
transparent housing when replacing the fil-
ter element.
• If the drain valve [3] is removed during
cleaning, apply grease to the O-ring [4] dur-
ing installation and tighten it until it contacts
the bottom.
Fig 4-105
4. O-ring
Check the oil level in the hydraulic oil tank
WARNING
Risk of scalding!
After the engine is shut down, the parts and
Fig 4-106
oil are still at high temperature, which may
cause scalding.
• After the engine is shut down, the parts F
and oil are still at high temperature, which
may cause scalding. Start operation after
they are cooled down.
• When removing the oil filler cap, turn it G
slowly to release the internal pressure,

and then remove it. P
1. Adjust the working device to the position as

shown in the right figure, and then shut down Fig 4-107
the engine.
F. Oil filler P. Drain plug
2. Within 15s after shutting down the engine,
G. Oil level gauge
move the working device joystick and

traveling joystick in all directions during the

whole trip to release the internal pressure.

the machine to check the oil level gauge [G].
Cooling: (Oil temperature 10°C to 30°C or 50°
F to 86°F)
L+12.5~L+32.5
Heating: (Oil temperature 55℃~80℃ or 131℉
~176℉)
Heating: Above the median mark
4. If the oil level is below the L line, refill oil

from the oil filler [F] at the top of the oil tank.
• Recommended oils: Caltex anti-wear hy-

draulic oil HDZ46
(B420106000036)
• Capacity of hydraulic oil tank: 200 L
NOTE：
Do not fill oil to above the H line. This will
damage the hydraulic device and cause oil H
spraying. If the oil level is above the H line,
shut down the engine. Wait until the oil is
cooled, place an oil collection container under
the drain plug [P] at the bottom of the hydraul-
ic oil tank, and then drain the excess oil from
the drain plug. L
Fig 4-108
H. Oil level H line L. Oil level L line
Check coolant level 1 2
Fig 4-109
1. Expansion water 2. Pressure cap

tank

WARNING
Risk of scalding!
After the engine is shut down, the coolant is
hot and the pressure in the radiator is high. If
the radiator cover [2] is removed at this time
to check the coolant level, there is a risk of
scalding.
• After the engine is shut down, the coolant
is hot and the pressure in the radiator is
high. Do not open the pressure cover [2] of
the expansion tank [1] before the coolant
cools down, otherwise there is a danger of
scalding. After cooling, slowly open the
pressure cover [2] of the expansion tank to
release the internal pressure.
1. When the engine is working, the coolant

level must be between the marks of the upper
limit position and the lower limit position of the
expansion tank. If the cooling water is below
the lower limit, it is necessary to fill the radia-
tor and expansion tank with cooling liquid.
2. Open the engine hood and check whether

the cooling liquid in the expansion tank [1] is
between the FULL and LOW marks. If the
coolant level is low, add the coolant to the
FULL level through the filler [2] of the expan-
sion tank.
3. After filling the coolant, tighten the cover

firmly.
4. If the expansion tank [1] is empty, the cool-

ant may leak. Check the tank and repair it im-
mediately. If no problem is found, please fill
the expansion tank [1] with coolant.
5. If the expansion tank [1] is dirty and the

liquid level cannot be seen, refer to

"Replacing engine coolant and cleaning the

inside of cooling system" on page 5-61.
Check the oil level in the engine oil pan.
WARNING
Risk of scalding!
After the engine is shut down, the parts and oil are still at high temperature, which may cause
scalding.
• Relevant operation can be carried out after they are cooled down.
1. Open the engine hood. G

M
Fig 4-110
G. Oil dipstick M. Oil filler
2. Take out the oil dipstick [G] and wipe off the oil on it with a cloth.
3. Insert the oil dipstick [G] completely and then take it out.
4. The oil level should be between the [S]

and [U] marks on the dipstick [G]. If the oil lev-
el is below the [S] mark, add oil through the oil
filler [M].
S U
Fig 4-111
S. S mark U. U mark

5. If the oil level is above the H line, use the

oil drain valve connecting pipe in the acces-
sory box, screw the threaded end of the con-
necting pipe into the oil drain valve switch [P]
at the bottom of the oil pan (the more you
screw in, the greater the opening), drain the
excess oil, and then check the oil level.
Fig 4-112
P. Bleed valve
6. If the oil level is correct, firmly tighten the oil filler cap and close the engine hood.
NOTE：
• When checking the oil level after engine operation, wait for at least 15 minutes after shutting
down the engine, then check it.
• Keep the machine level before the inspection.
Check the electrical wires
CAUTION
Risk of battery damage!
If the battery cover is blocked by dust, the battery may be damaged.
• If the fuse is frequently burnt out or the wires show traces of short circuit, please immediately
contact an authorized agent of SANY HEAVY MACHINERY to find out the cause and repair it.
• Keep the upper surface of the battery clean, and check the vent on the battery cover. If it is
blocked by dirt or dust, flush the battery cover to clean the vent.
Check whether the fuse is damaged, whether a fuse of the specified capacity is used, whether the
wire is open or short-circuited, and whether the wire cladding is damaged.
Check whether the terminals are loose. Tighten them if they are loose.
Besides, when checking the battery, engine, starter motor, and alternator, pay special attention to
the wires. Check whether there are accumulated flammable materials around the battery. If there
are, remove them immediately.

Check the fuel level
WARNING
Risk of fire!
When filling fuel, do not spill the fuel or let it
overflow. Otherwise, it may cause a fire.
• When refueling, do not spill fuel or let the E F
fuel overflow, which may cause a fire.
• Fuel is flammable. Keep the fuel from
open flames.
• If the fuel spills, wipe it thoroughly. If the Fig 4-113
fuel flows to the ground or sand, clean it
up.
1. Turn the engine start switch to [ON] and

E
check the fuel level shown on the display.
After checking, turn the switch back to the
[OFF] position.
If the fuel level is low, release the oil filler cap

[E] on the fuel tank. And refuel through the oil
filling port until the float in the float level gauge
[G] reaches the highest point.
• Fuel tank capacity: 240 L
• Top [a] position of float level gauge [G]
when the fuel tank is full: 50mm
Fig 4-114
• When the fuel quantity is less than 10%,
the display will give an alarm. E. Oil filler cap

2. Fill the fuel, press the float level gauge [G]

straight with the filler cap [F], and be careful F
not to let the float level gauge [G] get stuck on
the boss of the filler cap [F], and tighten the
filler cap [F].
H
Fig 4-115
H. Distance from float

F. Oil filler cap
level gauge to top
G. Float level gauge
Fig 4-116

NOTE：
• If the vent on the cover is blocked, the pres-
sure in the tank will drop and the fuel will
not flow. Clean the vent frequently.
• When the lock cover is tightened, the stroke
is large. Make sure that the lock cover is ro-
tated in place and then turn the key to lock
the lock cover. If the key is turned before
the cover is rotated in place, the bolt will be
pressed against the inner wall of the oil fill-
er, which can easily damage the lock
cylinder.
• Make sure that the seal ring in the lock cov-
er is clean. If the seal ring is contaminated
with iron filings, gravels, or other sundries, it
will be easily damaged during the tightening
process, resulting in poor sealing of the lock
cover.
Check the horn
1. Turn the start switch to the [ON] position.
2. Press the horn switch, the horn will sound

immediately. Confirm whether the horn sound
is normal. If the horn does not sound or the
sound is abnormal, please contact a dealer
authorized by SANY HEAVY MACHINERY for
repair.
Fig 4-117

4.3.1.3 Adjustment before operation
Driver seat
D
Uncomfortable seat position can result in op-
erator's fatigue and cause misoperation. Re-
adjust the seat position each time the ma-
chine operator is changed. Operator should
be able to press the pedal to the bottom and
operate the steer wheel correctly when his
back is resting on the back of the chair. Other-
wise, move the seat forward and backward to
readjust it. Before starting operation or after
changing the driver, adjust the seat position E
so that the driver can freely and conveniently

operate the joystick, pedal and switch when
sitting on the seat.
A
B
2
Fig 4-118
1. Pull rod (seat only) B. Overall back-and-

forth adjustment of the
seat
2. Pull rod (with arm- C. Whole suspension
rest box)
3. Adjusting wrench D. Backrest
adjustment
A. Back-and-forth ad- E. Armrest angle
justment of the seat adjustment
[A] Adjust the front and rear of the seat. Pull up the pull rod [1] and release the lever when moving
the seat to the required position.
Adjustment range: 200 mm (10 mm for each gear)

[B] Overall fore-and-aft adjustment of the seat Pull up the pull rod [2] upwards, adjust it to the re-
quired position, and loosen this rod. In this case, the driver's seat, left and right armrest boxes, and
pilot lock lever slide together.
[C] Adjust the suspension (if equipped) and turn the adjusting wrench [3] upward to make the sus-
pension hard to suit the heavier driver; Turn the adjusting wrench [3] downward to make the sus-
pension soft, so as to suit the lighter driver.
In the event of a rollover accident, the opera-

tor may be injured or thrown out of the cab
without wearing a seat belt, or may be
crushed by the machine, resulting in serious
casualties. Before operating the machine,
check the safety belt, buckle and fixings care-
fully. If any damage or wear is found, the
safety belt or its parts should be replaced be-
fore operating the machine. During machine
operation, always sit on the operator's chair
and buckle up the seat belt to avoid
Fig 4-119
accidents.
It is recommended that the seat belt be re-

placed every three years, regardless of its
condition.
[D] Backrest adjustment
Pull up the handle [5] to place the backrest in

the best position convenient for operation,
and then release it.
NOTE：
When adjusting the inclination of the backrest,
do not let the backrest touch the rear A/C cov- 5
er, and do not let the armrests touch the
joystick.
Fig 4-120
5. Handle

[E] Armrest angle adjustment

6
Turn the adjusting handwheel [7] at the bot-
tom of the armrest [6] to adjust the angle of
the armrest to the desired position.
The armrest can be lifted to a vertical position

so that the driver can leave the seat. 7
Adjustable range of the armrest: 40°
Fig 4-121
6. Armrest 7. Mast pivot
Rear-view mirror
A
WARNING
Risk of equipment damage or personal
injury!
If the rearview mirror is not adjusted cor-
rectly, it will not be able to protect the line of
sight, which may cause damage to the ma-
chine or personal injury.
• Be sure to adjust the rearview mirrors be-
fore you start working. If it is not adjusted
correctly, the line of sight cannot be guar-
anteed and injuries or harm to others may Fig 4-122
occur.
A. Rearview mirror of
The installation position of the rearview mir- cab
rors is shown in the figure.

Rearview mirror [A]
Adjust the position of the rearview mirror [A],

so that you can see the people in the left be-
hind the machine.
• Install the rearview mirror [A] at the position 2
shown in the figure on the right.

1
• Turn the fixing rod [1] around the turnstile
[4] to a suitable position and fix the fixing
rod [1].
• If you cannot move the mirror smoothly
when adjusting the angle, loosen the fixing 3
bolt [2] and the fastening rod bolt of the mir-
ror [3].
Tightening torque of fixing bolt [2]:
4
4.0N·m~5.4 N·m（0.41kgf·m~0.55kgf·m）
Fig 4-123
1. Fixing rod 3. Fastening rod bolt

of the mirror
2. Bolt 4. Winding rod
• When you adjust the angle of the rearview

mirror, it is a standard to take the side of the
machine into the line-of-sight of the mirror,
as shown in the right figure.
Fig 4-124

Rearview mirror [B]

5
Adjust the position of the rearview mirror [B],
so that you can see the people in the right be-
hind the machine. 6
• Install the rearview mirror [B] at the position
• If you cannot move the mirror smoothly
when adjusting the angle, loosen the fixing
bolts [5] and the fastening rod bolts of the
mirror [6].
Tightening torque of fixing bolt [4]: 4.0
N·m~5.4 N·m（0.41kgf·m~0.55kgf·m） Fig 4-125
5. Fixing bolt of the 6. Fastening rod bolt

mirror of the mirror

• When you adjust the angle of the rearview

mirror, it is a standard to take the side of the
machine into the line-of-sight of the mirror,
as shown in the right figure.
2
Fig 4-126

of the mirror
2. Fixing bolt 4. Rod
Seatbelt

WARNING
Risk of personal injury or death!
The machine often needs to go uphill and downhill, etc. during operation. There will be major ac-
cidents such as rollover without paying attention. If you are not wearing the safety belt in the roll-
over due to the inertia, casualties may be caused.
• Before using the seat belt, check whether there is any problem with the seat belt and its mount-
ing base, and replace it if it is worn or damaged.
• Even if there is no problem with the seat belt, replace it every 3 years. The production date of
the seat belt is marked on the back.
• Be sure to buckle up the seat belt during operation.
• The seat belt must not be twisted when buckled up.
NOTE：
The seat belt comes with a winding device, so there is no need to adjust the length.
1. Fasten the seat belt.
Hold the seat belt clip [2] and pull the seat belt
out of the winding device [1]. Make sure that 3
the seat belt is not twisted, and then insert the 4 2 1
latch [3] into the buckle [4].
Pull the seat belt gently to confirm that it is

buckled up securely.
Fig 4-127
1. Winding device 3. Lock latch

2. Seat belt clip 4. Buckle
2. Releasing the safety belt
Press the red part on the lock [4], and the latch [3] will automatically pop out of the lock [4].
The seat belt will be drawn into the winding device [1] automatically. Hold the seat belt clip [2] and
slowly wind the seat belt into the winding device [1].
4.3.1.4 Operation before engine start
1. The startup switch is used to power on and off the system, and to start and shut down the
engine.

WARNING
Serious accident warning!
If the engine is started when the safety lock is in the release position, the operator may touch the
joystick or control pedal, which will cause the excavator bucket, boom and platform to rotate, to
lead to serious accidents.
• Before starting the engine, check whether the safety lock lever is firmly placed in the locked
position.
• If not, the machine may move when the joystick or pedal is touched during machine start, which
will cause serious accidents.
• Before the operator stands up from his seat, the operator must put the safety lock lever in the
locked position, regardless of whether the engine is running.
1. Check whether the safety lock lever is in

the "Locked" position.
Fig 4-128
Fig 4-129
2. Check whether each joystick and pedal is in the "Neutral" position. If the joystick or pedal is not
touched, they should be in the "Neutral" position.

Press the startup switch 1 in the middle, and

then the indicator light of the startup switch
turns on, indicating that the system is now in
the power-on state;
Enter the display password;

1
Whether the pilot switch is in the off state;
2
Whether the crane is in parking P mode.
After the system is powered on, the indicator

light keeps on, and press and keep the startup
button in the middle for more than 3s to run
the engine.
Fig 4-130
Monitor the status of the machine through the
1. Startup switch 2. Throttle knob
homepage of the display. For more informa-
tion about the display, see ““Display” on page
4-7”.
• If a fault occurs, the alarm indicator will be
on.
• At this time, if a fault code is displayed, the
item corresponding to the fault code should
be checked immediately.
• If there are no fault codes, there are two
possibilities:
The engine coolant temperature is too high;
The oil pressure is too high or too low.
4.3.2 Start the engine
WARNING
Risk of equipment damage and personal injury!
Failure to start the equipment correctly may cause equipment damage and personal injury.
• The driver must sit in the seat before starting the engine.
• Do not attempt to start the engine by short-circuiting the engine startup circuit. Doing so can
cause severe personal injury or fire.
• Ensure there are no people or obstacles in the surrounding area. Then, honk the horn and start
the engine.
• Never start the machine with auxiliary start fluid, as it can cause an explosion.
• Exhaust gas is poisonous. When starting the engine in an enclosed space, ensure good
ventilation.

• Do not press and hold the middle start

switch for more than 10 seconds.
• If the engine does not start, wait at least 1
minute, and then press and hold the middle
start switch again to start the engine.
1
• After the engine is started, wait for the oil
pressure value to be within the normal 2
range before operation. When the oil pres-
sure is abnormal, do not operate the joy-
stick or pedal, and stop the machine
immediately to check it.
Fig 4-131
1. Check whether the safety lock lever is in

the locked position. If the safety lock lever is
at the "unlocked" position, the engine cannot
be started.
Fig 4-132

2. The "FNR" switch is in the neutral position.

If "FNR" is in the forward or reverse gear posi-
tion, the engine will not start.
Fig 4-133
F. Traveling forward N. Neutral

R. Traveling
backward
3. The function selection button is in "P"

mode. If the function selection is not in "P"
mode, the engine will not start.
NOTE：
If the ambient temperature is low, the engine
can't be started after the machine remains
powered on for 10 seconds. In this case, wait
for at least 1 minutes before starting the en-
gine again.
Fig 4-134
P. parking W. Working mode

T. Traveling mode

4. If you want to start the engine, wait until the oil pressure alarm is cleared. Do not touch the joy-
stick or pedal when the oil pressure is abnormal.
NOTE：
If the oil pressure is still abnormal after 4-5 seconds, immediately shut down the engine to check
the oil level and oil leakage, and take necessary measures.
4.3.3 Warm-up operation
WARNING
Risk of serious injury or death!
If the engine is not warmed up thoroughly, the machine may not respond to the operation or act
quickly, which may cause serious accidents.
• Warm the machine after starting in winter, especially in cold areas, be sure to warm the ma-
chine until the hydraulic oil temperature rises to the right temperature.
• When the hydraulic oil is at a low temperature, do not operate or move the joystick or pedal
suddenly.
• If the engine is not warmed up thoroughly, the machine may not respond to the operation or act
quickly, which may cause serious accidents. Warm up the machine completely in cold areas.
• Before the warm up operation is completed, do not make the engine suddenly accelerate, do
not run the engine continuously at low speed or high speed for more than 20 minutes.Other-
wise, oil leakage may occur at the oil supply pipe of the turbocharger or even a fire may occur.
If it is necessary to run the engine at an idle speed, apply a load to it from time to time or run it
at a medium speed.
After starting the engine, do not operate the machine in any way until the following operations and
checks are completed:
1. Adjust the throttle knob to allow the engine to run for about 5 minutes at a low speed (about
1100 RPM) without loading.
2. Adjust the throttle knob to run the engine at medium speed (around 1350 RPM), then operate
the bucket slowly and back and forth for 5 minutes.
3. Adjust the throttle knob to make the engine run at high speed and operate the boom, bucket rod
and bucket for 5-10 minutes.
4. Complete each action of the excavator several times. Then machine warm-up ends.
5. After warm-up operation, check whether the display of each instrument is normal.
6. Check the exhaust color, noise, and vibration for abnormalities, and repair them if any.

4.3.4 Operation on slopes
4.3.4.1 Overview
Operate or travel the machine in the following correct way, so that you can stop the machine safely
at any time even if it slips or becomes unstable.
WARNING
Operating the machine incorrectly could
cause serious injury or death.
• On a slope, the machine may lose balance
and tip over when turning a corner or oper-
ating a working device. Therefore, such
operation should be avoided.
Fig 4-135
• When the bucket is loaded, it is very dan-
gerous to turn downhill. If this kind of oper-
ation is needed, pile up a platform with soil
on the slope to keep the machine level
during operation.
• Do not drive the machine on steep slopes
or reverse downhill. Otherwise, the ma-
chine may tip over.
• Do not turn or walk across a slope, always
go down to a level area to perform these
operations. The distance may be longer
but the safety is ensured.
Fig 4-136
• When the machine walks uphill, if the track
shoe slips or the machine cannot go uphill
only by the force of the track, do not use
the pull of the bucket rod to help the ma-
chine go uphill.
• Insufficient engine lubrication can occur
when the slope angle exceeds 30°.

1. When driving down a steep slope, use the

brakes to maintain speed. When driving down
a steep slope of more than 15°, keep the
working device in the position shown in the
right picture and reduce the engine speed,
and keep the height of the working device
from the ground at 20cm~30cm (8in~12in) [1].
Fig 4-137
1. Ground clearance
2. When driving on a steep slope, extend the

working device to the front to ensure balance.
Keep the working device on the ground about
20cm~30cm and walk at a low speed, and 2
keep the height of the working device from the

ground 20cm-30cm (8in – 12in) [2].
Fig 4-138
2. Ground clearance
4.3.4.2 Engine - shut down on a slope
• If the engine is turned off when walking uphill, first stop the excavator by braking, then lower the
working device to the ground, and finally move the FNR handle to the neutral position, turn off
the pilot switch, and select P mode as the working mode to restart the engine.
• If the engine is shut down when the machine is on a slope, do not perform slewing with the left
working device joystick. The upper slewing platform slews under its own gravity.
4.3.4.3 Cab door on a slope
• When the machine is on the slope, do not open or close the cab door as this may exert a sudden
force on the machine. Be sure to keep the cab door open or closed.

4.3.5 Machine Operation
4.3.5.1 Overview
WARNING
Serious injury or death may occur if a person
enters the area where the machine is
operating.
• Before moving the machine, check that
A B
the area around the machine is safe and
sound the horn.
• No one is allowed to enter the area around
the machine. Fig 4-139
• Remove obstacles from the travel path.
A. Shelving rack B. Dozer blade
• There is a blind spot at the back of the ma-
chine, so take extra care when moving
backwards.
Before operating the walk lever or walk pedal,

it is necessary to first confirm that the shelf [A]
is at the front of the machine and the dozer
shovel [B]. If the drive wheel is located at the
front of the machine, the driving direction of
the machine will be opposite to the operating
direction of the travel joystick or pedal. (For-
ward and backward movement are reversed,
as are left and right steering.)
4.3.5.2 Engine shutdown
WARNING
Serious injury or death may occur if a person enters the area where the machine is operating.
• If the engine shuts down in a non-idling state, the service life of the engine will be reduced. Do
not make an emergency stop with the engine running at high speed, except in an emergency.
Otherwise, this may cause fatigue cracks in the engine cylinder head, turbocharger bearing
burnout, and other faults.
1. Lower the bucket and bulldozer to the ground with all the handles in the middle position.
2. Put the selector switch in the parking position.

3. Run the engine at a low idle speed for about 5 minutes to cool it gradually.
4. Press the one-key startup switch, the vehicle will be powered off and the generator will be turned
off.
NOTE：
If the engine is overheated, do not shut it down suddenly, but run it at a low idle speed to cool it
gradually, and then shut it down.
4.3.5.3 Machine travel
WARNING
Improper operation may cause personal injuries.
• Before moving the machine, check that the area around the machine is safe and sound the
horn.
• No one is allowed to enter the area around the machine.
• Remove obstacles from the travel path.
• There is a blind spot at the back of the machine, so take extra care when moving backwards.
1 Forward C
First, set the right joystick on the steering col-
umn [B] to the F position, and then press the
N
accelerator pedal [A]. A
2. Backward: B
First, set the right joystick on the steering col-

umn [B] to the R position, and then press the
accelerator pedal [A].
3. Machine shutdown:
Depressing the brake pedal [N]
4. Turning right
Turn the steering wheel to the right
5. Turning left Fig 4-140

Turn the steering wheel to the left A. Accelerator pedal Steering wheel
B. Steering column N. Brake pedal

NOTE：
Before operating the steering column and
pedal, make sure that the bucket placement
bracket is located in front of the cab, and
make sure that the right operating lever is in
the F position. If the bucket placement bracket
is located behind the cab, even if the right op-
erating lever is in the F position, the machine
will still move backwards when the accelerator
pedal is depressed.

Travelling operation
After the engine is started and the warm-up operation is completed, move the machine according
to the following steps.
a) Place the safety lock lever in the "Unlocked" position.
b) Put the selector switch in the parking position.

c) Lift the dozer blade.
d) Select the traveling direction.
e) Set the two-speed switch to low speed.

f) Step on the accelerator pedal slowly to drive the machine.
If you need to change the speed, put the walking speed switch in the corresponding position.
CAUTION
There is danger of gear shifting failure.
When shifting gears while driving, there may be a hint of shifting failure.
• It is not recommended to downshift during walking, and you can switch from low speed to high
speed.
Change direction (forward/backward)

a) When changing the forward or backward direction when walking, be sure to stop the machine.
b) Put the right handle in the corresponding position to change the direction.
Notes: Turn forward and make sure there are no obstacles ahead.
Switching forward or backward while walking may cause the machine to malfunction.
Steering of the machine

a) Control the steering of the machine through the steering column.
b) The machine can turn left or right.

Notes: When walking at high speed, the machine can't turn suddenly to avoid turning on the slope.
When the engine is turned off, the machine cannot turn.
Automatic cruise
Conditions for entering automatic cruise
a) T mode status
b) Forward gear F
c) High speed gear Ⅱ
d) Speed greater than 1800 rpm

e) Step on the walking pedal to the end

Meet the above conditions, press the auto cruise button, and the excavator will enter the auto
cruise. After entering the automatic cruise, slowly release the accelerator pedal.
Conditions for exiting automatic cruise

a) The cruise button is pressed.
b) Brake.
c) Sto working mode W or press climbing mode switch C.
d) Switch neutral N.
If any of the above conditions is met, the automatic cruise function can be retired.
Precautions when traveling
Drivers must be familiar with the following safety points, including general safety tips.
a) If the warning light on the instrument panel is illuminated, stop the machine immediately and
carefully check for malfunctions in the relevant components.
b) Do not allow the engine to run under overload.
c) When you hear a strange noise or odor, stop the machine immediately for inspection.
d) Check the indicator lights on the switch panel frequently.
e) Do not allow others to be on the machine while it is running or working.
f) Do not get on or off the machine while it is running.

Do not tow the machine unless it is an emergency.
1. Common
a) The parking brake cylinder is hydraulically released by spring force. When the machine is not in
operation, the braking action stops the machine.
b) For short distances, the machine can be towed at low speed. For long distances, it must be
transported on a trailer.
c) If the steering and brakes do not work when towing, transportation must be by trailer.
Notes:
1. When towing is not done correctly, it may cause an accident or personal injury.
2. When the machine is towed, be sure to use a steel cable with sufficient strength.
3. It is not allowed to tow the machine on the slope.
4. Do not allow anyone to come between the towing machine and the towed machine while the
towing machine is connected.
5. Ensure that the towing line and the machine being towed are in a straight position when
connecting.
6. Do not tow the machine with a light-duty hitch.

2. Towing machine
a) In case of insufficient pressure in the travel system or damage to the travel motor, an emergency
device must be used to interrupt the input and output power to allow the machine to be towed in an
emergency.
Towing speed: Max. 10 km/h
Towing distance: Max. 5 km
b) As there is no gearbox lubrication, running out of oil without noticing the warning will cause dam-
age. For long distances, trailer transportation is preferred.
c) Emergency devices are used with the starter key in the OFF position.
Place a pad on the machine to prevent it from moving, and place the brake pedal in the disen-
gaged (released) position.
Fill grease from grease nipple (1) with grease gun until emergency device pressure reducing valve
(3) is full.
d) Disengaging the emergency device
Open the emergency device drain port (2) to drain the oil and fully relieve the pressure. The exca-
vator is started, shifted into low gear (30 bar to 35 bar pressure is supplied when shifting into low
gear to engage the clutch plates inside the gearbox), and then the drain port (2) is closed again.
4.3.5.4 Working device control and operation
• When the engine speed is reduced by the

auto-idle function, if you operate the joy-
stick, the engine speed will suddenly rise.
Therefore, operate the joystick with caution.
• The control and operation of the working
device are completed by the left and right
longitudinal bars.
• When the joystick is released, the joystick
will return to the working device and remain
in that position.

• Stick control
Move the left joystick of the working device

forward or backward to control the stick
actions.
Fig 4-141
• Slewing control
Move the left joystick of the working device to

the left or right to control the slewing actions
of the upper body.
Fig 4-142
• Boom control
Move the right joystick of the working device

forward or backward to control the boom
actions.
Fig 4-143

• Controlling the bucket.
Move the right joystick of the working device

forward or backward to control the boom
actions.
Fig 4-144
• Bulldozer blade control
Push or pull the bulldozer blade joystick for-

ward or backward to operate the bulldozer
blade.
When the joystick of the equipment returns to

the neutral position and the operation stops
for 5 seconds, the auto-idle mechanism en-
gages to reduce the engine speed to idle
speed even if the fuel control knob is set to Fig 4-145
the full-speed position.
NOTE：
The control oil circuit of the machine is
equipped with an accumulator. If the whole
vehicle is powered on within 15 seconds after
the engine is turned off, and the safety locking
lever is placed in the "unlock" position, even if
the engine stops, the operating lever can be
operated to lower the working device to the
ground.
This procedure can also be used to relieve re-

sidual pressure in the hydraulic cylinder circuit
or to lower the boom after the machine is
loaded to a trailer.
4.3.6 Prohibited Operations
Note: The following operations are prohibited; otherwise, the Company will not be respon-
sible for any consequences!

• Do not excavate the working face under the

overhanging part, as there will be a risk of
falling rocks or even collapse of the over-
hanging part, resulting in a serious
accident.
Fig 4-146
• Do not dig too deep in front of the machine.

Otherwise, the ground will collapse if hol-
lowed out underneath, resulting in
accidents.
Fig 4-147
• Do not perform dismantling operations

under the machine. This may make the ma-
chine unstable and tip over.
• When working in the upper part of a building
or other structure, check the strength of the
structure before work to avoid causing the
building to collapse and thus leading to
casualties.
Fig 4-148

• Do not perform demolition overhead. Falling

debris and collapsing buildings can damage
the machine and cause casualties.
Fig 4-149
• Do not carry out crushing operation utilizing

the impact of the working device, as the
splashing crushed materials can cause per-
sonal injury and damage to the working de-
vice. Meanwhile, the reaction of the impact
can tip over the machine.
• Generally speaking, the working device is
more likely to tip over when it is on its side
than when it is in the front or rear.
Fig 4-150
• The bucket should never pass over anyone

or the truck cab when lifting, moving, or
slewing. If the material in the bucket falls or
collides with the bucket, it may cause per-
sonal injuries and damage to the machine.
• Lifting or transporting people is prohibited
and may cause casualty accidents.
• When a crusher or other heavy-duty work-
ing device is used, the machine may lose
balance or tip over.
• Do not lower, slew, or stop the working de- Fig 4-151
vice suddenly.

• Do not extend or retract the boom cylinder

abruptly, as the machine may tip over due
to the impact.
4.3.7 Allowable water depth
When driving the machine out of the water,

prevent the rear part of the upper rotary plat-
form from entering the water, and the engine
fan
will hit the water, resulting in fan damage.
Therefore, take extra care when driving the

machine out of water.
Fig 4-152
• Don't drive the machine into the water

deeper than the center of the bridge.
• Grease parts that have been submerged in A
water for extended periods of time until the

old grease is fully pushed out of the bearing
(especially around the bucket pin).
• Operate the machine in water only if the
foundation on which the machine works is
solid enough to prevent the machine from
sinking deeper than the drive wheel center.
• If the slewing bearing, slewing gear, and
central slewing joint are submerged in
water, remove the drain plug to drain muddy
water, clean the slewing area, and install
the plug. Lubricate the slewing internal gear
and slewing bearing. Fig 4-153
Brake Does Not Work A. Brake pedal
If the machine still can't stop after pressing

the pedal [A], use the parking brake (P)
through the selector switch for emergency
braking.
Note: After using parking brake as emergency

brake, please contact Sany agent to check
the braking system comprehensively.

Emergency braking is not allowed unless the

walking brake fails.
4.3.8 Recommended uses
4.3.8.1 Notes
In addition to the following uses, the scope of use can be further expanded by using various
accessories.
4.3.8.2 Backhoe Operation
A backhoe is suitable for excavating the area

below the machine.
90°
When the machine is in the state shown in the
figure on the right (that is, both the angle 90°
formed by the bucket cylinder and connecting
rod and the angle formed by the bucket rod
cylinder and bucket rod are 90°), the maxi-
mum excavation force can be obtained from
the thrust force of each cylinder.
Utilize this angle effectively during excavation Fig 4-154

for maximum working efficiency.
The excavation range of the bucket rod is 45° 30°

from 45° away from the machine to 30° close
to the machine.
The above may vary at different digging

depths, but try to keep it within this range and
do not operate the cylinder to the end of its
stroke.
Fig 4-155

4.3.8.3 Trenching operation
• By installing a bucket that matches the ex-

cavating operation and adjusting the tire to
be parallel to the line of the trench to be ex-
cavated, the trenching operation can be
performed effectively.
• When excavating a wide trench, excavate
the earthwork on both sides first, and then
remove the central part.
• When excavating in the longitudinal direc-
tion, place the dozer at the front to maxi-
mize the stability and lifting capacity of the
Fig 4-156
machine.
4.3.8.4 Loading operation
In a place with a small slewing angle, parking

the dump truck at a place highly visible to the
driver can improve the work efficiency.
It is more convenient to load from the rear of

the dump truck body than from the side, and
the loading capacity is larger.
Fig 4-157
4.3.9 Park the machine
WARNING
Risk of serious injuries!
When the machine is parked, if it is not properly operated, it may cause serious personal injury.
• If the joystick is accidentally touched, the machine will move suddenly, which may cause seri-
ous accidents.
• Before leaving the cab, be sure to place the safety lock lever in the "Locked" position.

When parking the machine, choose flat and

hard ground and avoid hazards. If the ma-
chine has to be parked on a slope, place
blocks under the tires (see picture). The buck-
et can be inserted into the ground as an auxili-
ary safety measure.
Fig 4-158
1. Put the FNR handle in the middle [N] posi-

tion and press the brake foot to stop the
machine.
Fig 4-159
F. Traveling forward N. Neutral position

R. Traveling
backward

2. Turn the throttle knob to the lowest posi-

tion anticlockwise to reduce engine speed.
Fig 4-160
3. Lower the bucket horizontally until its bot-

tom is in contact with the ground.
Fig 4-161
4. Place the safety lock lever in the "Locked"

position.
Fig 4-162

5. Check the engine coolant temperature (as

shown in the figure) and oil pressure on the
display.
• If the coolant temperature gauge is within
the red range, allow the coolant to cool until
the pointer enters the yellow range, and
then shut down the engine.
• If there is an alarm on the display that indi- C D
cates abnormal oil pressure, shut down the
engine immediately.
Fig 4-163
6. Shut down the engine.
4.3.10 Daily machine inspection after work
1. Walk around the machine to check the working device, outside of the machine, and understruc-
ture for oil or coolant leakage. Repair them if any problems are found.
2. Fill up the fuel tank.
3. Check the engine compartment for paper or other debris. Remove the paper or debris to avoid
fire.
4. Remove the mud stuck on the understructure.
5. If the ambient temperature is below -35°C, be sure to drain the coolant from the radiator and en-
gine (the freezing point of the antifreeze used by SANY HEAVY MACHINERY is -35°C).

4.3.11 Lock
Make sure to lock the following items

3
1. Lock the windows on the cab door
2. Fuel tank filler
3. Engine hood
5
4. Front cowl cover 8 7

1
5. Left door of the machine
6. Right door of the machine

Fig 4-164
7. "Fresh air" intake port of the A/C
1. Cab door 7. air conditioning in-
8. Dismounting toolbox take port
3. engine cowling 8. Dismounting
NOTE： toolbox
Use the start switch key to lock and unlock
5. Left door
these items.
Fig 4-165
2. Fuel tank filler 6. Right door

4. Front cowl cover
4.3.12 Operation in cold weather
4.3.12.1 Description of operation in cold weather
In low temperature environment, the engine is not easy to start and the coolant may freeze, so the
following operations should be performed.

Fuel and lubricating oil
Low-viscosity fuel and lubricating oil shall be used for all parts.
For details about viscosity regulations， “Recommended fuel, coolant and lubricating oil” on page
5-9 see "Recommended fuel, coolant and lubricating oil" on page .
Coolant of the cooling system
WARNING
Serious personal injury may be caused if it is not handled properly.
• The antifreeze is toxic. Be careful not to allow it to contact the eyes or the skin. If it gets in the
eyes or on the skin, flush with plenty of water and seek immediate medical attention.
• When replacing coolant or disposing of coolant containing antifreeze discharged from the radi-
ator, contact an authorized agent of SANY HEAVY MACHINERY or a professional company for
handling. Antifreeze is toxic. Do not let it run down the drain or spill it on the ground.
• The antifreeze is flammable. Do not approach an open flame. Do not smoke when handling
antifreeze.
NOTE：
Please use SANY genuine TEEC-L35 antifreeze as the coolant. In principle, we do not recom-
mend any other coolants except SANY HEAVY MACHINERY's genuine antifreeze.
For details of antifreeze mixing ratio when replacing coolant,“Coolant of the cooling system” on
page 5-6 see "Coolant of the cooling system" on page .
Battery
When the ambient temperature drops, the battery capacity drops as well. Keep the battery ca-
pacity as close to 100% as possible. Do not leave the battery in a low temperature environment for
a long time to avoid difficult in starting the machine.
As the battery capacity decreases at low temperature, cover the battery or remove the battery from
the machine and store it in a warm place. Install the battery when the machine is used again.
4.3.12.2 After daily work
To prevent frozen mud and water on the understructure from preventing the machine from moving
when next used, observe the following precautions:
• Clear all the dirt and water from the machine. In particular, clean the piston rod of the hydraulic
cylinder to prevent soil, dirt, or water droplets on the piston rod from entering the seal and dam-
aging it.

• Park the machine on a hard and dry ground. If possible, park the machine on a plank to prevent
the tire from being frozen to the ground, so that the machine can be moved when it is used the
next day.
• Open the drain valve to drain the water accumulated in the fuel system to prevent freezing.
• Fill up the fuel tank. to minimize the condensation of moisture in the oil tank when the tempera-
ture drops.
4.3.12.3 After the cold season
When the season changes and it becomes warmer, perform the following operations:
• Replace fuel and lubricating oil with those with specified viscosity.
For details, see “Recommended fuel, coolant and lubricating oil” on page 5-9 "Recommended
fuel, coolant and lubricating oil" on page .
4.3.13 Post-processing operation
4.3.13.1 Automatic regeneration
1. When the icon [1] on the display screen

lights up and appears green, it indicates that
the engine enters the automatic regeneration 1
process.
2. When the automatic regeneration of the en-

gine ends, the icon [1] is extinguished.
3. The automatic regeneration process can

work normally. To avoid automatic regenera-
tion failure, it is recommended that the device
not be in the automatic idle state or off.
Fig 4-166
4. Automatic regeneration failure twice may
trigger a request of manual regeneration of 1. Icon
the engine.

4.3.13.2 Manual regeneration
1. When icon [1] appears yellow and blinks, 2

manual regeneration is required.
2. When the display prompts manual regener-

ation, first ensure that the coolant temperature
reaches more than 70℃, adjust the machine
to 1 gear, switch the hydraulic pilot lock han-
1
dle to the open position, operate the dozer
handle, lift the dozer to the highest position,
and then long press the key panel button [2]
on the right armrest box for 3s, and the display
icon [1] changes from yellow flashing to yellow
steady on, indicating hair The motor enters
the manual regeneration process.
Fig 4-167
3. When the regeneration is complete, the
1. Icon 2. Keys
icon [1] goes out and the machine can be
used normally.
2. During manual regeneration process, the

engine speed may increase.
1. Switch the hydraulic pilot lock handle to the

locked state
2. pivoting Throttle knob
3. Press Regeneration prohibition button
4. Turn off the device

4.3.13.3 Regeneration prohibition function
CAUTION
There is a risk of potential safety issues!
When operating the machine in constricted or enclosed spaces, as well as in flammable and ex-
plosive zones such as gas stations, there is a risk of safety issues arising from the aftertreatment
regeneration function.
• In case of emergency, the aftertreatment regeneration function may be temporarily shut off.
• Once the emergency is resolved, the above operation must be undone in order to avoid trigger-
ing a manual regeneration request for the engine.
Steps to switch on regeneration prohibi- 3

tion function
1. Press the regeneration prohibition button

[3], the engine will enter the regeneration pro-
hibition mode, and the engine will not be re-
generated automatically. Fig 4-168
2. Once the regeneration prohibition function 3. Regeneration prohibition button
is activated, the "Regeneration Prohibition
Icon [4]" on the display screen will light up.
3. To turn off the regeneration prohibition func-

tion, press the "Regeneration Prohibition But-
ton [3]" once again, and the "Regeneration
Prohibition Icon [4]" on the display screen will
simultaneously turn off.
4. After restarting the engine, the regeneration

prohibition function will be switched off auto-
matically and needs to be restarted.

Fig 4-169
4. Regeneration prohibition icon
4.3.14 Long-Term Storage
4.3.14.1 Before storage
When you store the machine (for more than 1

month), adjust the machine to the position
shown in the figure on the right to prevent the
cylinder piston rod from rusting.
When you store the machine for a long time

(for more than one month), please operate as Fig 4-170
follows:
• Clean and rinse all parts, and then store the
machine indoors. If the machine has to be
stored outdoors, choose a flat ground and
cover the machine with canvas.
• Fill the fuel tank to maximum level to pre-
vent moisture accumulation.
• Lubricate and change the oil before
storage.
• Apply grease to the exposed part of the hy-
draulic cylinder piston rod.
• Disconnect the negative terminal of the bat-
tery and cover it, or remove the battery from
the machine and store it separately.
• For a machine equipped with accessories,
set the accessory control pedal to the
locked position.

• To prevent rust, add the coolant recom-

mended by SANY HEAVY MACHINERY.
4.3.14.2 During storage
WARNING
• When the machine is placed indoors, if rust prevention is required, open doors and windows to
improve ventilation and prevent gas poisoning.
• During storage, operate the machine to travel a short distance every month and apply a new
layer of oil film to the parts. At the same time, charge the battery.
• Before operating the working devices, wipe off the grease on the piston rods of the hydraulic oil
cylinders.
• If the machine is equipped with an air conditioner, operate the air conditioner once a month for 3
to 5 min to lubricate all parts of the air conditioner compressor. When operating the air condi-
tioner, run the engine at a low idle speed. In addition, check the refrigerant twice a year.
4.3.14.3 After Storage
If the machine has been stored for a long time and rust is not removed every month, contact a
dealer authorized by SANY HEAVY MACHINERY before using the machine again. Observe the
following operations if using the machine again after long term storage:
• Wipe off the grease on the piston rod of the hydraulic cylinder.
• Apply lubricating oil and grease to the parts that need lubrication.
• When the machine is stored for a long time, the moisture in the air will mix with the oil. Check the
oil before and after starting the engine. Drain up the water if there is water in the oil.
4.3.14.4 Starting the Engine after Long-term Storage
Before starting the engine after the machine has been stored for a long time, fully warm up the
engine.
4.4 Transportation
4.4.1 Note
• When transporting machines, you should first understand and abide by all local laws and
regulations.
• When transporting by trailer, it is necessary to confirm the length, width, height and load capacity
of trailer.

• Check the transportation route conditions in advance, such as size, weight limit and traffic
regulations.
• Sometimes it is necessary to disassemble the machine to meet the local regulations on size or
weight limits.
• Please consult with the local government for detailed transportation regulations.
Note:The transport weight and size may be different due to the types of track shoes and working
devices installed.
4.4.2 Road travel
The maximum running speed of the machine

is 37 km/h, so it is not necessary to transport it
by trailer in a short distance. It is convenient
to transport by trailer for a long distance.
Please observe the following regulations if

driving on the road:
• Observe the relevant regulations of the ma-

Fig 4-171
chine for safety.
• Check before starting the machine every
day.
• Check whether the bridge body can bear
the weight of the machine before crossing
the bridge. In case it is unbearable, it is nec-
essary to reinforce the bridge or choose a
detour.
• When driving for a long distance, stop
every hour for tires and other parts to cool
down, and check whether there is any
abnormality.
• Drive with no load.

4.4.3 Transportation methods
• Select a transportation method that

matches the weight and dimensions pro-
vided in the "Technical Specifications"
section.
• The weights and dimensions provided in
the technical specifications may vary ac-
cording to the type of stick or other
accessories.
• For the transportation of a machine with a
cab protective cover, contact authorized
dealers of SANY HEAVY MACHINERY for
details. Fig 4-172
4.4.4 Load and unload the machine with a trailer
4.4.4.1 Description
Be sure to observe the following instructions

for ramps and trailer platforms:
• Ramps with sufficient width, length, thick-

ness, and strength shall be used for loading
and unloading at a maximum gradient of
15°.
• When the compacted soil is used, it must
be fully compacted to prevent the slope sur-
face from collapsing.
Fig 4-173
• To prevent the machine from slipping on
the ramp, clean the machine track chain
and ramp before loading and unloading.
• If there is water, snow, grease, oil, or ice on
the surface of the ramp, the machine may
slip.

4.4.4.2 Loading
1. Loading and unloading can only be carried

out on a solid and level ground.
Keep a certain safe distance from the road

kerb.
4 1
3
Fig 4-174
1. Cushion block 3. Trailer center

2. Ramp 4. Installation angle
2. Apply brake to the trailer and then place a cushion block [1] under the tire to prevent the trailer
from moving.
• Place the left and right ramps [2] so that they are parallel to each other and have equal spacing
with the left and right sides of the trailer center [3]. The maximum installation angle [4] is 15°. If
the ramp bends significantly due to the weight of the machine, place a cushion block under the
ramp to prevent the ramp from bending.
3. Use the function buttons on the display Fig 4-175

screen to switch the traveling speed to the low
speed state and turn off automatic idling.
4. Turn the fuel control knob [2] counterclockwise to the end, and set the engine speed to low idle
speed.
WARNING
Danger of machine damage!
• When driving the machine on or off the trailer, disable the automatic idling function. If the auto
idle function is started, the engine speed will change dramatically.
• When driving the machine on or off the trailer, keep the traveling speed in the "low speed"
mode. Do not arbitrarily switch the traveling speed.

5. If the machine is equipped with a working

device, place the working device in the front
and drive forward on the ramp. If there is no
working device, move backward to drive onto 90°-11 0°
the ramp.
Support the bucket on the trailer as soon as

you get on the ramp. Especially when walking
backwards, you must follow the instructions Fig 4-176
and signals of the commander.
WARNING
Serious personal injury may be caused if it is
not handled properly.
• Do not adjust the direction on the spring-
board, which may cause the machine to
tip over.
• Do not operate any joystick other than the
traveling joystick on the ramp.
• If necessary, adjust the direction after
driving off the springboard to the flat
ground or driving back to the trailer.
6. Before driving on the ramp, ensure that

the machine is in line with the ramp and that
the centerline of the machine corresponds to
the centerline of the trailer.
Align the direction of movement with the ramp

and move slowly.
Lower the working device as much as possi-

Fig 4-177
ble without causing any impact.
7. Move slowly forward until all the machines

are put on the trailer and firmly touch the flat
plate.
Fig 4-178

8. When the machine drives over the rear wheels of the trailer, the machine tilts forward. At this
time, move slowly and carefully, and make sure that the working device does not touch the trailer
body.
9. Lift the bucket slightly, retract the stick and keep it down, and then slowly turn the upperstruc-
ture 180°.
10. Fully extend the bucket cylinder and stick cylinder, and then slowly lower the boom.
11. Place a wooden block at one end of the bucket cylinder to prevent it from touching the bottom
plate and damaging the cylinder.
12. The boom may be touched when the stick and bucket make a composite action.
Fig 4-179
4.4.4.3 Fix the machine
• To prevent damage to the bucket cylinder during transportation, place a wood block under the
top of the bucket link to prevent the bucket cylinder from directly touching the ground.
• Check whether the hood latch is locked. If the hood is not locked, it may open during
transportation.
Fig 4-180

Fix the machine to the trailer as follows:
1. Fully extend the bucket and bucket rod cyl-

inders and slowly lower the boom.
2. Place the safety lock lever in the "Locked"

position.
3. Place the swing lock in the locked position.

Put the selector switch in the parking position.
4. Shut down the engine and then remove the

key from the startup switch.
5. Close all the doors, windows, and hoods. Fig 4-181

Lock the hoods, covers, and doors.
6. Place blocks at both ends of the tyre to pre-

vent the machine from moving during trans-
portation, and secure the machine with iron
chains or wire ropes of suitable strength. Take
special care to secure the machine in place
so that it cannot slide sideways.
Fig 4-182

Rearview mirror A
The rearview mirrors are located in the posi-

B
tions shown in the figure on the right.
If a rearview mirror is damaged or needs to be

removed or reinstalled for transportation,
adopt the following methods.
Fig 4-183
A. Rearview mirror B. Rearview mirror
Removal
1. Loosen the mounting bolt [2], and then re-

move the rearview mirror [1] from the strut [3]. 2
2. Loosen the bolt [4] and then remove the 1
strut [3] from the handrail.
Installation
3
1. Loosen the mounting bolt [2], and then re-
move the rearview mirror [1] from the strut [3].
4
2. Loosen the bolt [4] and then remove the
Fig 4-184
strut [3] from the handrail.
Installation
of the mirror
1. Install the strut [3] and the clamp [5] to the 2. Bolt 4. Winding rod
handrail, and then tighten the bolt [4].
2. Install the rearview mirror [1] to the strut

[3], and then tighten the mounting bolt [2].
• After installing the rearview mirror, be sure

to adjust it.

4.4.4.4 Unloading
WARNING
When driving the machine on or off the trailer, the engine speed will change drastically if
the automatic idling function is enabled, which may damage the machine.
• When driving the machine on or off the trailer, disable the automatic idling function. If the auto
idle function is started, the engine speed will change dramatically.
• When driving the machine on or off the trailer, keep the traveling speed in the "low speed"
mode. Do not arbitrarily switch the traveling speed.
1. Only load and unload the machine on solid

and level ground. Keep a certain safe dis-
tance from the road kerb.
1
4
3
Fig 4-185
1. Cushion block 3. Trailer center

2. Ramp 4. Installation angle
2. Apply brake to the trailer and then place a cushion block [1] under the tire to prevent the trailer
from moving.
• Place the left and right ramps [2] so that they are parallel to each other and have equal spacing
with the left and right sides of the trailer center [3]. The maximum installation angle [4] is 15°. If
the ramp bends significantly due to the weight of the machine, place a cushion block under the
ramp.
3. Remove the chains and wire ropes that fasten the machine.
4. Start the engine and fully warm it up.
5. Place the safety lock lever in the "Unlocked" position.

6. Use the function buttons on the display

screen to switch the traveling speed to the low
speed state and turn off automatic idling.
Fig 4-186
7. Turn the fuel control knob [2] anticlockwise

to the end, and set the engine speed to low
idle speed.
Fig 4-187
8. Raise the working device, retract the stick

under the boom, and then slowly start the
machine.
Fig 4-188
9. Stop the machine when it reaches the area above the rear wheel of the trailer and is level.

NOTE：
• When unloading the machine, be sure to
keep the angle between the stick and the
boom between 90° ~ 110°.
• If the machine is unloaded with the bucket 90°-11 0°
rod retracted, the machine may be

damaged.
• When driving on the ramp, do not insert the
bucket into the ground. This may damage
the hydraulic cylinder.
Fig 4-189
10. When driving on the ramp, adjust the an-
gle between the bucket rod and the boom to
90°-110°, drop the bucket to the ground, and
then move the machine slowly.
Fig 4-190
11. When driving the machine off the ramp, slowly operate the boom and the stick, and carefully
drive down until the machine completely leaves the ramp.

4.4.4.5 Towing
When towing a damaged machine, improper

operation method or use of unqualified wire
rope can cause serious accidents: A
• Do not tow the machine on slopes.
• Be sure to wear protective gloves and a hel- B
met when using wire ropes.

• Check the strength of the wire rope to en- C
sure that the wire rope can withstand the

weight of the machine being towed.
• Do not use wire rope with broken strands
[A], reduced diameter [B] and twisted [C] Fig 4-191
wire rope, which may be broken in the tow-
A. With broken C. With twists
ing process. strands
• During the towing process, do not stand be-
B. With reduced
tween the towing machine and the towed diameter
machine.
• Operate the machine slowly and be careful
not to load the wire rope suddenly.

SY215W TireHydraulic Excavator Maintenance
Maintenance
5 Maintenance.......................................................................................................................5-1
5.1 Disposing oil, fuel, and coolant ...........................................................................................5-5
5.1.1 Oil ..................................................................................................................................5-5
5.1.2 Fuel ...............................................................................................................................5-5
5.1.3 Coolant of the cooling system ...................................................................................5-6
5.1.4 Grease ..........................................................................................................................5-7
5.1.5 Storage of engine oil and fuel....................................................................................5-7
5.1.6 Filter element ...............................................................................................................5-7
5.2 Maintenance of the electrical system .................................................................................5-8
5.3 Wearing parts ........................................................................................................................5-8
5.4 Recommended fuel, coolant and lubricating oil................................................................5-9
5.5 Tightening torque ............................................................................................................... 5-13
5.6 Safety-critical parts ............................................................................................................ 5-15
5.7 Maintenance plan............................................................................................................... 5-16
5.8 Maintenance guidelines .................................................................................................... 5-18
5.9 Maintenance period when using hydraulic crushing hammer. ................................... 5-21
5.10 Maintenance procedure .................................................................................................. 5-23
5.10.1 Initial 50-hour maintenance (only after the first 50 hours) ............................... 5-23
5.10.2 When needed ......................................................................................................... 5-23
5.10.2.1 Wheel nuts - inspection and tightening ....................................................... 5-23
5.10.2.2 Drive shaft nuts - inspection and tightening................................................ 5-24
5.10.2.3 Bucket - replace .............................................................................................. 5-24
5.10.2.4 Bucket teeth (cross-pin type) - replace........................................................ 5-27
5.10.2.5 Bucket clearance - adjust .............................................................................. 5-29
5.10.2.6 Window Washer Fluid Level - Check/Refilling............................................ 5-30
5.10.2.7 A/C - check/maintain ...................................................................................... 5-31
5.10.2.8 Gas springs - check........................................................................................ 5-33
5.10.3 Detection before startup........................................................................................ 5-35
5.10.4 Maintenance every 100 Hours ............................................................................. 5-36

Maintenance SY215W TireHydraulic Excavator
5.10.4.1 Working Device - Lubrication ........................................................................ 5-36

5.10.4.2 Dozer Blade - Lubrication.............................................................................. 5-40
5.10.5.1 Air filter element - check/clean/replace ....................................................... 5-46
5.10.5.2 Fan belt tensioner - Check/adjust shortdesc .............................................. 5-50
5.10.5.3 Axle and gearbox oil level before and after refueling - check .................. 5-51
5.10.5.4 Drive shaft - Lubrication................................................................................. 5-55
5.10.6.1 Notes ................................................................................................................ 5-57
5.10.6.2 Slewing bearing - lubrication......................................................................... 5-57
5.10.6.3 Replace the Oil in the Engine Oil Pan and Replace the Oil Filter
Elements .................................................................................................... 5-58
5.10.6.4 Grease in the slewing pinion - check/add ................................................... 5-62
5.10.6.5 Coarse Fuel Filter Element - Replacement................................................. 5-63
5.10.6.6 Fuel Fine Filter Element - Replacement...................................................... 5-65
5.10.6.7 Fins of the radiator and cooler - clean/check.............................................. 5-67
5.10.6.8 A/C ventilation/circulation filter - clean ........................................................ 5-69
5.10.6.9 Oil in the slewing mechanism box - check/add .......................................... 5-72
5.10.7 Maintenance every 1000 Hours........................................................................... 5-74
5.10.7.1 Notes ................................................................................................................ 5-74
5.10.7.2 Hydraulic Oil Return Filter Element-Replace.............................................. 5-74
5.10.7.3 Oil in the slewing mechanism box - replace ............................................... 5-76
5.10.7.4 Cab door lock and front-window buckle - check ........................................ 5-78
5.10.7.5 Lubricating oil of the cab door hinges and front window sliding guide
rails - check/refill ....................................................................................... 5-79
5.10.7.6 Nuts on the wiper rocker arm - check .......................................................... 5-80
5.10.7.7 Engine exhaust pipe clamps - check ........................................................... 5-80
5.10.7.8 Fan belt tension-check/replace .................................................................... 5-80
5.10.7.9 Nitrogen gas pressure in the accumulator (for the breaker) -
check .......................................................................................................... 5-81
5.10.7.10 Replace the filter element of the hydraulic oil tank breather valve-
cleaning/replacement............................................................................... 5-81
5.10.7.11 Axle and transmission oil - replace ............................................................ 5-82
5.10.8.1 Notes ................................................................................................................ 5-82
5.10.8.2 Hydraulic oil suction filter element - clean or replace ................................ 5-83
5.10.8.3 Nitrogen pressure in the accumulator - check............................................ 5-84
5.10.8.4 Engine coolant - replace................................................................................ 5-88
5.10.8.5 Alternator - check............................................................................................ 5-90
5.10.8.6 Engine valve clearance - check/adjustment ............................................... 5-90
5.10.9.1 Description....................................................................................................... 5-90

5.10.9.2 Water pump - inspection................................................................................ 5-91
5.10.9.3 Starter Motor - Check..................................................................................... 5-91
5.10.9.4 Accumulator - replace .................................................................................... 5-91
5.10.9.5 High-pressure pipeline clamps and rubber - check ................................... 5-92
5.10.9.6 Compressor - check ....................................................................................... 5-92
5.10.9.7 Oil in the hydraulic oil tank - replace ............................................................ 5-93
5.10.10 Maintenance every 8000 hours ......................................................................... 5-94
5.10.10.1 Note ................................................................................................................ 5-94
5.10.10.2 High-pressure pipe clamps - replacement................................................ 5-94
5.10.11 Maintenance of every 10000 hours................................................................... 5-95
5.10.12 Maintenance and Care of the Ultra-long Prototype ........................................ 5-95


5.Maintenance
5.1 Disposing oil, fuel, and coolant

5.1.1 Oil
• The oil in the engine and hydraulic device will continue to deteriorate during use due to the ex-
treme working conditions (high temperature and high pressure).
• Be sure to use oil of the grade recommended in this Manual and suitable for the highest and low-
est ambient temperatures.
• Replace the oil even if it is not dirty when the period of oil change expires.
• Lubricating oil in the machine is like blood in human body. Take care to prevent impurities (water,
metal particles, dust, etc.) from entering when processing the lubricating oil.
• Most faults of the machine are caused by impurities. When storing or filling the oil, take extra
care to avoid impurities.
• Fill the oil in specified amount; otherwise there may be anomaly.
• Do not mix oil of different grades or brands.
• If the oil in the work equipment is not clean, or water or air enters the oil circuit, contact the au-
thorized agents of SANY HEAVY MACHINERY.
• Regularly analyze the oil quality to check the machine status. If you need such service, please
contact a dealer authorized by SANY HEAVY MACHINERY.
• When changing the oil, be sure to replace the relevant filter element. In addition, when replacing
the oil filter element, fill engine oil that meets the specifications into the new filter element before
installation.
• Use the oil recommended by SANY HEAVY MACHINERY. Do not use hydraulic oil not recom-
mended, which may cause filter element clogging.
• When changing the hydraulic oil, remove the residual oil in the pipeline and cylinder as much as
possible. Mixing of two kinds of oil in small amount is allowed.
5.1.2 Fuel
• To prevent moisture in the air from condensing into water in the fuel tank, the fuel tank must be
filled full after the daily work.
• The fuel injection pump is a precision component, and cannot work properly if the fuel contains
water or dirt.
• Before starting the engine or 10 minutes after refueling, discharge the sediment and water from
the fuel tank.
• If there is any impurity in the fuel tank, flush the fuel tank and the fuel system.
• If the fuel in the engine is used up or the filter element is replaced, the air in the fuel circuit must
be vented.
• Be sure to use the fuel specified in the Operation and Maintenance Manual.

When the fuel is used below the specified temperature, especially when the temperature is be-
low -15°C (5°F), the fuel will freeze.
When the fuel is used above the specified temperature, the viscosity and the output power will
decrease.
• When storing or filling fuel, take care to prevent impurities from entering.
NOTE：
• Must use diesel oil as the fuel. Be sure to use diesel fuel that meets the national emission stand-
ard of China (China IV emission standard).
• In order to ensure good characteristics of fuel consumption and China IV emission standard, the
engine is provided with a high-pressure common rail electronic injection system. This injection
system uses high-precision component which require good lubricity. Therefore, if low-viscosity
fuel with poor lubrication capability is used, or the water content in the diesel is high, the durabil-
ity will decrease significantly.
• The sulfur component in the fuel generates sulfur oxides during combustion, and then reacts
with water to become dilute sulfuric acid, causing corrosion of engine and post-treatment sys-
tem. To avoid this kind of fault, be sure to use fuel with a sulfur content below 10 ppm.
5.1.3 Coolant of the cooling system
• The coolant has important anti-corrosion and anti-freeze functions.

Even in areas where antifreeze is not required, anti-freeze coolant is still a necessity.
SANY HEAVY MACHINERY recommends the TEEC-L35 antifreeze, which has a concentration
of 50% and requires no dilution. The TEEC-L35 antifreeze has excellent anti-corrosion, anti-
freezing, and cooling features, which can be used for one year or 2000 hours continuously.
• SANY HEAVY MACHINERY does not recommend any other coolants other than the TEEC-L35
antifreeze. If other coolants are used, serious problems may occur, such as corrosion of engine
and cooling system components containing light metals like aluminum.
If the antifreeze purchased in the market is used as the coolant, be sure that the coolant concen-
tration is in the range of 30% to 68% to ensure suitable anti-corrosion performance.
The mixing ratio of antifreeze to water is determined by the minimum ambient temperature, as
shown in the following table.
Mixing ratio of water and antifreeze

Lowest atmos- ℃ -10 -15 -20 -25 -30 -35 -40
phere
temperature ℉ 14 5 -4 -13 -22 -31 –40
Antifreeze-to-solution ratio
30 36 41 46 50 54 58
(%)

NOTE：
• When diluting the anti-freeze coolant, use distilled water or tap water (soft water).
• Natural water, such as river water and well water (hard water), contains a lot of minerals (calci-
um, magnesium, etc.), which may lead to easy scaling inside the engine and the radiator. Scale
inside the engine or radiator is difficult to remove. Poor heat exchange will also lead to
overheating.
5.1.4 Grease
• The grease is used to prevent twist and noise at the connection.

• If any part appear inflexible or produce noise after long-term use, apply grease to it.
• Be sure to use the recommended grease and select the grease based on the recommended
change period and ambient temperature in this Manual.
• When filling grease, wipe off the squeezed used grease.
Be sure to wipe off the used grease stained with sand and dirt. Otherwise, the rotating parts will
wear.
5.1.5 Storage of engine oil and fuel
• Keep the engine oil and fuel indoor to prevent invasion of water, dust or other debris.
• When stored for a long time, the oil/fuel drums shall be put on its side with the oil filler on the side
(to prevent inhalation of moisture).
If the oil/fuel drums have to be stored outdoor, cover them with tarp or take other protective
measures.
• To prevent the oil/fuel from deteriorating in long-term storage, take out the oil/fuel that has been
stored first for use, i.e. the lubricating oil or fuel stored for the longest time must be used first.
5.1.6 Filter element
• The filter element is an essential safety component which can prevent impurities in the oil and
gas circuits from entering important devices and causing faults.
All filter elements should be replaced regularly.
When working in harsh conditions, the filter element should be replaced in a short period accord-
ing to the situation of lubricating oil and fuel used.
• When replacing the filter element, check whether there are metal particles on the old filter ele-
ment. If any, contact the authorized dealers of SANY HEAVY MACHINERY.
• Do not unpack the spare filter element before use.
• Use genuine filter elements from SANY HEAVY MACHINERY.

5.2 Maintenance of the electrical system
• If the electrical equipment gets wet or the wire coating is damaged, there will be an electrical
short circuit and the machine will fail. Do not flush the interior of the cab with water. When flush-
ing the machine, take care not to allow water to enter electrical components.
• Maintenance of the electrical system includes checking the tension of the fan belt and checking
whether the fan belt is damaged or worn.
• Do not install any electrical components except those specified by SANY HEAVY MACHINERY.
• External EMI may cause control system controllers to get faulty. When installing a radio receiver
or other wireless equipment, please contact an authorized agent of SANY HEAVY
MACHINERY.
• When working on the beach, carefully clean the electrical system to prevent corrosion.
• When installing electrical equipment, connect it to a special power connector.
Do not connect any optional power supply to the fuse, the start switch or the battery relay.
5.3 Wearing parts
• Wearing parts, such as the filter element and bucket teeth, should be replaced during mainte-
nance or before reaching the wear limit.
• To use the machine economically, wearing parts should be replaced correctly.
• Select high-quality genuine parts of SANY HEAVY MACHINERY for replacement.
• When ordering parts, please check the part number in the parts manual.

List of Wearing Parts
Item Part name Quantity Replacement interval

Coarse fuel filter Filter element 1 Every 500 hours
Fine fuel filter Filter element 1 Every 500 hours
Engine oil filter
Filter element 1 Every 500 hours
element
Filter element 1
Pilot filter Every 1000 hours
(O-ring) (1)
Oil suction filter element 1 Every 2000 hours
Hydraulic oil filter
Return oil filter element 1 Every 1000 hours
Main filter ele-
Filter element 1 Every 6 cleanings or yearly
ment of air filter
Safety filter ele- Replace the main filter element at
Filter element 1
ment of air filter the same time
Breather valve fil-
Filter element 1 Every 1000 hours
ter element
Bucket tooth 5
Circlip 5
Pin 5
Bucket Left tooth 1 —
Right tooth 1
(Bolt) (8)
(Nut) (8)
Tires 10.00-20 16PR
Tire 8 —
Tires 9.00-20 14PR
NOTE：
Note: The parts in brackets shall be replaced at the same time.
5.4 Recommended fuel, coolant and lubricating oil
• Unless otherwise specified, a machine delivered from the factory should be equipped with the oil
and coolant listed in the following table.
Item Model
Engine oil pan Oil for diesel engine Caltex CJ-4 15W-40
Slewing mechanism case Gear oil 85W/140
Hydraulic oil system Caltex anti-wear hydraulic oil HDZ46
Radiator TEEC-L35 antifreeze

Axle 170204010030A gear oil UTTO

Transmission Engine oil CJ-4 15W-40
• In order to keep the best condition of the machine for a long time, it is essential to follow the oil
operation and maintenance instructions in this Manual. Failure to do so may result in excessive
wear of the engine, drive system, cooling system, and other parts, thus shortening their service
lives.
• The lubricating oil additives available on the market may cause damage to the machine. SANY
HEAVY MACHINERY does not recommend any lubricating oil additives.
• The specified volume refers to the total amount of oil in the tank and pipeline, and the supple-
mentary volume refers to the amount of oil that needs to be filled into the system during inspec-
tion and maintenance.
• When starting the engine at temperatures below 0°C (32°F), be sure to use the recommended
multi-grade oil even if the ambient temperature is high in the daytime.
• Use the recommended oil according to the ambient temperatures in the table below.
Ambient temperature Rec-

122° om-
Or Oil -22 -4 -14 32 50 68 86 104
F men-
System type
ded
-30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50℃
oil
5W-
30
5W-
40
En-
Engine 10W-
gine
oil pan 30
oil
15W-
40
(Note)
40
HD-
Hy- Z32
Hydraulic
draul- (ISO
system
ic oil V-
G32)

Ambient temperature Rec-

122° om-
Or Oil -22 -4 -14 32 50 68 86 104
F men-
System type
ded
-30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50℃
oil
HD-
Z46
(ISO
V-
G46)
-30#
diesel
-10#
Die-
Fuel tank light
sel
diesel
0#
light
diesel
TEE-
Cool- C-L35
Radiator
ant Anti-
freeze
NOTE：
As specified in ASTM D4741, the viscosity at High Temperature and High Shear (HTHS) rate of
150°C must be equal to or greater than 3.5 mPa-S, the engine oil 15W-40 recommended by SANY
is most suitable.
Recommended oil:
1. Engine oil
Select oil of appropriate viscosity grade according to the specified temperature range during the oil
replacement period.
Engine oil grade: API CJ-4 or above
Name and brand of recommended engine oil: Caltex CJ-4 15W-40 engine oil.
2. Engine fuel
Diesel oil or ultra-low sulfur diesel oil (with sulfur content of 10 ppm or less) that meets the national
emission standard of China (China IV emission standard).

CAUTION
Risk of machine damage!
The use of substandard diesel may damage the machine.
• If low-sulfur fuel is used, the cloud point must be at least 10° C lower than the minimum ex-
pected fuel temperature. The cloud point is the temperature at which waxy crystals in diesel be-
gin to form.
• Use commercially available brands of diesel with a sulfur content of less than 10ppm.
• Keep the fuel clean and free of moisture or impurities when refueling.
• If the equipment is used in dusty environment, the recommended interval for changing engine
oil and the engine oil filter element is 250 h.
• As the fuel quality differs from place to place and the replacement cycle of fuel filter is a theoret-
ical reference value, please have the fuel filter replaced according to actual conditions by the
service department of each dealer.
3. Hydraulic oil
The hydraulic system uses Caltex anti-wear hydraulic oil HDZ46-Ⅱ (with the code 60272633).
CAUTION
Risk of damage to the hydraulic system!
When operating at a temperature lower than 0°C, ensure to carry out the following heating opera-
tion; otherwise, the hydraulic system may be damaged.
• Start and idle the engine for 7-10 minutes, increase the speed to 1000 r/min～1200 r/min, and
perform no operation on the excavator but run it without load for 30-40 minutes or longer, so as
to increase the hydraulic oil temperature to above 20°C.
• After the above warming operations, start normal construction, and adjust the warming time ap-
propriately according to the ambient temperature. During normal construction, operate the joy-
stick and pedal valve slowly, and pay close attention to the system operation. The hydraulic oil
temperature below 20°C in operation can damage the hydraulic components.
• Please select the appropriate hydraulic oil according to the work area of the machine. Before
the main machine leaves the factory, SANY is responsible for adding the hydraulic oil of proper
grade. After the main machine leaves the factory, the user is responsible for oil change. Users
can consult with our after-sales service personnel to get the correct hydraulic oil specification
and grade.

5.5 Tightening torque
CAUTION
If the nuts, bolts, or other parts are not tightened to the specified torque, the parts will be loose or
damaged, causing machine fault or problems during operation, which may result in damage to
the machine.
• Take special care when tightening the nuts, bolts, or other components, and tighten them to the
specified torque.
Unless otherwise specified, tighten metric

nuts and bolts to the torque shown in the fol-
lowing table.
To replace bolts or nuts, use SANY HEAVY B

MACHINERY’s genuine ones of the same
size.
Fig 5-1
A. Thread diameter B. Widths across

flats
Tightening Torque Table

Opposite Torque (N·m)
Thread di-
side Target value Use limit
ameter a
Width b
(mm) N·m kgf·m lbft N·m kgf·m lbft
(mm)
11.8~14.-
6 10 13.2 1.35 9.8 1.2~1.5 8.7~10.8
7
8 13 31 3.2 23.1 27~34 2.8~3.5 20.3~25.3
10 17 66 6.7 48.5 59~74 6.0~7.5 43.4~54.2
12 19 113 11.5 83.2 98~123 10.0~12.5 72.3~90.4
115.7~144-
14 22 117 18 130.2 157~196 16.0~20.0
.7
180.8~22-
16 24 279 28.5 206.1 245~309 25.0~31.5
7.8
253.2~31-
18 27 382 39 282.1 343~425 35.0~43.5
4.6

Tightening Torque Table

Opposite Torque (N·m)
Thread di-
side Target value Use limit
ameter a
Width b
(mm) N·m kgf·m lbft N·m kgf·m lbft
(mm)
361.7~44-
20 30 549 56 405 490~608 50.0~62.0
8.4
488.2~611-
22 32 745 76 549.7 662~829 67.5~84.5
.2
824~10- 84.0~105.- 607.6~75-
24 36 927 94.5 683.5
30 0 9.5
1180~14- 120.0~15- 868.0~10-
27 41 1320 135 976.5
70 0.0 85.0
1520~1- 155.0~19- 1121.1~14-
30 46 1720 175 1265.8
910 5.0 10.4
1960~2- 200.0~25- 1446.6~1-
33 50 2210 225 1627.4
450 0.0 808.3
2450~3- 250.0~31- 1808.3~2-
36 55 2750 280 2025.2
040 0.0 242.2
2890~3- 295.0~37- 2133.7~2-
39 60 3280 335 2423.1
630 0.0 676.2
• Following table for hydraulic hoses
B C
Fig 5-2
B. Widths across C. Thread

flats designation
Width Tightening torque

Thread
across Target value Acceptable range
designa-
sides (B)
tion (A) kgf·m kgf·m
(mm) N·m lbft N·m lbft
9/16-
19 44 4.5 32.5 35～63 3.5～6.5 25.3～47
18UNF
11/16-
22 74 7.5 54.2 54～93 5.5～9.5 39.8～68.7
16UN

13/16-
27 103 10.5 75.9 84～132 8.5～13.5 61.5～97.6
16UN
128～ 13.0～
1-14UNS 32 157 16.0 115.7 94～137.4
186 19.0
13/16- 177～ 18.0～ 130.2 ～
36 216 22.0 159.1
12UN 245 25.0 180.8
☆1 -7/16 - 176～ 18.0～ 130.2～
41 215 22.0 159.1
12UN - 2B 234 24.0 180.8
NOTE：
The torque marked with ☆ indicates the tightening torque for the swivel joint tip hose.
5.6 Safety-critical parts

In order to always be safe when operating or driving the machine, users must maintain the ma-
chine regularly. In addition, to further improve safety, users should also periodically replace the
parts listed in the table. These parts are closely related to safety and fire protection.
Over time, materials of safety-critical parts will change, becoming easy to wear or deteriorating. It
is difficult to correctly judge the condition of the parts through regular maintenance. The parts
should be replaced at specified time regardless of the situation, which can effectively guarantee
the functions of these parts.
If the safety-critical parts become abnormal before the replacement cycle, they must be repaired
or replaced immediately.
If the hose clamp deteriorates, for example, deformed or cracked, it should be replaced together
with the hose.
When replacing the hose, replace the O-ring, gasket, and other similar parts.
Contact a dealer authorized by SANY HEAVY MACHINERY to replace the safety critical parts.
List of safety-
critical parts
Regular replacement of safety-critical
S/N Quantity Replacement cycle
parts
1 Fuel hose (fuel tank - primary fuel 1
filter）
2 Fuel hose (primary fuel filter - electronic 1 Every 2 years or
pump) 4000 hours, which-
3 Fuel hose (electronic pump-fuel fine 1 ever comes first
filter)
4 Fuel hose (fuel fine filter- engine) 1

List of safety-
critical parts
Regular replacement of safety-critical
S/N Quantity Replacement cycle
parts
5 Fuel hose (engine - fuel radiator) 1
6 Fuel hose (fuel radiator - fuel tank） 1
7 Pump outlet hose (pump - multiway 2
valve)
8 Working device hose (boom cylinder oil 4
filler)
9 Working device hose (multiway valve - 2
bucket cylinder hose)
10 Working device hose (bucket cylinder oil 2
filler)
11 Working device hose (multiway valve - 2
stick cylinder hose)
12 Working device hose (stick cylinder oil 2
filler)
13 Slewing pipeline hose (slewing motor oil 2
filler)
14 Main oil suction hose 1
15 Traveling pipeline hose (multiway valve 2
- slewing connector)
16 Traveling pipeline hose (slewing con- 2
nector - traveling motor)
17 Pump pressure hose 1
18 Accumulator (for pilot control oil circuit 3
and brake oil circuit)
19 High pressure pipeline clamp 1 Every 8000 hours
20 Seat belt 1 Every 3 years
5.7 Maintenance plan

Standard calendar time or operation time, whichever comes first, shall be used to determine the
time for inspection and maintenance.
If the machine is equipped with a hydraulic hammer, the maintenance plan of some components
will be different.

Maintenance plan
Initial 50-hour maintenance (only after the first 50 hours) ......................................................... 5-23
When needed
Wheel nuts - inspection and tightening ...................................................................................... 5-23
Drive shaft nuts - inspection and tightening............................................................................... 5-24
Bucket - replace ......................................................................................................................... 5-24
Bucket teeth (cross-pin type) - replace ...................................................................................... 5-27
Bucket clearance - adjust........................................................................................................... 5-29
Window Washer Fluid Level - Check/Refilling ........................................................................... 5-30
A/C - check/maintain .................................................................................................................. 5-31
Gas springs - check ................................................................................................................... 5-33
Detection before startup............................................................................................................. 5-35
Maintenance every 100 hours
Working Device - Lubrication ..................................................................................................... 5-36
Dozer Blade - Lubrication .......................................................................................................... 5-40
Air filter element - check/clean/replace...................................................................................... 5-46
Fan belt tensioner - Check/adjust shortdesc ............................................................................. 5-50
Axle and gearbox oil level before and after refueling - check .................................................... 5-51
Drive shaft - Lubrication ............................................................................................................. 5-55
Notes .......................................................................................................................................... 5-57
Slewing bearing - lubrication...................................................................................................... 5-57
Replace the Oil in the Engine Oil Pan and Replace the Oil Filter Elements.............................. 5-58
Grease in the slewing pinion - check/add .................................................................................. 5-62
Coarse Fuel Filter Element - Replacement................................................................................ 5-63
Fuel Fine Filter Element - Replacement .................................................................................... 5-65
Fins of the radiator and cooler - clean/check ............................................................................. 5-67
A/C ventilation/circulation filter - clean....................................................................................... 5-69
Oil in the slewing mechanism box - check/add.......................................................................... 5-72
Maintenance every 1,000 hours
Notes .......................................................................................................................................... 5-74
Hydraulic Oil Return Filter Element-Replace............................................................................. 5-74
Oil in the slewing mechanism box - replace............................................................................... 5-76
Cab door lock and front-window buckle - check ........................................................................ 5-78

Lubricating oil of the cab door hinges and front window sliding guide rails - check/refill........... 5-79
Nuts on the wiper rocker arm - check ........................................................................................ 5-80
Engine exhaust pipe clamps - check ......................................................................................... 5-80
Fan belt tension-check/replace.................................................................................................. 5-80
Nitrogen gas pressure in the accumulator (for the breaker) - check ......................................... 5-81
Replace the filter element of the hydraulic oil tank breather valve-cleaning/replacement ........ 5-81
Axle and transmission oil - replace ............................................................................................ 5-82
Notes .......................................................................................................................................... 5-82
Hydraulic oil suction filter element - clean or replace ................................................................ 5-83
Nitrogen pressure in the accumulator - check ........................................................................... 5-84
Engine coolant - replace ............................................................................................................ 5-88
Alternator - check ....................................................................................................................... 5-90
Engine valve clearance - check/adjustment .............................................................................. 5-90
Description ................................................................................................................................. 5-90
Water pump - inspection ............................................................................................................ 5-91
Starter Motor - Check................................................................................................................. 5-91
Accumulator - replace ................................................................................................................ 5-91
High-pressure pipeline clamps and rubber - check ................................................................... 5-92
Compressor - check ................................................................................................................... 5-92
Oil in the hydraulic oil tank - replace .......................................................................................... 5-93
High-pressure pipe clamps - replacement ................................................................................. 5-94
High-pressure pipe clamps - replacement ................................................................................. 5-94
Maintenance of every 10000 hours ........................................................................................... 5-95
5.8 Maintenance guidelines

Do not perform any inspection and maintenance not described in this Manual.
Hour meter readings
Check the hour meter readings every day to see whether it is time for maintenance.

Genuine wear parts of SANY HEAVY MACHINERY
Use genuine components of SANY HEAVY MACHINERY specified in the parts catalog as replace-
ment components.
Genuine lubricating oil of SANY HEAVY MACHINERY
Use genuine lubricating oil and grease of SANY HEAVY MACHINERY. Select lubricating oil and
grease with an appropriate viscosity based on the ambient temperature.
Windshield cleaning fluid
Take care to avoid dirt entering the windshield cleaning fluid during use.
Clean lubricating oil and grease
Use clean lubricating oil and grease. Keep the containers of lubricating oil and grease clean to
avoid impurities mixed in.
Inspection of the drained oil and used filter element
Check the changed old oil and replaced filter element for metal debris and impurities. If a large
amount of metal debris and impurities are found, report to the supervisor and take appropriate
measures.
Fuel filter screen
If the fuel filler port is installed with a fuel filter screen, do not remove the screen while filling fuel.
Warning signs
Before maintaining the machine, put a “Do not operate” sign or similar warning sign on the start-up
switch or direction control device to warn others that the machine is under maintenance. If neces-
sary, additional warning signs can be attached around the machine.
Welding instructions
• Disconnect the negative (-) terminal of the battery about one minute after turning off the engine
start switch.
• Connect a grounding cable 1m away from the welding position. If the grounding cable is con-
nected to the instrument, connector and other accessories, the instrument will fail. If there is a
seal or bearing between the welding position and the grounding point, the grounding point
should be changed to avoid such parts.

• Do not choose a grounding point in the area around the working device pin shaft or the hydraulic
cylinder.
• Do not use a voltage over 200 V continuously.
Prevention of items from falling into the machine
• When opening the inspection window or the fuel tank filler for inspection, take care to prevent
nuts, bolts, or tools from falling into the machine. Otherwise, it will damage the machine and
cause a fault, which may result in an accident. Therefore, items falling into the machine should
be taken out immediately.
• Only put items necessary for inspection in your pockets.
Dusty site
When working in a dusty site, follow the steps below:

• When inspecting the machine or replacing the oil, park the machine in a place without dust to
prevent dust from entering the oil.
• When the air filter blockage alarm on the air filter gives an alarm, clean the filter element in time.
• Clean the radiator fins and other parts of the heat exchange device frequently, and take care to
prevent the radiator fins from blocking.
• Clean and replace the fuel filter frequently.
• Clean electrical components, especially the starter motor and the AC alternator, to avoid dust
accumulation.
Avoiding mixing lubricating oil
Do not mix lubricating oil of different brands or grades. If you need to fill lubricating oil of a different
brand or grade, drain the old oil completely and replace it with the lubricating oil of a new brand.
Locking inspection cover
When opening the inspection cover for maintenance, lock the inspection cover at the designated
position securely with the locking rod. During inspection or maintenance without locking the cover,
it may suddenly close due to wind, causing personal injury.
Bleeding air in hydraulic system
When the hydraulic device is repaired or replaced, or the hydraulic pipeline is disassembled and
then assembled, the air in the oil circuit must be bled.

Installation of hydraulic hose
• When disassembling parts in areas sealed by O-rings or gaskets, clean the mounting surface
and replace them with new parts. Do not forget to install the O-ring and gasket.
• Do not twist or bend the hose during installation, as this will damage the hose and significantly
shorten its service life.
Checking after inspection and maintenance
If checking is not performed after inspection and maintenance, unexpected faults may occur, re-
sulting in serious injury or damage. Do follow the steps below:
• Check when operating the engine
– For details of inspection while operating the engine, see“Maintenance while the engine is
running” on page 2-53 "Maintenance when the engine is running" on page and pay attention
to safety.
– Are the inspection and maintenance items working properly?
– Is there any oil leakage when the engine speed rises and load is applied to the oil?
• Inspection after operation (when the engine is shut down)
– Did you forget the parts subject to inspection and maintenance?
– Were all inspection and maintenance items performed correctly?
– Were there tools or parts falling into the machine? It is very dangerous if parts fall into the
machine and make the linkage mechanism stuck.
– Are there tools or parts falling into the machine? It is very dangerous if parts fall into the ma-
chine and jam into the linkage mechanism.
Closing engine hood tightly
When closing the engine hood after inspection and maintenance, hold the handle and lift the hood
slightly to check whether the latch is firmly locked. If the hood is not securely locked, it may open
and cause danger.
5.9 Maintenance period when using hydraulic crushing hammer.

Standard time or operation time, whichever comes first, shall be used to determine the time for in-
spection and maintenance.

NOTE：
• Before performing maintenance of each subsequent cycle, perform all the maintenance items of
the previous cycle first.
The operation of hydraulic crushing hammer will accelerate contamination of the hydraulic system
and deterioration of hydraulic oil. (In terms of the operation of hydraulic breaker, refer to“Operation
of hydraulic breaker” on page 7-19Therefore, the hydraulic oil and hydraulic oil tank filter element
need to be replaced frequently compared with those of the machine equipped with a bucket. Other-
wise there is a risk of damage to the hydraulic crushing hammer, hydraulic oil pump and other
components of the hydraulic system. The recommended replacement interval is as follows. (For fil-
ter replacement and oil changing methods, see“Hydraulic Oil Return Filter Element-Replace” on
page 5-74“Oil in the slewing mechanism box - replace” on page 5-76”）
Replacement interval (Unit: Hour)

Machine with hydraulic Machine with common
crushing hammer bucket
Hydraulic oil 1000 4000
Filter element 100 1000
NOTE：
• The data in the table above is for a 100% time fraction of hydraulic crushing hammer in use.
When the use time fraction of the hydraulic crushing hammer decreases, the replacement inter-
val can be extended as shown in the figure below.
• After 100 h of continuous use of the hydraulic crushing hammer, be sure to replace the filter
element.
100
A
B
80
60
40 2
20
%
C
0
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000
Fig 5-3

1. Replacement interval when using hydraulic A. When using micro glass filter element
oil with 1500-hour service life
2. Replacement interval when using hydraulic B. When using filter paper element
oil with 2000-hour service life
3. Replacement interval when using hydraulic C. Average operating rate of hydraulic crushing
oil with 4000-hour service life hammer
D. Operating hours of excavator
5.10 Maintenance procedure

5.10.1 Initial 50-hour maintenance (only after the first 50 hours)
• Change the engine oil and the oil filter element. For details on replacement or maintenance
methods, see the "maintenance every 500 hours" section.
• Replace fuel filter element. For details on replacement or maintenance methods, see the "main-
tenance every 500 hours" section.
5.10.2 When needed
5.10.2.1 Wheel nuts - inspection and tightening
If you use the machine when the wheel nut is loose, it will be dangerous, so tighten the loose nut
immediately.
6 8
4
1
OL LEVEL
9 OELSTAND
10
2 3
7 5
Fig 5-4
Tightening ： Tightening torque 650±50N.M
Tightening sequence: Tighten the nuts in the sequence shown on the right figure.

5.10.2.2 Drive shaft nuts - inspection and tightening
If the machine is used when the drive shaft

nut is loose, it will make abnormal noise, so
tighten the loose nut immediately.
The nut above the drive shaft cannot be oper-

ated by the wrench due to the space limita-
tion, so it is necessary to move the machine
and tighten it again.
Fig 5-5
5.10.2.3 Bucket - replace
WARNING
Serious personal injury may occur if the bucket is replaced improperly.
• When the pin shaft is struck with a hammer, metal fragments can fly up and cause serious in-
jury. So always wear protective goggles, a safety helmet, protective gloves, and other protec-
tive equipment during such operation.
• When the pin shaft is struck with strong force, the pin may fly out and injure the surrounding
people. Make sure that the surrounding area is clear before starting the operation.
• When removing the pin shaft, do not stand under the bucket; and when working on one side,
take special care not to put feet under the bucket.
• When removing or installing pin shafts, be careful not to get the finger stuck.
• When aligning the pin hole, do not put the finger into the pin hole.

1. Park the machine on a solid and flat

ground. Gently lower the bucket until it is just
in contact with the ground. If the bucket is low-
ered to the ground with a strong force, the re-
sistance at the pin shaft will increase so the
pin shaft cannot be easily removed.
Fig 5-6
2. Remove the two nuts on stick pin [3] and

connecting rod pin [4] stopper bolts, remove
the bolts, pull out the stick pin [3] and connect-
ing rod pin [4], and then remove the bucket. 1 2
Fig 5-7
1. Connecting rod 3. Stick pin

2. Stick 4. Connecting rod pin
NOTE：
• After removing the pin shaft, make sure keep it from mud and sand.
• Be careful not to damage the dust seals at both ends of the bushings.

3. Align the stick with the stick hole [1] of the

replacement bucket and the connecting rod
1
with the connecting rod hole [2]. Then, insert
the stick pin and connecting rod pin coated
with grease into the stick hole [1] and connect-
2
ing rod hole [2] respectively.
Fig 5-8
1. Stick hole 2. Connecting rod

hole
WARNING
Improper operation during connection may cause serious personal injury.
• When conducting connection work, designate a signalman and follow his or her directions and
commands.
NOTE：
When installing the bucket, for the stick pin
part [3], put the bucket dust ring [3] into the
position shown in the figure on the right. After
inserting the pin shaft, fit it into the standard 3 3
slot.
Fig 5-9
3. Dust ring
4. Install the stopper bolts and nuts for each pin shaft and then grease the pin shaft.

NOTE：
• Fill grease until the grease is squeezed out of the end face.
• When replacing the bucket, replace the dust seal if it is damaged. If a damaged seal is used,
sand or dust can enter the pin area, resulting in abnormal wear to the pin.
5.10.2.4 Bucket teeth (cross-pin type) - replace
Replace the bucket teeth before the bucket base wears out.
WARNING
Improper operations in bucket teeth replacement may cause serious personal injury.
• When replacing the bucket teeth, put the working device in a stable state, then shut down the
engine and lock all joysticks firmly. Otherwise, it will result in hazards due to improper
operations.
• If the lock pin is knocked out with excessive force, it may fly out. Please ensure no one around.
• During the replacement, debris may fly out, so wear safety goggles, gloves and other protective
equipment.
1. Place a block at the bottom of the bucket

(as shown on the right figure [A]) to remove
the bucket tooth pins and keep the bottom of
the bucket level.
Fig 5-10
A. Cushion block

2. Ensure that the working device is stable,

and then place the safety lock lever in the
"Lock" position.
Fig 5-11
3. Place a metal bar on the top of the bucket

tooth [1], strike the bar with a hammer to
knock out the pin [2], and remove the bucket
1
teeth [1].
2
NOTE：
• A metal bar with a diameter slightly smaller
than that of the pin should be used.
• If the bucket teeth cannot be safely re-
moved by this method, contact a dealer au-
thorized by SANY HEAVY MACHINERY for
replacement. Fig 5-12
1. Bucket tooth 2. Pin

4. Remove the tooth sleeve and check

whether the pin is damaged. Replace it if
needed. Worn pins and bucket teeth must be
replaced with new ones. 1
Fig 5-13
1. Bucket tooth 2. Pin
5. Clean the mounting surface and put the circlip into the base mounting hole. Then, put the new
bucket teeth [1] into the base, push the pin [2] in partially by hand, and then tap the pin in with
a hammer to lock the bucket teeth into the base.
5.10.2.5 Bucket clearance - adjust
WARNING
Improper operations in adjustment of the bucket clearance may cause serious personal injury.
• When adjusting the gap, put the working device in a stable state, and then shut down the en-
gine and lock all levers firmly, otherwise it will be dangerous due to mis-operation.
Adjust the bucket connection clearance properly after using the machine for a period of time. Install
or remove the adjusting gasket if the connection clearance is too large or too small.
Fig 5-14

1 1
A
Fig 5-15
1. Gasket A. Clearance
1. Park the machine on a flat ground. Lower the bucket to the ground surface and place the work-
ing device as shown in the figure on the right.
2. Run the engine at low speed. Secure the bucket on the ground and slowly rotate the upperstruc-
ture counterclockwise until the left inner end of the bucket is in close contact with the left end face
of the stick.
3. Shut down the engine and pull the safety lock lever to the "Locked" position.
4. Move the spacer [1] and measure the gap [A], which can be done easily and accurately with a
filler gage.
5. Remove gaskets equivalent to the gap [A] measured above.

[For example]
If the clearance is 3 mm(0.118 in), add two 1.0 mm(0.039 in) shims and one 0.5 mm(0.020 in) shim
or add one 2.0 mm (0.078 in) shim and one 0.5 mm (0.020 in) shim. Play is changed to 0.5 mm
(0.020 in). Three types of gaskets [2] are used: 2.0 mm (0.078 in), 1.0 mm (0.039 in), and 0.5 mm
(0.020 in). When the gap [A] is less than one gasket, do not make any adjustment.
5.10.2.6 Window Washer Fluid Level - Check/Refilling
During each routine maintenance of the whole

machine, check and refill the washer liquid
and turn on the washer switch to check its
working condition.
When the washer fluid is insufficient, the

sprayed fluid may contain bubbles. In such a
case, check the level in the liquid reservoir (lo-
cated in the access door on the left side of the
machine). If needed, add the washer fluid.
1. Open the access door on the left side of the

machine to access the liquid reservoir; Fig 5-16

2. Open the lid of the liquid reservoir, add the

washer liquid, and cover the lid;
3. Turn on the washer switch to check if the

spraying is normal.
NOTE：
When adding the washer fluid, be careful not
to let dust in.
Mixing ratio of the pure washer fluid and water
Select a mixing ratio based on the ambient temperature. Before refilling, dilute the washer fluid
with water in the ratio listed in the table below.
Mixing ratio of washer fluid
Operating areas Anti-freezing temperature
and water
General 1:2 - 10℃（14 °F）
Cold area in winter 1:1 - 20℃（- 4 °F）
Extremely cold area in winter Pure washer fluid - 30℃（- 22 °F）
NOTE：
Two types of washer liquid are available: One for use at -10 °C (14 °F) (general purpose) and the
other for use at -30 °C (-22 °F) (cold areas), depending on operating area and season.
5.10.2.7 A/C - check/maintain
Check the refrigerant (gas) level
WARNING
• Risk of serious injuries or death! Failure to comply with this rule will cause serious per-
sonal injury or death.
• Do not touch the refrigerant, as it can cause blindness or frostbite if the refrigerant gets into
eyes or on hands. Do not loosen any parts of the refrigerant pipeline.
• No open flame is allowed near the refrigerant gas leakage.

If there is a lack of refrigerant (R134a), the

cooling performance of the A/C will be very
poor. The compressor may be damaged,
when the A/C runs with insufficient refrigerant. 1
When the engine is idling at high speed, oper-

ate the A/C in a strong cooling state, observe
the observation window [2] on the integrated
condenser [1] and check the flow of refriger-
ant into the refrigerant line.
Fig 5-17
1. Integrated 2. Sightglass
condenser
• The refrigerant flows without bubbles: Suitable

• The refrigerant flows with bubbles (bubbles pass continuously): Insufficient refrigerant
• Colorless and transparent: No refrigerant
NOTE：
In case of insufficient refrigerant, please contact the authorized dealer of SANY HEAVY MACHI-
NERY for additional refrigerant.
Inspection in the idle season
When not in use for a long time, the A/C

equipment should be operated for 3 to 5 mi-
nutes every month to lubricate each part of
the compressor.
List of Inspection and Maintenance Items for the A/C

Inspection and mainte-
Content Maintenance cycle
nance items
Twice a year in spring and
Filling amount
autumn
Refrigerant (gas)
Leakage at pipeline connections
Daily
and inside the components

List of Inspection and Maintenance Items for the A/C

Condenser Cooling fin blockage Every 500 hours
Compressor Function Every 4,000 hours
Looseness and bending Every 250 hours
Deterioration, wear, scratches, or
V-belt Every 250 hours
cracks
Noise, odor or abnormal heating When needed
Function (check for abnormal
Fan motor and fan When needed
sound)
Control and switching functions of
A/C air volume switch Daily
the air volume switch
Function (check whether the func-
Control mechanism When needed
tion is normal)
Loose connections and loose and
Connecting bolt Every 6 months
missing nuts and bolts
Installation condition, looseness,
Connecting pipeline When needed
leakage and damage
The presence of a temperature dif-
Temperature difference of
ference indicates that the dryer is Yearly
receiver drier
blocked.
5.10.2.8 Gas springs - check
WARNING
Risk of serious injury or death!！
Failure to comply with this rule will cause serious personal injury or death..
• The gas springs are filled with high-pressure nitrogen, and incorrect operation may cause an
explosion, resulting in damage to the machine and personal injury or death.
• Keep away from fire.
• Do not punch or weld them.
• Do not knock them or expose them to any shock.

The gas springs are located at the top of the

cab (two in total on the left and right sides).
In the following cases, please contact an au-

thorized dealer of SANY HEAVY MACHI-
NERY for inspection, repair, and replacement.
• The cab roof window cannot be easily
opened.
• The cab roof window cannot remain open.
• The gas spring has an oil or gas leakage.
Fig 5-18
Method for releasing internal pressure of hy-

draulic oil circuit
WARNING
When releasing the internal pressure of
the hydraulic circuit, serious personal in-
jury or death may be caused if it is not
handled properly.
• The hydraulic oil circuit is always under
pressure, so when inspecting or replacing
fittings or hoses, release the pressure in-
side the circuit. If the pressure is not re-
leased, high-pressure oil will spurt out and
cause serious personal injury.
• After turning off the engine, the compo-
nents and oil are still in a high temperature
state, which may cause burns. Be sure to
wait for the temperature to drop before
operating.
• When removing the oil filler cap, oil will
spurt out. So turn the cap slowly to release
the internal pressure before removing it.

1. Park the machine on a horizontal solid

ground.
Fig 5-19
2. Within 15 seconds after shutdown, turn

1
the start switch to the [ON] position, toggle the
safety lock lever to the "Unlock" position, and
operate the travel lever and the joystick in all
directions sufficiently to relieve the pilot oil line
pressure.
Fig 5-20
1. Butterfly nut
3. Unscrew the butterfly nut [1] of the breather valve on the hydraulic oil tank, then press the ex-
haust button to release the internal pressure of hydraulic oil tank.
5.10.3 Detection before startup
For details of the following items, please refer to "Inspection before Starting" in the operation
manual.
• Drain the water and sediments from the fuel tank.
• Check the fuel-water separator for water and sediments, and drain the water.
• Check the oil level in the hydraulic oil tank and refill oil.
• Check the coolant level and refill coolant.

• Check the oil level in the engine oil pan, and refill oil.
• Check the electrical wires.
• Check the fuel level and refill fuel.
• Check the working lamp switch.
• Check the function of the horn.
• Check to keep the lower exhaust pipe of engine unblocked (check it at any time during work in
case of muddy conditions).
5.10.4 Maintenance every 100 Hours
5.10.4.1 Working Device - Lubrication
CAUTION
If some parts of the working device are not lubricated in time, the machine will be damaged.
• If abnormal noise occurs in the lubricated part, perform additional lubrication beyond the main-
tenance period.
• After excavation operation in water, lubricate the pin shafts immersed in water.
1. Adjust the working device to the lubrication position shown in the figure below, then lower the
working device to the ground, and shut down the engine.
2. Use a grease gun to fill grease at the lubrication part shown in the figure below.
3. After filling the grease, wipe off the used grease that has been squeezed out.

2，3，4
1
6 5
7 8 9 12
10，11
Fig 5-21
1. Boom cylinder root pin 7. Bucket cylinder root pin

2. Boom root pin 8. Stick - rocker connection pin
3. Boom cylinder piston rod end 9. Stick - bucket connection pin
4. Stick cylinder root pin 10. Connecting bar connecting pin
5. Boom - stick connection pin 11. Bucket cylinder piston rod end
6. Stick cylinder piston rod end 12. Bucket-connecting rod connecting pin
1. Boom cylinder root pin (2 positions)
1
1
Fig 5-22
1. Boom cylinder root pin

2. Boom root pin (2 positions)
3
4 3
2
2
Fig 5-23
2. Boom root pin 3. Boom cylinder pis-

ton rod end
4. Stick cylinder root
pin
3. Boom cylinder piston rod end (2 positions)
4. Stick cylinder root pin (1 position)
5. Boom - stick connection pin (1 position)
Fig 5-24
5. Stick connection pin

6. Stick cylinder piston rod end (1 position)

6
Fig 5-25
6. Stick cylinder pis- 7. Bucket cylinder

ton rod end root pin
7. Bucket cylinder root pin (1 position)
8. Stick - remote stick connecting pin (1

position)
8
9
Fig 5-26
8. Stick - rocker con- 9. Stick - bucket con-

nection pin nection pin

9. Stick-bucket connection pin (1 position)
10
10
11
12
Fig 5-27
10. Connecting bar 12. Bucket-connect-

connecting pin ing rod connecting
pin
11. Bucket cylinder
piston rod end
10. Connecting bar connecting pin (2 positions)
11. Bucket cylinder piston rod end (1 position)
12. Bucket - Connecting bar connecting pin (1 position)
5.10.4.2 Dozer Blade - Lubrication
Grease is added through the grease nipple [2]

on both sides of the dozer shovel, and the
grease is transferred to the lubrication points
through the lubrication pipeline [1]. 1 2
Fig 5-28
1. Lubricating oil pipe 2. Grease nipple

Grease the dozer lubrication points. (12

places)
Fig 5-29
Maintenance for the First 250 Hours:
Replacing front and rear axle wheel oil
1. Place the machine in a horizontal position.
Fig 5-30
2. When opening the plug [1], clean the

outside.
Fig 5-31

3. Rotate the wheel to place the plug [1] at the

1
highest point (12 o 'clock direction).
OELSTAND
OL LEVEL
Fig 5-32
1. Screw plug
4. Slowly release the internal pressure by un-

screwing the top oil filling plug, and prevent
high pressure fluid from being ejected
internally.
5. Rotate the wheel to place the plug at the

OELSTAND
OL LEVEL
bottom point (6 o'clock direction) and drain the

internal lubricating oil.
Fig 5-33
1. Screw plug

6. After the lubricating oil is drained, place the

oil port in the horizontal position and refill the
lubricating oil to the reference line.
OL LEVEL
OELSTAND
Fig 5-34
7. After standing for a few minutes, tighten the plug when the oil level is stable.
Tightening torque for the drain plug: 50 Nm
Notes:
1. When opening the plug, select the switch to be in parking (P) mode
2. After operating the machine, it heats up until the temperature drops to operate
3. Prop up the tire and release the brake to rotate the wheel
Replacement of gear oil of the axle differential
Fig 5-35
2. When opening the plug, clean the outside.
Fig 5-36


internally. 2
Fig 5-37
2. Oil filling screw plug
4. Unscrew the drain plug below to drain the

differential gear oil.
Fig 5-38
3. Oil discharge screw plug
5. After the differential gear oil is drained, tighten the drain plug, and fill the gear oil to the height of
the oil filling plug port.
6. After standing for a few minutes, tighten the plug when the oil level is stable.

Replacement of gearbox oil
Fig 5-39
2. When opening the plug, clean the outside.
Fig 5-40

screwing the top oil filling plug [2], and prevent
internally.
Fig 5-41
2. Screw plug

4. Unscrew the lower oil drain plug [3] to ex-

haust the transmission oil.
5. After the transmission oil is drained, tighten

the oil drain plug and fill the oil to the height of
the oil filling plug.
6. After standing for a few minutes, tighten the

plug when the oil level is stable. 3
Fig 5-42
3. Screw plug
5.10.5.1 Air filter element - check/clean/replace
CAUTION
Damaged engine!
Check, clean or replace the engine when it is running. Dust will enter the engine and cause en-
gine damage.
• Be sure to combine the sealing rubber of the end cover with the filter tightly.
• Never take out the inner filter element for cleaning.
• The inner filter element must be replaced together with the outer filter element.
• Wear protective goggles, dust mask or other protective devices when cleaning with com-
pressed air.
• Do not pull out the outer filter element by force. Take care not to fall because of the reaction
force of pulling out the outer filter element when working at height or in a place with an unstable
foothold.
Cleaning and replacement of outer filter element

• Cleaning: At the time of air filter clogging alarm or every 250 hours.
• Replacement: After 6 cleanings or every year (whichever comes first).

1. Open the door on the radiator side of the

machine (the left-rear side), remove the
buckle (or clamp) [1], and then remove the
cover [2].
Fig 5-43
1. Buckle 2. Air filter cover
2. Hold the outer filter element [3], gently

shake it up, down, left, and right, and rotate it 4
left and right to pull it out.
3
5
Fig 5-44
3. Outer filter 5. Air filter housing

element
4. Inner filter element
3. Check whether the inner filter element [4] is shifted or tilted. If it is tilted, push it straight with
hands.
4. Cover the inner filter element [4] with a clean cloth to prevent dust from entering.
5. Remove the dust inside the cover and air filter housing [5].

6. Blow the outer filter element along the in-

ner and outer folds with compressed air at 0.2
MPa or lower pressure.
NOTE：
• Do not hit the filter element with any object
when cleaning it.
• If the filter paper, filter element and sealing
ring are damaged, they can no longer be
used.
• If the filter element or O-ring has been used
for one year, there will be malfunction if it is Fig 5-45
cleaned and used again. Please do not re-
use them.
7. When illuminating through the filter ele-

ment after cleaning, replace it if small holes or
thin sections are found on it.
Fig 5-46
Replacement of inner filter element

4
3
5
Fig 5-47
3. Outer filter 5. Housing

element
4. Inner filter element

1. Remove the outer filter element [3] and then the inner filter element [4].
2. To prevent dust from falling in, cover the side of the air connector with a clean cloth.
3. Clean the inside of the filter body, and remove the covering cloth.
4. Install the new inner filter element [4] on the connector.
5. To install the outer filter element [3], push it in straight with your hands. To make it easier to in-
sert the filter element, hold the outer filter element and gently shake it up, down, left, and right.
6. Install the cover [2] correctly so that the ar-

row mark faces upwards and fasten the clamp
(or hoop) [1]. Check the clearance between
the air filter housing and the cover. If the clear-
ance is too large, reinstall it. 2
NOTE：
• The inner filter element should never be
reused after cleaning. When replacing the
outer filter element, replace the inner filter
1
element too.
• If the inner filter element is not installed cor-
rectly but the outer filter element and cover
have been installed, there is a risk of dam- Fig 5-48
age to the outer filter element.
1. Buckle 2. Air filter cover
• As the precision of the sealing parts of the
counterfeit parts is poor, dust may enter
and cause damage to the engine. There-
fore, do not use counterfeit parts.

5.10.5.2 Fan belt tensioner - Check/adjust shortdesc
Check
1
With a finger force of approximately 58 5N
(6kgf), press the belt in the middle between
the drive pulley and the compressor pulley
and check that the deflection [A]should be 5- A
8mm (0 20in-0 31in).
Fig 5-49
1. Compressor belt A. Belt deflection

pulley
2. Driving pulley
Adjustment
1. Loosen the bolt [1] and adjust the belt

tension.
2. After adjustment, check the belt tension

again.
Fig 5-50
1. Bolt

NOTE：
• Check each pulley for damage and V-
groove and V-belt for wear. In particular, en-
sure that the V belt does not contact the
bottom of the V groove.If any of the follow-
ing situations occurs, please contact a local
authorized agents of SANY HEAVY MA-
CHINERY to replace the belt with a new
one in time.
• If any of the following situations occurs,
please contact a local authorized agents of
SANY HEAVY MACHINERY to replace the
belt with a new one in time.
– The fan belt is already extended, with lit-

tle margin for adjustment.
– Cuts or cracks are found on the belt.
– There is abnormal sliding or squeaking

sound.
• After installing a new V-shaped belt, re-ad-

just it after 1 hour of operation.
5.10.5.3 Axle and gearbox oil level before and after refueling - check
1: Place the machine in a horizontal position.
Fig 5-51

2: When opening the plug, clean the outside.
Fig 5-52
3: Rotate the wheel to place the plug at the

highest point (12 o 'clock direction). 1
Fig 5-53
1. Plug

4: Slowly release the internal pressure by un-

internally.
5: Turn the wheel counterclockwise and put

the plug in a horizontal position to check the
oil level. If the lubricating oil is lower than the
baseline, add lubricating oil.
2
Fig 5-54
2. Horizontal line
6: Tighten the plug after inspection.
Notes:
1: When opening the plug, select the switch to be in parking (P) mode
2. After operating the machine, it heats up until the temperature drops to operate
3. Prop up the tire and release the brake to rotate the wheel
Fig 5-55
Replacement of gear oil of the axle differential

Fig 5-56

internally. 3
4: Check the oil level, and add lubricating oil if
the lubricating oil is lower than the oil port.
5: Tighten the plug after inspection.
Fig 5-57
3. Oil filling plug
Replacement of gearbox oil
Fig 5-58
Fig 5-59


internally.
4: Check the oil level, and add lubricating oil if

the lubricating oil is lower than the oil port.
5: Tighten the plug after inspection. 3
Fig 5-60
3. Oil filling plug
5.10.5.4 Drive shaft - Lubrication
1: Front drive shaft (3 points)
2: Rear drive shaft (3 points)
2
3
Fig 5-61
1. Connecting disk 3. Spline shaft

2. Cross shaft
Notes: The drive shaft needs to be turned to

the right position to facilitate the insertion of
the grease gun.

Lubrication of front axle swing shaft
1: Front end of front axle swing shaft (1 point)
Fig 5-62
1. Front end of front axle swing shaft
2: Front end of front axle swing shaft (1 point)
Lubrication of front axle rotating hinge points
Fig 5-63
2. Rear end of front axle swing pin shaft

1: Upper end of front axle rotating hinge points

(1 on the left and 1 on the right)
2: Lower end of front axle rotating hinge points

(1 on the left and 1 on the right)
Fig 5-64
Fig 5-65
5.10.6.1 Notes
Conduct 100-hour and 250-hour regular maintenance.
5.10.6.2 Slewing bearing - lubrication
WARNING
Improper lubrication of the slewing bearing can result in serious injury or death.
• There is a danger when greasing the slewing bearing gear ring, and never grease it while
rotating.

1. Lower the working device to the ground,

shut down the engine, and place the safety
lock lever in the locked position.
2. Inject grease to the two grease nipples

while the upper carriage is stationary.
3. Start the engine, pull the safety lock lever to

the "Unlocked" position, lift the bucket 20-30
mm off the ground, turn the upperstructure by
Fig 5-66
90°, and then add grease by following steps
1~2.
4. Repeat this operation twice according to

step 3, and finish the grease filling.
NOTE：
• The grease is used to prevent twist and
noise at the connection.
• If any part appear inflexible or produce
noise after long-term use, fill grease to it.
• Wipe off the old grease squeezed out when
filling grease.
• Be sure to wipe off all old grease. Any sand
or dust sticking to the grease will cause
wear to the rotating parts.
5.10.6.3 Replace the Oil in the Engine Oil Pan and Replace the Oil Filter Elements
CAUTION
Ensure the quality of oil products
• Purchase genuine SANY oil from an agent authorized by SANY to ensure the oil quality and
500-hour change cycle.

WARNING
When replacing the engine oil in the engine oil pan or the oil filter element, hot parts and oil can
cause burns and serious injury.
• When the engine just stops, the parts and oil are at high temperature, which may cause scald-
ing. Be sure to wait for the temperature to drop before operating.

Fig 5-67
P. Engine oil bleed valve
Fig 5-68
1. Oil pan 3. Container

2. Clean cloth
• Prepare a filter element wrench
1. Remove the cover plate at the bottom of the machine, place an oil container under the drain
valve [P], and allow the oil to flow into the container through a clean cloth.

2. To avoid spilling oil on the body, slowly push the drain valve handle to drain the oil, and then lift
up the handle to close the drain valve.

the machine and turn the filter element [1] to
the left with the filter wrench to remove it.
Fig 5-69
1. Filter element 2. Filter element seat
4. Clean the filter element seat [2], and fill the new filter element with clean engine oil. Apply engine
oil (or a thin layer of lubricating grease) to the sealing surface and threads of the filter element, and
then install the filter element onto the filter element seat.
NOTE：
Check whether an old seal is attached to the filter element holder [2] as an old seal will cause oil
leakage.
5. During installation, make sure the sealing

surface of the element is in contact with that
of the filter element holder [2] and tighten it by
another 3/4 to 1 turn.
6. After replacing the filter element, open the

hood and fill oil through the oil filler until the oil
L H
level is between the H and L marks on the oil
dipstick.
Fig 5-70
L. Low liquid level H. High liquid level

7. Idle the engine for a short time and then shut down the engine. Check the engine oil level again
to keep it between the L and H lines on the dipstick.
8. Install the bottom cover.
5.10.6.4 Grease in the slewing pinion - check/add
• Prepare a measuring stick.
1. Remove the bolts [1] (2 pieces) on the

upper part of the slewing frame, and then re-
move the cover [2].
2
Fig 5-71
1. Bolt 2. Cover
2. Insert the measuring rule [3] into the

A 3
grease through the inspection and adjustment
hole, and check that the level [S] of the grease
passing through the pinion should be at least
14 mm (0.6 in). If the level is less than this val-
ue, refill grease. S
Fig 5-72
3. Measuring rule S. Grease level

A. Inspection hole
3. Check whether the grease is milky white. If yes, this indicates that the grease has been contami-
nated. In this case, contact a dealer authorized by SANY HEAVY MACHINERY to replace the
grease.
Total amount of grease: 10 L（2.6 US gal）

4. Install the cover [2] with the bolts [1].
Fig 5-73
2. Cover
5.10.6.5 Coarse Fuel Filter Element - Replacement
WARNING
• After the engine is shut down, all the parts are still hot. Therefore, do not replace the filter im-
mediately, but wait for the parts to cool down first.
• When the engine is running, high pressure is generated in the fuel pipeline system.
• Replace the filter at least 30 seconds after shutting down the engine, when the internal pres-
sure has decreased.
NOTE：
• The genuine SANY fuel-filter element is a
dedicated element with efficient filtration ca-
pacity. When replacing the filter element,
make sure to use genuine SANY parts.
• If other parts are used, then dust or dirt may
enter, resulting in the failure of the injection
system. Therefore avoid using substitute
parts.
• When inspecting or maintaining the fuel
system, particularly prevent the dirt from en-
Fig 5-74
tering. If there is dust stuck on the parts,
rinse it with engine oil.
• Prepare a container to collect the drained
fuel.
• Prepare a filter wrench.


the machine.
2. Place a suitable container under the pri-

mary fuel filter to collect the drained fuel.
1
3. Unscrew the filter drain valve [5], then drain
all water and sediment in the transparent
housing [4], and remove the fuel that has ac-
2
cumulated in the filter element.
4. Using the filter wrench, turn the transparent

housing [4] to the right and remove (this hous- 3
ing is reusable).
5. Remove the old filter element, clean the fil-

ter base, and replace the new filter element 4
[2].
5
6. Replace the O-ring [3] and install the trans-
Fig 5-75
parent housing [4] on the filter seat [1].
1. Filter holder 4. Transparent
7. During the installation, apply oil to the seal- housing
ing surface, make sure the sealing surface 2. Filter element 5. Drain valve
and the sealing surface of the filter base are in 3. O-ring
close contact, and then further tighten it by 1/
4 to 1/2 turns.
NOTE：
If the housing is tightened too much, the O-ring may be damaged, causing fuel leakage. If it is not
tightened enough, the fuel will leak from the gap in the O-ring. To avoid such problems, make sure
to tighten the filter element to the specified angle.
8. Check whether the drain valve (5) is securely tightened.
9. Complete the replacement of filter element [2].
10. After replacing the filter element, start the engine and run it at low idle speed for 10 minutes.
Check the filter base sealing surface and the mounting location of the upper cap for oil leakage. If
any, check the tightness of the filter element.
If there is still oil leakage, repeat steps 1-5, and remove the filter element. If any damage or em-
bedded foreign matter is found on the sealing surface, replace with a new one.
5.10.6.6 Fuel Fine Filter Element - Replacement
WARNING
During the replacement of the fine fuel filter element, hot parts and oil can cause burns and seri-
ous injury.
• After the engine is shut down, all the parts are still hot. Therefore, do not replace the filter im-
mediately, but wait for the parts to cool down first.
• When the engine is running, high pressure is generated in the fuel pipeline system.
• Replace the filter at least 30 seconds after shutting down the engine, when the internal pres-
sure has decreased.
NOTE：
• The genuine SANY fuel-filter element is a dedicated element with efficient filtration capacity.
When replacing the filter element, make sure to use genuine SANY parts.
• If other parts are used, then dust or dirt may enter, resulting in the failure of the injection system.
Therefore avoid using substitute parts.
• When inspecting or maintaining the fuel system, particularly prevent the dirt from entering. If
there is dust stuck on the parts, clean it with diesel.
Prepare a container to collect the drained fuel.
Prepare a filter wrench.

1. Open the access door on the right side.
Fig 5-76
1. Filter element
2. Place the container for collecting fuel under the filter element.
3. Remove the filter cartridge (1) by turning it anticlockwise with a filter element wrench.
4. To clean the filter element seat, apply a thin layer of oil on the sealing surface of the new filter
cartridge, and then install the filter cartridge onto the filter element seat.
5. During installation, tighten the filter cartridge until the sealing surface contacts the sealing sur-
face on the filter element seat, and then tighten it by 3/4 turn. If the filter cartridge is tightened too
much, the seal ring will be damaged, causing fuel leakage. If the filter cartridge is too loose, the
seal will leak. Therefore, make sure to tighten it to a proper angle.
Clean up any spilled fuel after replacing the filter element. After the excavator is powered on for at
least 30 seconds (the engine is equipped with an electronic oil pump, which can automatically ex-
haust gas, please ensure that the power is not less than 30 seconds). Start the engine and run at a
low idle speed for 10 minutes to check for fuel leaks.

5.10.6.7 Fins of the radiator and cooler - clean/check
WARNING
When cleaning the radiator or cooler, compressed air, high-pressure water and steam directly hit
the body, or use them to blow away dust or dirt, which may cause personal injury.
• When you clean the radiator and cooler fins, be sure to wear protective goggles, dust shield, or
other protective devices.
CAUTION
The heat sink is damaged!
When using compressed air to clean the heat sink at close range, it is easy to damage the heat
sink because of the strong pressure of compressed air.
• When cleaning with compressed air, blow from a certain distance to avoid damage to the radia-
tion fins.
• In dusty worksites, check the radiator fins every day, regardless of whether it is at the mainte-
nance cycle or not.
1. Remove the cover buckle, open the engine

cover, and support it with braces. 1
Fig 5-77
1. Hood

2. Loosen the screws [3] and [7] and pull up

the nets [2] and [8].
3
3. Clean the net.
4. Check the radiator [4], air conditioner con- 2

4
denser plate [5] and hydraulic oil radiator plate
7
[6]. If there are mud, dust, leaves, and other
dirt on them, clean them with compressed air 8
or high-pressure water in the opposite direc-
tion of the airflow. 5
NOTE：
When rinsing with high-pressure water, re-
duce the water gun pressure and adjust it to a 6
mist state. When operating the water gun,
keep a distance of about 30 cm from the radi-
ator fins. If the radiator fins are blown at a
short distance, they may get deformed, caus-
ing premature blockage and rupture.
Fig 5-78
CAUTION 2. Net 6. Hydraulic oil radia-
Radiator fins are damaged! tor fin
When cleaning the radiator, it is easy to hurt 3. Screw 7. Screw
the fins by hooking dirt with hard objects.
4. Radiator 8. Net
• Please don't hook dirt with hard objects
5. A/C condenser fin
when cleaning, so as to avoid radiator fins.
5. After the cleaning, check if the radiator pins show deformation, holes and cracks. If so, please
adjust and replace them promptly. Check if the rubber hose is cracked or age-hardening. If so,
please replace with a new hose. Check if the hose clamp is loose and fasten it.

6. Remove the cover plate [9] below the radia-

9
tor to remove the soil, dirt and leaves that
have been swept to the outside.
Fig 5-79
9. Bottom cover plate
7. Replace the cleaned nets [2] and [8] and fix them with screws [3] and [7].
8. Install the cover plate [9], and lock the engine hood and the access door on the left side of the
machine.
5.10.6.8 A/C ventilation/circulation filter - clean
CAUTION
When compressed air is used, the blown dust will cause personal injury.
• Therefore, be sure to wear goggles, dust shields, or other protective equipment when com-
pressed air is used.
The filter should be cleaned once every 500 hours, but more frequently when the machine is used
in dusty work sites.
If the filter is clogged, the air volume is reduced and the A/C produces abnormal noise.

Clean the inner air filter of the A/C.

1
1. Remove the screw [1] from the inspection
window at the top of the left rear bottom in the
cab, and then press the bayonet [2] with your
fingers to take out the internal air filter.
2. Clean the filter with compressed air. If there

is oil or dirt on the filter, rinse it with a neutral
medium. After rinsing it in water, dry it thor-
oughly before reuse. Replace the filter with a
new one every year. Replace the filter imme- Fig 5-80
diately if the clogging of the filter cannot be
1. Screw
eliminated by blowing with air or washing with
water.
2
Fig 5-81
2. Bayonet

Clean the outer air filter
1. Insert the key of the start switch into the

small door lock [3] at the left rear of the cab,
then open the small door [4] by hand, press
the buckle [5] with your fingers and take out
the external air filter [6].
2. Clean the filter with compressed air. If there 4

is oil or dirt on the filter, rinse it with a neutral
medium. After rinsing in water, dry it thor-
oughly before reuse. Replace the filter with a
new one every year. Replace the filter imme-
diately if the clogging of the filter cannot be
3
eliminated by blowing with air or washing with
water. Fig 5-82
3. After cleaning, put the filter [6] back in 3. Small door lock 4. Small door
place, gently press the bayonet [5], and close

the small door. Use the startup switch key to
lock and remove the key.

5
6
Fig 5-83
5. Bayonet 6. Outer air filter
5.10.6.9 Oil in the slewing mechanism box - check/add
WARNING
When checking the oil level in the slewing mechanism box, it may cause serious injury if it is im-
properly operated.
• After the engine is shut down, the components and oil are at high temperature, which may
cause scalding. Therefore, wait for them to cool down before starting operation.

1. Remove the oil gauge [G] and wipe off the

oil on the gauge with a cloth.
F
Fig 5-84
G. Oil dipstick F. Oil filler
2. Insert the oil dipstick [G] completely into the filter tube.
3. Pull out the oil gauge [G] and check

whether the oil level is between [H] and [L] on
the gauge.
Fig 5-85
H. Oil level scale H L. Oil level scale L
4. If the oil level does not reach the [L] mark on the oil dipstick [G], remove the oil filler [F] cap and
refill oil.
5. If the oil level exceeds the [H] mark on the oil dipstick [G], loosen the drain valve [P] and drain
the excess oil.
• If the oil level is abnormally high, it may be due to hydraulic oil leakage. Please contact an
authorized agent of Sany Heavy Machinery for inspection.
• Before draining the oil, place an oil container under the drain valve.

6. After checking the oil level or refilling oil,

insert the gauge [G] into the hole and install
the cap of the oil filler [F].
Fig 5-86
P. Bleed valve
5.10.7.1 Notes
Maintenance should be conducted every 100, 250 and 500 hours simultaneously.
5.10.7.2 Hydraulic Oil Return Filter Element-Replace
WARNING
During the replacement of the hydraulic oil return filter element, if the parts and oil are hot, it may
cause scalding and serious injury.
• After the engine is shut down, the parts and oil are still hot, which may cause scalding. Wait for
them to cool down before operation.
If the machine is equipped with a hydraulic crushing hammer, the hydraulic oil will deteriorate more
quickly than that of bucket operation.

1. Park the machine on a solid and flat

ground, and set the working device in the
maintenance position shown in the figure.
Lower the working device to the ground and
shut down the engine.
Fig 5-87
2. Unscrew the butterfly nut [1] of the breath-

er valve on the hydraulic oil tank and press 1
the exhaust button to release the internal

pressure of the hydraulic oil tank.
Fig 5-88
1. Butterfly nut

3. Loosen the 4 bolts and then remove the

cover [2]. When the cover is removed, the
cover will fly out due to the force of the spring 2
[3]. Therefore, press and hold down the cover
3
when removing the bolts.
4
Fig 5-89
2. Cover 5. Coarse filter

3. Spring 6. Filter element
4. Valve
4. Remove the spring [3], valve [4] and coarse filter element [5], and then remove the filter element
[6].
• Check the bottom of the filter box and remove any dirt. Be careful not to let dirt to en-
ter the hydraulic oil tank.
5. Clean the removed parts in the cleaning oil.
6. Install a new filter element.
7. Install the valve [4], coarse filter element [5] and spring [3].
8. Install the cover [2] in place by pressing and holding the cover down and tightening the mounting
bolts.
9. To discharge the air, start the engine and run it at a low idle speed for 10 minutes.
5.10.7.3 Oil in the slewing mechanism box - replace
WARNING
When replacing the oil in the slewing mechanism box, if the hot components and oil are at high
temperature, they may cause burns and serious injury.
• After the engine is shut down, the components and oil are at high temperature, which may
cause scalding. Therefore, wait for them to cool down before starting operation.

• Oil filling amount: 3.0 L (0.79 US gal)

• Put a reasonable container under the plug
[P] on the platform to receive the dis-
charged gear oil. P
• Loosen the plug [P] with a wrench, drain the
gear oil, and then tighten the plug. Remove
the cover of the oil filler [f] and fill it with oil.
NOTE：
• If the gear oil flows out in a thin-thread
shape, stop the draining operation.
• At low temperatures, rotate the working unit Fig 5-90
to slightly increase the oil temperature be-
P. Bleed valve
fore draining the oil. However, do not rotate
the equipment during discharge as this may
cause damage to the slewing mechanism.
1. Remove the oil filler cap [F] and add the

required amount of oil through the port
F
Fig 5-91
G. Oil dipstick F. Oil filler
For details about oil level inspection, see“Oil in the slewing mechanism box - check/add” on page
5-72 “Oil in the slewing mechanism box - check/add” in .
2. After checking that the oil filler cap is not blocked, apply sealant to the threaded part, and install
and tighten the oil filler cap.
Tightening torque: 2.7 N·m
NOTE：
Improper installation of the oil filler cap will cause the gear oil leakage of the rotary reducer.

5.10.7.4 Cab door lock and front-window buckle - check
1. Check the cab door lock body
Fig 5-92
1. Door lock body
2. Door lock hasp
Fig 5-93
2. Door lock hasp

3. Cab windshield fastener (one on the left

and one on the right)
If the above parts are found to be loose, fas-

ten them in time to ensure the normal opening
and closing of the cab door and window.
Fig 5-94
3. Front window latch
5.10.7.5 Lubricating oil of the cab door hinges and front window sliding guide rails -
check/refill
Fill grease through the grease nipple of door

hinge until the grease overflows from the
grease nipple.
Fig 5-95

Apply grease in the rail slots on the left and

right sides of the front window.
Fig 5-96
5.10.7.6 Nuts on the wiper rocker arm - check
Check the condition of the wiper nut every

time you perform routine maintenance for the
1
whole machine. If the nuts are loose, lock
them to ensure normal operation of the wiper.
Pull up the protective cover at the bottom of

the wiper arm to check whether the nut is
loose. If it is, tighten it with a torque wrench
(35 ~ 40 N·m) or a conventional wrench.
Fig 5-97
1. Protection cover 2. Nut
5.10.7.7 Engine exhaust pipe clamps - check
Contact an agent authorized by SANY HEAVY MACHINERY to check the tightness of the pipe
clamps between the air filter, turbocharger, aftercooler, and engine.
5.10.7.8 Fan belt tension-check/replace
Check the fan belt tension. If the fan belt is cracked or damaged, replace it in time. If you have any
questions, contact the authorized dealers of SANY HEAVY MACHINERY.

5.10.7.9 Nitrogen gas pressure in the accumulator (for the breaker) - check
Special tools are required to check the accumulator and fill nitrogen gas.
Please try to contact a dealer authorized by SANY HEAVY MACHINERY for relevant inspection
and gas filling operations.
5.10.7.10 Replace the filter element of the hydraulic oil tank breather valve-cleaning/
replacement
WARNING
Inspecting/replacing the filter element of the hydraulic oil tank breather valve may result in scald-
ing and serious injury if components and oil are at a high temperature.
• When replacing the breather valve filter element, shut down the engine first.
• When the components and oil are still at high temperature, scalding can easily occur. Make
sure to operate after the temperature drops.
1. Before removal, the top of the hydraulic

tank should be cleaned, especially the con-
taminants around the breather valve (as
shown in the figure). The operation site should
be kept away from fire and dust.
Fig 5-98

2. Unscrew the wing nut [1] of the breather

valve and press the exhaust valve to release
the internal pressure. 1
3 2
Fig 5-99
3. Remove the retaining nut [2], the filter element cover [3] and the filter element [4].
4. If there are too many contaminants on the filter element cover [3], please clean with a soft brush.
Then replace the new filter element.
5. Install the filter element cover [3] and tighten the retaining nut [2].
NOTE：
• When installing the retaining nut【2】, tighten it to the specified torque (10-14 N·m). Do not use
brute force to tighten for sealing effect.
5.10.7.11 Axle and transmission oil - replace
See the first 250 hours of maintenance - change axle and gearbox oil for the method.
5.10.8.1 Notes
1. The 100-, 500- and 1,000-hour regular maintenance should be carried out at the same time.

5.10.8.2 Hydraulic oil suction filter element - clean or replace
WARNING
When cleaning/replacing the oil absorption filter element of hydraulic oil, the oil and parts are in a
high temperature state, which may lead to scalding and serious personal injury.
• After the engine is shut down, the parts and oil are still hot, which may cause scalding. Wait un-
til they are cooled down before operation.
1. Unscrew the butterfly nut (1) of the breath-

1
er valve on the hydraulic oil tank and press
the exhaust button to release the pressure in-
side the hydraulic oil tank.
Fig 5-100
1. Butterfly nut

2. Loosen the 4 bolts and then remove the

cover [2]. At that time, the cap will pop out 2
under the force of spring [3], so press the cap
downward when removing the bolt.
3
3. Hold the top of the rod [4] and pull it up, and
then remove the spring [3] and filter element 4
[5].
4. Remove all dirt stuck on the filter element 5

[5], and then rinse in the cleaning oil. If the fil-
ter element is damaged, replace it with a new 6
one.
5. During installation, fix the filter element [5]

to the protruding portion [6] of the oil tank be-
fore assembly.
Fig 5-101
6. During the assembly, fix the spring [3] with
2. Cover 5. Filter element
the protruding portion at the bottom of the cov-
3. Spring 6. Protruding part
er [2], and tighten it with bolts.
4. Rod
5.10.8.3 Nitrogen pressure in the accumulator - check
WARNING
Risk of equipment damage or serious personal injury!
When checking the nitrogen pressure in the accumulator, wrong operation may cause explosion
as the accumulator is filled with high-pressure nitrogen, and may cause machine damage and
serious personal injury.
• Keep away from fire. Do not bump or roll the accumulator or allow it to be exposed to any other
impacts.
• When handling the accumulator, bleed all air inside. Contact an authorized dealer of SANY
HEAVY MACHINERY for this work.
NOTE：
If the nitrogen gas in the accumulator has a low charging pressure and the accumulator operates
continuously, the remaining pressure in the hydraulic oil circuit cannot be released once the ma-
chine fails.

Functions of the accumulator
The accumulator stores the pressure in the

control oil circuit. The control oil circuit can op-
erate even after the engine is shut down to
complete the following actions:
• Operate the joystick to lower the working
device, which will fall due to its own weight.
• Release the pressure out of the hydraulic
oil circuit.
Fig 5-102
Check the functions of the accumulator
CAUTION
When checking the nitrogen pressure in the accumulator, wrong operation may cause explosion
as the accumulator is filled with high-pressure nitrogen, and may cause machine damage and
serious personal injury.
• When performing the inspection, first check the surrounding area for persons or obstacles.
Check the nitrogen gas charging pressure as

follows:
31.50 ~
c 1
A
Fig 5-103
A. Ground clearance
1. Park the machine on solid and flat ground.
2. Keep the working device at a height of 1.5 m (4 ft 11 in) from the ground and in a state of maxi-
mum operating radius (the bucket rod is fully extended and the bucket is fully turned out).
Perform steps 3-5 within 15 seconds.

When the engine is shut down, the pressure in the accumulator will gradually drop.
Therefore, conduct the inspection immediately after the engine is shut down.
3. Keep the working device at the maximum operating radius and set the starter switch to the
[OFF] position to shut down the engine.
4. Set the starter switch to the [ON] position.
5. Set the safety lock lever to the "Unlocked"

position and operate the joystick to lower the
working device. Then, check whether the
working device has landed on the ground.
Fig 5-104
6. If the working device falls and lands on the

ground due to its own weight, it indicates that
the accumulator is normal.
If the working device cannot be lowered or

stops halfway, the pressure in the accumula-
Fig 5-105
tor in the hydraulic oil circuit may have
dropped. In this case, contact an authorized
SANY Heavy Machinery agent for inspection.
7. After completing the preceding steps, set the safety lock lever to the "Lock" position and the
starter switch to the [OFF] position.
Method to release the pressure in the control oil circuit

1. Lower the working device to the ground.
Fig 5-106
2. Set the safety lock lever to the "Lock" position.
Perform steps 4-6 within 15 seconds.
When the engine is shut down, the pressure in the accumulator will gradually drop.
So the operation of releasing the pressure can only be carried out when the engine is just shut
down.
3. Turn off the engine, and short press the throttle knob to turn it off.
4. Set the safety lock lever to the "Unlock"

position and then move the joystick of the
working device forward, backward, leftward,
and rightward to release the pressure in the
control oil circuit.
Fig 5-107
5. Set the safety lock lever to the "Lock" position and the starter switch to the "OFF" position.

5.10.8.4 Engine coolant - replace
WARNING
When replacing engine coolant, serious personal injury may occur if operations are not performed
properly.
• After the engine is shut down, the coolant inside the radiator is at high temperature and pres-
sure. If the radiator cover is removed to drain the coolant, there is a danger of scalding. Before
removing the cover, wait for the temperature to drop, and then slowly turn the cover to release
the pressure.
• If you start the engine when cleaning the machine, place the lock control lever in the locked po-
sition to prevent the machine from moving.
• The coolant is flammable and kept it away from open flames.
• Be cautious not to splash coolant on your body. If it splashes into your eyes, rinse with plenty of
water and seek medical assistance immediately.
• Do not pour coolant into a sewer or drain onto the ground. When replacing the coolant, please
contact an authorized agent of SANY HEAVY MACHINERY.
Clean the inside of water radiator fins and replace the coolant.
1. Park the machine on level ground, and

turn the start switch to the [OFF] position to
shut down the engine. 1
Fig 5-108
1. Radiator cover
2. When the coolant temperature drops to a temperature at which the radiator cover is safe to
touch, slowly turn the radiator cover [1] until it touches its stopper to release the pressure.
Then, remove the cover.

3. Remove the bottom cover plate under the

radiator, and then place a coolant container 2
under the drain valve [2].
Open the drain valve [2] at the bottom of the

radiator to drain the coolant.
Fig 5-109
2. Drain valve
4. After draining out the coolant, close the drain valve [2] and fill with tap water and radiator clean-
ing agent. When the radiator is full, start the engine and run it at a low speed to allow the tem-
perature to rise to at least 90°C (194°F). Then allow the engine to continue running for about
10 minutes.
5. Shut down the engine and open the drain valve [2] to drain all the water. Then, rinse the cooling
system with clean water to remove rust and sediments until the drained water is clean.
6. Close the drain valve [2] and slowly fill with the specified amount of coolant until the coolant
overflows from the filling inlet.
7. Run the engine at a low speed for about 5

1
minutes and then at a high speed for 5 mi- 3
nutes to discharge the air in the coolant.
(Here, the radiator cover should be opened) F
L
Fig 5-110
1. Expansion tank F. FULL

cover
3. Expansion water L. LOW
tank
8. Check the coolant level again. Refill with a proper amount of coolant if necessary.
9. Drain the coolant from the expansion tank [3], clean the inside of the auxiliary tank, and then fill
the coolant until the liquid level is between FULL and LOW. If the expansion tank is dirty and
difficult to clean, it needs to be replaced with a new one.
10. Turn off the engine, after about 3 minutes, fill the liquid injection port with water, and then tight-
en the expansion tank cover.
11. Install the bottom cover plate.
Clean the inside of hydraulic fluid radiator fins
1. Before cleaning, remove the hydraulic fluid radiator and clean it on a clean washing station.
2. Clean with hydraulic oil, jet fuel, gasoline, and diesel of the same grade, and then purge with an
air pump.
3. Do not wipe with cotton, hemp, or chemical fiber products after cleaning to prevent shed fibers
from contaminating the system.
NOTE：
• The whole cleaning process should ensure that the inside of the radiator is clean.
• The recommended cleaning media to be used successively are: hydraulic oil, jet fuel, gasoline
and diesel of same grade
5.10.8.5 Alternator - check
Please contact an authorized dealer of SANY Heavy Machinery for alternator inspection.
If the engine starts frequently, check the alternator every 1,000 hours.
5.10.8.6 Engine valve clearance - check/adjustment
Inspection and maintenance require the use of special tools, please contact an authorized agent of
SANY HEAVY MACHINERY for this work.
5.10.9.1 Description
The 100-, 250-, 500-, 1000- and 2000-hour maintenance should be performed at the same time.

5.10.9.2 Water pump - inspection
Check around the water pump for water leak-

age or oil leakage. In case of any problem,
contact an authorized agent of SANY HEAVY
MACHINERY for removal, repair, or
replacement.
Fig 5-111
5.10.9.3 Starter Motor - Check
Contact an authorized agent of SANY HEAVY MACHINERY to check the starter motor.
If the engine is started frequently, the starter motor should be checked every 1000 hours.
5.10.9.4 Accumulator - replace
Replace the accumulator every 2 years or every 4000 working hours, whichever comes first.
WARNING
Risk of equipment damage or serious personal injury!
Filled with high-pressure nitrogen, the accumulator can explode due to improper operation during
the replacement, causing damage to the machine and serious personal injury.
• Keep away from fire. Do not bump or roll the accumulator or allow it to be exposed to any other
impacts.
• When handling the accumulator, bleed all air inside. Contact an authorized dealer of SANY
HEAVY MACHINERY for this work.

If you continue to operate the accumulator

while its performance is degraded, the pres-
sure in the hydraulic oil circuit will not be re-
leased in the event of a machine fault. Please
contact the authorized dealer of SANY
HEAVY MACHINERY to replace the
accumulator.
Fig 5-112
5.10.9.5 High-pressure pipeline clamps and rubber - check
Fig 5-113 PAUL00MF000701
Check by observation and touch for loose bolts on the high-pressure pipe mounting clamps be-
tween the supply pump and the nozzle. In case of any problem, contact an authorized agent of
SANY HEAVY MACHINERY for parts replacement.
5.10.9.6 Compressor - check
Check the following two items:

1. Check whether the compressor and the magnetic clutch are also turned on/off when the A/C
switch is turned on/off.
2. Check whether there is abnormal noise from the clutch or compressor

In case of any problem, please contact an authorized agent of SANY HEAVY MACHINERY for dis-
assembly, repair, or replacement.
5.10.9.7 Oil in the hydraulic oil tank - replace
WARNING
Improper operations in replacement of the oil in the hydraulic oil tank may cause serious personal
injury.
• After the engine is shut down, the parts and oil are still hot, which may cause scalding. There-
fore, wait until they cools down before operation.
• When removing the suction port cover, press the exhaust button of the breather valve first to re-
lease the internal pressure.
If the machine is equipped with a hydraulic breaking hammer, the hydraulic oil will deteriorate more
quickly than that of bucket operation.
Refilling volume: See“Recommended fuel,

coolant and lubricating oil” on page 5-9"Ca-
pacity Table".
Prepare a handle (used for the 36 mm box

wrench).
A B
Fig 5-114
A. Pedal B. Hydraulic oil tank
1. Remove the bolts on the bottom cover plate and remove the bottom cover plate.
2. Slew the upper mechanism so that the drain plug at the bottom of the hydraulic oil tank is located
in the middle of the tracks on both sides.
3. Retract the stick and bucket cylinder, and then lower the boom so that the bucket teeth touch
the ground.
4. Put the safety lock lever in the "Locked" position and shut down the engine.

5. Remove the oil suction port cover [F] on

F
the upper part of the hydraulic oil tank.
Fig 5-115
F. Oil suction port P. Drain plug

cover
6. Place an oil collection container under the drain plug, and remove the drain plug [P] with the
handle to drain the oil. Check the O-ring on the drain plug [P], and replace it in time if damaged.
Tighten the drain plug [P] after the oil is drained.
NOTE：
When removing the drain plug [P], be careful not to spill oil on your body.
7. Add the specified amount of hydraulic oil through the oil suction port [F]. Check whether the oil
level is between the H and L lines.
• For detailed applicable hydraulic oils, see“Recommended fuel, coolant and lubricating oil” on
page 5-9
• For details about oil level inspection, see“Detection before startup” on page 5-35“Check the
oil level in the hydraulic oil tank”.
5.10.10 Maintenance every 8000 hours
5.10.10.1 Note
Daily, 100-, 250-, 500-, 1000-, 2000- and 4000-hour maintenance should be carried out at the
same time.
5.10.10.2 High-pressure pipe clamps - replacement
Contact an authorized agent of SANY HEAVY MACHINERY to replace the high-pressure pipe
clamps of the engine.

5.10.11 Maintenance of every 10000 hours
If the accumulated service time of the machine reaches 10000 hours, please contact an authorized
dealer of SANY HEAVY MACHINERY for machine maintenance.
5.10.12 Maintenance and Care of the Ultra-long Prototype
For excavators that remain in storage for a long time, some components will deteriorate. To ensure
the quality of excavators in long-term storage, perform regular maintenance in accordance with
the following table:
6 months ~ 1
1 year ~ 2 year
year
Treatment item (excluding 2 Over 2 years Remarks
(excluding 1
year)
year)
Grease the work-
Spilled butter
ing devices pin ○ ○ ○
must be removed
shaft
Fuel tank
○ ○ ○
drainage
Change the en-
○ ○
gine oil
Replace the en-
gine oil filter ○ ○
element
Replace the fuel
○ ○
filter element
A/C refrigerant
confirmation and ○ ○
replenishment
Replace the hy-
draulic oil return ○ ○
filter
Replace the
○
antifreeze


SY215W TireHydraulic Excavator Fault Diagnosis
Fault Diagnosis
6 Fault Diagnosis ................................................................................................................6-1

6.1 Special instructions...............................................................................................................6-3
6.2 Precautions for fault diagnosis ............................................................................................6-3
6.3 Engine fault diagnosis table.................................................................................................6-4
6.4 Solutions to common non-quality problems ................................................................... 6-12
6.5 Battery.................................................................................................................................. 6-18
6.5.1 Notes.......................................................................................................................... 6-18
6.5.2 Battery - remove and install .................................................................................... 6-18
6.5.3 Battery charging ....................................................................................................... 6-19
6.5.4 Start the engine with the auxiliary cable ............................................................... 6-19
6.6 Engine faults ....................................................................................................................... 6-22
6.6.1 When Fuel is Exhausted ......................................................................................... 6-22
6.6.2 When the engine coolant temperature is too high............................................... 6-23
6.6.3 Engine Oil Pressure Abnormality (Low Engine Oil Pressure) ........................... 6-24
6.6.4 When the engine rotates reversely........................................................................ 6-26
6.7 Common faults and troubleshooting ............................................................................... 6-26

Fault Diagnosis SY215W TireHydraulic Excavator

6.Fault Diagnosis
6.1 Special instructions
If the situations similar to the following occur when you use the device, it is normal and complies
with industry standards. Please feel free to use it.
1. A function is not included in product design, but you consider it as a fault due to your misunder-
standing of product functions (for example, the device is not suitable for use in high altitude of 4km
or above);
2. The engine slows down suddenly or there is slight black smoke during the running of the engine,
but the on-site inspection shows that the smoke intensity is within the normal range. When the am-
bient temperature is lower than 30°C, the instantaneous loaded smoke intensity is not greater than
4.5RP, and the stable loaded smoke intensity is not greater than 1.5 RP;
3. Excessive consumption of engine oil and fuel is within the normal consumption range stipulated
by the manufacturer through on-site inspection;
4. Due to factors such as unskilled operation and poor working conditions, the device has poor op-
eration stability, poor climbing ability, walking deviation, and slow movement. However, the on-site
inspection by service personnel shows that all parameters are within the factory standard range
(for example, the tail of the counterweight is upturned, and the climbing slope is more than 35°);
5. There is a slight abnormal noise in oil return of the hydraulic system (such as: abnormal noise in
oil return and lines). However, the inspection shows that the hydraulic system is working properly,
the returned hydraulic oil is filtered clean, without impurities such as iron, copper, and aluminum fil-
ings, and the device operation is not affected;
6. The following phenomena that are common in the industry appear: discoloration and blackening
of the piston rod, reverse arm drop or automatic settlement of the cylinder, and difficulty in starting
the engine at low temperature in winter.
6.2 Precautions for fault diagnosis

Pay attention to the following items during fault diagnosis:
• Place the machine on the horizontal ground and check whether the safety pin, block and parking
brake work normally.
• Avoid filling hydraulic oil, replacing filters or repairing the machine in the rain or strong wind or
places with a lot of dust.
• Do not allow any dirt or dust to enter when filling hydraulic oil.

• When working together, strictly unify the signals, and do not allow any irrelevant personnel to
approach.
• If the radiator cap is removed when the engine is hot, hot water will be sprayed out and cause
burns. Therefore, wait for the engine to cool down before maintenance.
• Do not touch any hot parts or hold any rotating parts.
• When removing the electric wire, be sure to first remove the negative (-) terminal of the battery.
• When removing internal screw plugs or caps for oil pressure, water pressure or air pressure, re-
lease internal pressure first.
• When installing the test equipment, make sure it is properly connected.
• Fault diagnosis aims to accurately identify the root cause, repair it quickly and prevent it from
recurring.
• It's important to know the structure and function when performing fault diagnosis.
• For effective troubleshooting, it is a good idea to learn about the possible fault cause from the
operator.
6.3 Engine fault diagnosis table

In case of a fault, check as described in the following table, and contact authorized dealers of
SANY for repair.
Fault
Fault analysis Measures
description
● Charge or replace the battery. Refer to the
● Battery power supply is fault diagnosis section“Battery - remove and
exhausted install” on page 6-18Remove and install of the
battery
● Please clean the corroded parts. Refer to
● Battery cables are dropped, the fault diagnosis section“Battery - remove
The loosened, and corroded. and install” on page 6-18Remove and install of
When
starter the battery
the
does
en- ● Please contact the authorized dealer of
not
gine ● The fuse is short circuited. SANY HEAVY MACHINERY to replace the
work,
fails fuse.
or ro-
to ● Please contact the authorized dealer of
tates ● The starting switch or start-
start SANY HEAVY MACHINERY to replace the
with ing relay is faulty.
. starting switch or relay.
diffi-
.
culty. ● Please contact the authorized dealer of
● Starting motor failure SANY HEAVY MACHINERY to check the
starting motor.
● Please adopt the engine oil with appropriate
viscosity. Please adopt“Recommended fuel,
● High viscosity of engine oil
coolant and lubricating oil” on page 5-9“Rec-
ommended fuel, coolant and lubricating oil”

● Refuel with fuel and conduct venting. Please

adopt“Recommended fuel, coolant and
● Running out of fuel
lubricating oil” on page 5-9“Recommended
fuel, coolant and lubricating oil”
● Please contact the authorized dealer of
● The opening pressure of
SANY HEAVY MACHINERY to adjust or re-
the injector is too low.
place the injector.
● The outlet valve of the fuel
injection pump is faulty.
outlet valve.
● Faulty fuel injection pump
SANY HEAVY MACHINERY for repair or re-
control rack
placement the control rack.
● The plunger of the fuel in-
jection pump is worn or glued.
The plunger assembly.
starter
● Incorrect startup operation ● Please follow the correct startup procedure.
works
nor- ● Air entering the fuel system ● Please exhaust the fuel system.
mally. ● Please replace fuel filter element or car-
tridge. See the maintenance section“Coarse
● Blocked fuel filter
Fuel Filter Element - Replacement” on page 5-
63“Coarse fuel filter element - replace”
● Please clean or replace the air filter element.
See the maintenance section“Air filter element
● Blocked air filter
- check/clean/replace” on page 5-46“Air filter
element - check/clean/replace”
● Clutch sideslip
SANY HEAVY MACHINERY.
● The fixing clamp of the suc-
tion rubber hose of the turbo- ● Please tighten the fixing clamp firmly.
charger is loose.
● The suction rubber hose of
the turbocharger cracks.
suction rubber hose.
● The battery power supply is exhausted.
Please charge or replace the battery. Refer to
The engine ● Low idling speed the fault diagnosis section“Battery - remove
stops immedi- and install” on page 6-18“Remove and install
ately after of the battery”
startup.
● Please replace fuel filter element or car-


● Low idle control device
SANY HEAVY MACHINERY to repair or re-
failure
place the low idle control device.
● Leakage or blockage of fuel
SANY HEAVY MACHINERY to repair the fuel
system
system.
● There is air in the fuel
● Remove air from the fuel system.
system.
● Please replace the fuel. Please adopt“Re-
● There is water in the fuel commended fuel, coolant and lubricating oil”
system. on page 5-9“Recommended fuel, coolant and
lubricating oil”
The low idle
speed is ● Blocked fuel filter element
unstable.
place the relevant components of the fuel in-
jection pump.
● Please adjust the valve gap. See the mainte-
● The valve gap is improperly nance section“Engine valve clearance -
adjusted. check/adjustment” on page 5-90“Engine valve
clearance - check/adjustment”
● Cylinder gasket leakage,
worn cylinder liner, seized or
SANY HEAVY MACHINERY to replace the rel-
fractured piston ring, valve
evant components.
and poorly seated valve seat
nance section“Engine valve clearance -
check/adjustment” on page 5-90“Engine valve
Insufficient clearance - check/adjustment”
power ● Please replace the fuel. Please adopt“Re-
commended fuel, coolant and lubricating oil”
● There is water in fuel.
on page 5-9“Recommended fuel, coolant and
lubricating oil”


● Oil pump failure SANY HEAVY MACHINERY to adjust or re-
place the oil pump.
● The opening pressure of ● Please contact the authorized dealer of
the injector is too low. The in- SANY HEAVY MACHINERY to adjust or re-
jector show poor injection. place the injector.
place the relevant components of the fuel in-
jection pump.
● Exhaust gas leaks from the
exhaust system.
place the relevant components.
● Air leaks from the intake
system.
place the relevant components.
● Damaged turbocharger
assembly
turbocharger assembly.
● Clogged exhaust pipe ● Clean the exhaust pipe
● The valve gap is improperly tridge. See the maintenance section“Coarse
adjusted. Fuel Filter Element - Replacement” on page 5-
● Too soft or broken valve
spring
valve spring.
evant components.
● Replenish coolant. Please adopt“Recom-
mended fuel, coolant and lubricating oil” on
● Insufficient coolant
page 5-9“Recommended fuel, coolant and lu-
The engine is bricating oil”
overheated.
● Slippage due to slack or
SANY HEAVY MACHINERY to replace the fan
cracked fan belt
belt.


● Damaged radiator cover or
SANY HEAVY MACHINERY to replace the ra-
clogged radiator core
diator cap or clogged radiator core.
● The water pump is
damaged
place the water pump.
● Cylinder head or cylinder
block seal cover damage re-
sulting in cooling water
seal cover.
leakage
● Thermostat damaged SANY HEAVY MACHINERY to replace the
thermostat.
● Cooling system is blocked ● Please remove foreign objects from the cool-
by foreign objects. ing system.
● Improper fuel injection tim- ● Please contact SANY’s service personnel to
ing adjustment adjust the fuel injection timing.
● Please replace the fuel. Please adopt“Re-
commended fuel, coolant and lubricating oil”
● There is water in fuel.
on page 5-9“Recommended fuel, coolant and
lubricating oil”
● Lagged fuel injection timing SANY HEAVY MACHINERY to adjust the fuel
injection timing.
evant components.
White smoke in
exhaust
● Turbocharger failure SANY HEAVY MACHINERY for repair or
replacement.
● Failed valve oil seals, and ● Please contact the authorized dealer of
worn valve stems and valve SANY HEAVY MACHINERY replace the valve
guides oil seals, valves and valve guides.
● Worn, broken or incorrectly
set piston ring
piston or reset it correctly.
● Cylinder liner scratched or
worn
cylinder liner
Black smoke in ● Please clean or replace the air filter element.
exhaust See the maintenance section“Air filter element


● Improper fuel injection tim-
SANY HEAVY MACHINERY to adjust the fuel
ing adjustment
injection timing.
● Fuel dripping after injection ● Please contact the authorized dealer of
due to damaged outlet valve SANY HEAVY MACHINERY to replace the
of the fuel injection pump outlet valve.
● The injection volume of the
fuel injection pump is too ● Adjust the fuel injection volume.
large.
● Fuel leakage SANY HEAVY MACHINERY to repair or re-
place the relevant parts of the fuel system.
● The low idle speed is im-
SANY HEAVY MACHINERY to adjust the low
properly adjusted.
idle speed.
Excessive fuel
consumption ● Improper fuel injection tim-
SANY HEAVY MACHINERY to adjust the fuel
ing adjustment
injection timing.
● Fuel dripping after injection ● Please contact the authorized dealer of
due to damaged outlet valve SANY HEAVY MACHINERY to replace the
of the fuel injection pump outlet valve.
● Please contact an authorized dealer of
● Air leaks from the intake
SANY HEAVY MACHINERY to repair the in-
side of the turbocharger.
take side of the turbocharger.
● Damaged turbocharger
assembly
turbocharger assembly.
● The valve gap is improperly ● Please adjust the valve gap. See the mainte-
adjusted. nance section“Engine valve clearance -

check/adjustment” on page 5-90“Engine valve

clearance - check/adjustment”
● Too soft or broken valve
spring
valve spring.
evant components.
● Please adopt the appropriate engine oil.
Please adopt“Recommended fuel, coolant and
● Improper engine oil used
lubricating oil” on page 5-9“Recommended
fuel, coolant and lubricating oil”
● Excessive engine oil ● Adjust the engine oil volume.
● Engine oil leakage at oil
SANY HEAVY MACHINERY to replace the oil
seals and (or) gaskets
seals and (or) gaskets.
Excessive oil ● No preheating ● Please follow the correct procedure.
consumption ● Failed valve oil seals, and ● Please contact the authorized dealer of
worn valve stems and valve SANY HEAVY MACHINERY to replace the rel-
guides evant components.
● Worn, broken or incorrectly
set piston ring
piston ring or reset it correctly.
● Cylinder liner scratched or
worn
cylinder liner
● Replenish the oil. Please adopt“Recom-
mended fuel, coolant and lubricating oil” on
● Insufficient engine oil
page 5-9“Recommended fuel, coolant and lu-
bricating oil”
● Replenish the lubricating oil with proper vis-
● Incorrect engine oil cosity. Please adopt“Recommended fuel,
Too low engine viscosity coolant and lubricating oil” on page 5-9“Rec-
oil pressure ommended fuel, coolant and lubricating oil”
● Engine oil leakage at oil
SANY HEAVY MACHINERY to replace the oil
seals and (or) gaskets
seals and (or) gaskets.
● Please replace oil filter element or cartridge.
● Blocked engine oil filter
See the maintenance section“Replace the Oil
element
in the Engine Oil Pan and Replace the Oil

Filter Elements” on page 5-58“Replace the Oil

in the Engine Oil Pan and Replace the Oil Fil-
ter Elements”
● Seized safety valve and (or)
too soft bypass valve spring
safety valve and (or) bypass valve spring.
● Clogged oil pump screen ● Clean the oil pump screen.
● The related components of
the oil pump is worn.
evant components of the oil pump.
● Tighten the exhaust pipe fitting or replace
● Loose exhaust pipe fitting
the exhaust pipe. Refer to the“Tightening
or fractured exhaust pipe
torque” on page 5-13“Tightening torque”
● Tighten the injector to replace the gasket.
Air ● Loose injector Refer to the“Tightening torque” on page 5-
leak- 13“Tightening torque”
age ● Tighten the exhaust manifold fitting. Refer to
● Loose exhaust manifold
noise the“Tightening torque” on page 5-13“Tighten-
fitting
When ing torque”
the ● Please contact the authorized dealer of
en- ● Damaged cylinder gasket SANY HEAVY MACHINERY to replace the
gine cylinder gasket.
has
abnor- ● Please contact the authorized dealer of
mal ● Loose fan belt SANY HEAVY MACHINERY to adjust the belt
noise tension.
. ● Tighten the cooling fan. Refer to the“Tighten-
● Loose cooling fan
Con- ing torque” on page 5-13“Tightening torque”
tinu- ● Please contact the authorized dealer of
● Worn or damaged water
ous SANY HEAVY MACHINERY to replace the
pump bearing
noise water pump bearing.
● The valve gap is improperly nance section“Air filter element - check/clean/
adjusted. replace” on page 5-46“Air filter element -
check/clean/replace”
The after-treat-
ment is Failure to perform a complete
Shut down the engine immediately, and con-
blocked, and DPF regeneration operation
tact an authorized dealer of SANY HEAVY
the engine is according to requirements for
MACHINERY for help.
limited in a long time
torque.

Lower hydraulic oil level 1 Replenish the hydraulic oil as specified. 2

Poor quality of hydraulic oil Replace the hydraulic oil according to the oil
There is abnor-
type specified in maintenance section. 3 Re-
mal noise in
The filter element of the hy- place the filter element according to the main-
the hydraulic
draulic fluid reservoir is tenance section: "Oil return filter element of
pump.
clogged hydraulic oil tank - replace" and "Hydraulic oil
suction filter element - clean/replace".
The vehicle
cannot be pow- Battery relay fault Replace the battery relay.
ered off.
Black display
Display fuse failure Replace the display fuse.
screen
The air volume
from the A/C is Obstacle on the suction side Clear the obstacle.
low.
1. Adjust the belt according to the mainte-
The cooling 1 Insufficient tension of com-
nance section: "Tension of A/C compressor
function of the pressor belt 2 The air condi-
belt - check/adjust 2. Please contact an au-
A/C does not tioner refrigerant is leaking or
thorized agent of SANY HEAVY MACHINERY
work. insufficient for help 。
1. Abnormal noise caused by 1. Check the fasteners and follow the require-
loose fasteners 2. The clear- ments of the maintenance section: “Tightening
Structural parts
ance between the bucket and torque”。 2. Please contact an authorized
are too noisy.
stick ends increases due to agent of SANY HEAVY MACHINERY for help
wear 。
1. The spring of the bucket
teeth pin is not flexible Check or replace the bucket teeth according
Bucket teeth
enough and deforms after re-
fall off during to the maintenance section: “Bucket teeth
peated use 2. The bucket
work. (cross-pin type) - replace”.
teeth pin does not match the
teeth seat 。
6.4 Solutions to common non-quality problems
During the use of the equipment, the piston rod of the cylinder will occasionally turn
black, but there is no oil leakage in the cylinder. What should the customer do?
• The hydraulic oil contains additives with complex ingredients, which can crystallize and adhere
to the surface of the piston rod when the hydraulic oil is exposed to specific temperatures and
high-pressure conditions. In this case, the piston rod will become discolored under the action of
the shear force of the oil seal of the hydraulic cylinder.
• Try not to mix different grades and brands of hydraulic oil; otherwise, the oil quality will be re-
duced, and in severe cases, the oil will deteriorate. The hydraulic oil contains a variety of

additives with special functions. When oil products with different additives are mixed, their func-
tional performance will be affected, and the additives may precipitate or deteriorate. This can
cause the discoloration of the piston rod.
When new equipment was used for the first time, some hydraulic components (such
as cylinders) have oil residues. What should the customer do?
• This oil residue will not adversely affect the performance of the excavator itself. When assem-
bling the upper end cap of the cylinder barrel, in order to clean the end cap and lubricate the
sealing ring, the end cap is cleaned and coated with hydraulic oil. Some hydraulic oil will remain
in the sealing groove of the end cap and then seep out from the dust ring of the end cap as the
equipment is used, leaving oil residues.
• Determination and handling of oil residues: If oil residues are found on the cylinder head within
the first 100 hours, wipe the cylinder head clean and continue to observe. After 2 days, if there
are still oil residues, clean them a second time in the same manner and keep observing. If oil
residues continue to occur, consider the possibility of oil leakage.
Why is it necessary to drain water from the bottom of the "fuel oil-water separator"
and "fuel tank" every day? If this operation is not performed, which equipment com-
ponents will be harmed?
All bearings require some degree of clearance. Any gaps within the allowed size are normal.
• Due to the harsh construction site environment, the diesel is easily mixed with water and impur-
ities, which can be drained through the bottom drain valve after their precipitation in the oil tank.
The oil water separator also functions to separate water from oil. The high-pressure oil pump
and nozzle of the engine are lubricated and cooled by fuel, and moisture and impurities will lead
to accelerated wear of the oil pump nozzle.
Is it a fault that the cylinder drifts? What should the customer do?
• Generally, regardless of the compressibility of hydraulic components, if there is no oil leakage in

the closed space of the cylinder, oil hose, and control valve spool, the displacement trend of the
cylinder under the action of gravity will be limited, and the cylinder will not drift in the direction of
gravity. The control valves used in the current hydraulic excavator are all slide valves. In order to
make the valve spool in the slide control valve switch normally, there must be a certain clearance
between the valve spool and the valve body. This clearance necessarily allows some leakage,
which will cause the cylinder to drift.
• In view of the working characteristics of the hydraulic excavator and other factors, lock valves
are installed in the direction of the stick cylinder rod side and boom cylinder piston side. The two
lock valves respectively lock the oil in the stick cylinder rod side and boom cylinder piston side,
thus reducing the displacement and sinking of the cylinder in the stick-unfolded state and the
boom-lifted state. Therefore, the cylinder drift in the stick-unfolded state and the boom-lifted
state is less than that of the boom cylinder when the stick cylinder is retracted and the vehicle
body is lifted by the boom, and less than that of the bucket cylinder without a lock valve. How-
ever, even with the lock valve, the drift of the cylinder cannot be completely eliminated.
• When the stick is folded, the cylinder drift will be obvious due to the relatively heavy weight of
the components themselves and the ineffective lock valve in this direction. The cylinder drift in
this direction does not affect the normal operation of the equipment, so no special measures
have been adopted to control it. This is also the case with equipment from other brands.
• There are corresponding detection methods and benchmarks for cylinder drift, and drift that
does not exceed the benchmark range is normal. There are no requirements concerning reverse
arm drift of the bucket, stick, and other such devices.
• As the machine's service time increases, the clearance of the control valve spool will increase
due to normal wear, which will lead to increased leakage. This is related to a wide range of fac-
tors such as the use and maintenance of the hydraulic system and the viscosity of the hydraulic
oil.
When the equipment performs three actions simultaneously, the overall movements
of the machine slow down. Is this normal? What should the customer do?
• The excavator performs all actions by the reciprocating motion of cylinders and the rotating mo-
tion of motors. These actions are driven by high-pressure oil produced by the hydraulic pump.
Three actions require more hydraulic oil than two actions, so the hydraulic oil obtained for each
action is reduced and the speed of each action is decreased. This is normal.
When the equipment is climbing a hill or traveling normally, if an upper carriage ac-
tion is performed at the same time, the equipment immediately slows down. Is this
normal?
• This is normal. When the equipment is traveling normally, the front pump supplies oil to the left
and the rear pump supplies oil to the right. However, with the addition of any upper carriage
(boom, stick, bucket or slewing) action, left and right travel must rely on the oil supply of a single
pump and the oil supply of the motor is halved. As a result, the traveling action becomes slower.
The equipment is regularly maintained according to the factory requirements. Why

is there heavy exhaust coming from the engine? Does this indicate oil burning or
another fault?
• The air filter element used in the equipment's power system can filter out impurities in the air
under the working conditions in a conventional environment to avoid accelerated wear of the
supporting parts of the engine, heavy exhaust, and oil burning. However, in very harsh construc-
tion site environments, the air filter will be blocked or damaged by excessive impurities. When it

is blocked, the engine will stall, emit black smoke, and its speed will drop. A damaged filter ele-
ment will cause impurities in the air to enter the cylinder, leading to failure. Therefore, it is neces-
sary to check, clean, or replace the external air filter every day to prolong the service life of the
engine.
The slewing bearing of the excavator has a large gap. What should the customer
do?
All bearings require some degree of clearance. Any gaps within the allowed size are normal.
• The slewing bearing is composed of inner and outer rings, inner balls, isolators, and inner and
outer dust seals. As a component that can produce relative movement, the slewing bearing must
have clearance. The bearing clearance is called play, which can be divided into radial play and
axial play according to the relative movement direction of the inner and outer rings. According to
the state of the bearing, play can be divided into original play, installation play, and working play.
• According to the working characteristics of the excavator, the original play of the slewing bearing
is controlled by the bearing manufacturer. SANY and other brands in the industry have adopted
specific measurement methods to measure the installation play of slewing bearings and control
their quality.
• If the value measured according to the standard installation play measurement method does not
exceed the standard range, it is normal. If the customer has concerns, he or she can try out oth-
er equipment of the same model.
• Because there are clearances between the components of the bearing, if the grease is not prop-
erly filled, it will be squeezed out between the inner and outer rings. The grease shall be filled in-
to the slewing bearing several times with a small amount each time. At the same time, when the
viscosity of the grease is too low, the grease will be squeezed out and drip more easily.
• Faults caused by improper operation and maintenance are not covered by the warranty. Opera-
tion and maintenance shall be carried out in strict accordance with the provisions of the Opera-
tion and Maintenance Manual. If liquid enters the slewing bearing accidentally, it is necessary to
apply grease thoroughly to squeeze out the old oil and impurities as soon as possible in order to
reduce the possibility of damage.
Drift occurs when the slewing starts or stops. Is this normal? What should the cus-
tomer do?
The sliding process is a specially designed energy absorption and buffering process, which aims
to avoid damage to the slewing system from excessive impact force.
• As we all know, when an object is moved by an external force, it will keep moving for a certain
period of time after the external force is removed due to inertia. To ensure that the upper car-
riage can stop within the set time after the slewing handle of the excavator is returned to the neu-
tral position, the slewing system is equipped with a hydraulic brake system. This system is

composed of a slewing motor relief valve, an oil refill check valve, and a slewing main valve
spool on a control valve.
• In order to prevent the slewing motor, reducer, and other parts from being damaged under the
impact of braking too fast, the slewing motor relief valve is designed to open in two to three
stages to slowly release the hydraulic impact generated during the inertial movement after slew-
ing. In the process of releasing the hydraulic impact force, the motor (upper carriage) will slide
due to inertia. Relatively speaking: Relatively speaking, the larger the tonnage of the model, the
greater the slewing inertia force of the upper carriage, so the pressure release process and slid-
ing distance will be longer.
• When working on a slope and slewing in the downhill direction, the inertial force will increase
due to the action of potential energy. As a result, the opening time of the relief valve is prolonged
with the increase of the amount of oil discharged by the motor. Therefore, the slide distance will
be greater than that when slewing in the uphill direction or on flat ground.
• During warm-up, the viscosity of the hydraulic oil decreases and the fluidity increases, which will
affect the discharge time of the oil produced by inertial force. This results in a difference between
cold and hot braking times, which is normal. The measured performance parameters are accu-
rate when the temperature of the hydraulic oil reaches about 50℃.
• As you use the equipment, the leakage of motor components and control valves will increase
due to normal wear, which will affect the braking distance. The braking distance is considered
normal if it does not exceed the benchmark range.
• The brake valve, brake piston, brake spring, and brake pad on the slewing motor constitute the
mechanical brake system. Its action time is about 5 seconds. That means the brake piston and
the brake disc inside the slewing motor will be engaged about 5 seconds after the slewing han-
dle returns to the middle position, causing the slewing component of the motor to lock with the
housing. The purpose of this mechanical brake mechanism is to apply braking torque to the
upper carriage at rest and prevent the upper carriage from rotating on its own during transporta-
tion. The extra slide distance at the end of the slewing motion has nothing to do with the me-
chanical brake system. The excessive slippage at the end of rotation is not related to the
mechanical brake system.
Is it normal that the equipment shakes in extremely cold weather? What should the
customer do?
The temperature characteristics of hydraulic oil show that: The change of oil temperature will di-
rectly affect the viscosity of hydraulic oil. The lower the temperature, the higher the viscosity, and
the higher the viscosity, the worse the fluidity. Because there are a large number of orifice devices
(such as handles, main pump regulators, and main valves) in the hydraulic system, when the vis-
cosity of low-temperature hydraulic oil is high, the resistance of the oil will increase when it passes
through orifices, resulting in abnormal flow (unsmooth flow). This results in pressure fluctuations
and equipment jitters. When the hydraulic oil heats up, the throttling is smooth and returns to
normal.

• Jitter caused by ambient temperature and oil characteristics is normal. To avoid jitter, it is recom-
mend that the customer warm up the engine for 15 to 20 minutes after starting it and wait for the
oil temperature to rise to 45℃-55℃ before starting work.
Warming up the engine: Idle the engine for 3 to 5 minutes and use the H-mode 8-gear boom/stick
to build up pressure and quickly heat up the oil.
What are the hazards of the chloride ions contained in inferior diesel?
The chloride ions in the fuel will react chemically with iron, resulting in surface erosion of fittings
that can lead to jamming and failures.
• Usually fuel contains chloride ions due to additives with excessive chlorine content that are
added in the refining process of crude oil, such as: SAE demulsifiers, water shutoff agents, and
desalters. The excessive chlorine elements are inorganic chlorine in molecular form and organic
chlorine in atomic form. After the fuel is burned inside the engine, the two forms of chlorine will
generate HCL gas (hydrochloric acid). HCL is easily dissolved in water, resulting in the formation
of acidic substances (commonly known as dilute hydrochloric acid).
• When the engine is started in a cold state, the water vapor in the exhaust device will dissolve
HCL to form acidic substances (dilute hydrochloric acid), and form chemical corrosion with the
iron on the surface of the exhaust manifold, EGR, and cooler. Due to the small opening clear-
ance of EGR valve, the mixture of carbon deposition and corroded oxides will cause sticking.
The perforation and water leakage will occur inside the cooler.
How can a cylinder oil leak be determined?
Detection method and standard for cylinder leaks:
• Within 5 minutes of normal pressure build-up of the cylinder (relief pressure of the equipment), if
there are no obvious oil droplets hanging from the cylinder head, the cylinder is regarded as nor-
mal. Otherwise, the cylinder is deemed to have an leak.
• When the equipment is warming up, the cylinder will extend and retract in a whole travel for 20
times. When the wetting width of the cylinder head is less than 1/2 of the circumference of the
piston rod and there are no oil droplets under it, the cylinder is regarded as normal. Otherwise,
the cylinder is deemed to have an leak.

6.5 Battery
6.5.1 Notes
WARNING
Improper operation of the battery is danger-
ous, which may cause explosion.
• It is dangerous to charge the battery when
it is installed on the machine. Do remove
the battery before charging it.
• Turn the start switch key when checking or
disposing of the battery,Go to [OFF] posi-
tion to turn off engine.
• Be sure to wear goggles and rubber
gloves when handling the battery.
• When removing the battery, disconnect
the grounding cable (the negative [-] termi-
Fig 6-1
nal) first. When installing the battery, install
the positive (+) terminal first. If a tool con-
tacts with the positive terminal and the
chassis, there is a risk of sparking, so take
extra care when working.
• If the terminal is loose, there will be sparks
due to poor contact, which may cause an
explosion.
• When removing or installing the terminals,
distinguish the positive (+) terminal and
the negative (-) terminal.
6.5.2 Battery - remove and install
• Remove the grounding cable (generally connected to the negative【-】terminal) before remov-
ing the battery.
• If a tool contacts with the positive terminal and the chassis, there is a risk of sparking.
• When replacing the battery, use the battery clamp to fix the battery.
• The sequence of connecting the battery cables: Connect the positive cable of the battery first,
and then the negative cable.
• The sequence of disconnecting the battery cables: Disconnect the negative cable and then the
positive cable.

6.5.3 Battery charging
The battery may explode if it is charged improperly. Follow the instructions on the battery and
charger and complete the following steps:
• Adjust the voltage of the charger to match

that of the battery to be charged. If an incor-
rect voltage is selected, the charger will
overheat and cause an explosion.
• Connect the positive (+) wire clamp of the
charger to the positive (+) terminal of the
battery, and the negative (-) wire clamp to
the negative (-) terminal of the battery. Be
sure to fix the wire clamps securely.
• Adjust the charging current to 1/10 of the
rated battery capacity. For fast charging,
Fig 6-2
adjust the charging current so that it is lower
than the rated battery capacity. If the charg-
ing current is too high, the electrolyte will
leak or evaporate, due to which the battery
may catch fire or explode.
• If the battery electrolyte is frozen, do not
charge the battery or start the engine with a
different power source. This will ignite the
battery electrolyte and cause battery
explosion.
6.5.4 Start the engine with the auxiliary cable
CAUTION
An accidental touch of the safety lock lever can cause the machine to move, which may cause
serious injury.
• When checking a normal or faulty machine, ensure that the safety lock lever is in the locked po-
sition and check that all the joysticks are in the neutral position.

Connect and disconnect the auxiliary

cables
WARNING
Improper operation of the battery may cause
explosion or personal casualties.
• When connecting cables, make sure the
positive (+) terminal and the negative (-)
terminal do not come in contact with each
other.
• Take care not to allow normal machines to Fig 6-3
get in contact with faulty machines, so as
to prevent sparks near the battery from
igniting the hydrogen released by the
battery.
• Avoid mistakes when connecting the auxil-
iary cables. Sparks will be generated dur-
ing the final connection (to the upper
frame), so connect the cable to a place as
far away from the battery as possible. (But
avoid the work equipment, which is not a
good conductor.)
• When removing the auxiliary cables, take
extra care that the auxiliary cable clips do
not touch each other or the chassis.

NOTE：
• 24V voltage is adopted for the starting sys-
tem of this machine. When the machine is
for normal use, two 12V batteries are con-
nected in series to supply power.
• The specifications of the auxiliary cables
and the clips should match specification of
the storage battery.
• The battery of the normal machine must
have the same capacity as the engine to be
started.
• Check the cables and clips for damage or
corrosion.
• Ensure that the cables and the clips are
firmly connected.
• Check whether the safety lock levers of the
two machines are in the "Locked" position.
• Check whether each joystick is in the neu-
tral position.
Connect the auxiliary cables
Keep the start switches of the normal and A

faulty machines in the [OFF] position.
2 1
3
Connect the auxiliary cables in the order of
the numbers marked in the figure.
D C
1. Connect the clip of the auxiliary cable [A] to
4
the positive [+] terminal of the battery [C] of
B
E
the faulty machine.
2. Connect the clip at the other end of the aux-

Fig 6-4
iliary cable [A] to the positive [+] terminal of
the battery [D] of the normal machine. 1. Step 1 B. Auxiliary cable
2. Step 2 C. Battery
3. Connect the clip of the auxiliary cable [B] to
3. Step 3 D. Battery
the negative [-] terminal of the battery [D] of
the normal machine. 4. Step 4 E. Slewing frame
A. Auxiliary cable
4. Connect the clip at the other end of the aux-
iliary cable [B] to the slewing frame [E] of the
faulty machine.

Start the engine
1. Ensure that the clips are securely connected to the storage battery terminals.
2. Start the engine of the normal machine and run it at high idle speed.
3. Turn the start switch of the faulty machine to the "ON" position and start the engine.
If the engine does not start for the first time, try again after 2 minutes.
Disconnect the auxiliary cables
After the engine starts, disconnect the auxili-

A
ary cables in the sequence reverse to that
connecting them. 3 4
2
1. Remove the clip of the auxiliary cable [B]

from the slewing frame [E] of the faulty D C
machine. 1
B E
2. Remove the clip of the auxiliary cable [B]

from the negative [-] terminal of the battery [D]
of the normal machine. Fig 6-5
3. Remove the clip of the auxiliary cable [A] 1. Step 4 B. Auxiliary cable
from the positive [+] terminal of the battery [D] 2. Step 3 C. Battery
of the normal machine. 3. Step 2 D. Battery
4. Step 1 E. Slewing frame
4. Remove the clip of the auxiliary cable [A]
from the positive [+] terminal of the battery [C] A. Auxiliary cable
of the faulty machine.
6.6 Engine faults

6.6.1 When Fuel is Exhausted
After the fuel is used up, fuel should be added before starting the engine again. To ensure that the
fuel system is fully vented, power on the excavator for at least 30 seconds.

WARNING
Serious personal injury may occur if the fuel is added improperly.
• In the exhaust operation, never use lighters and other kindling. Otherwise, it may cause fire
and major accidents.
• Spilled engine oil or fuel may cause a fire or slip accident when heated. Clean up the engine oil
or fuel spilled on the exhaust pipe.
• As the operating space is very narrow, avoid being scratched by the edges of surrounding parts
when exhausting air.
6.6.2 When the engine coolant temperature is too high
WARNING
Risk of scalding!
Water vapor will come out if the radiator cover is opened when the coolant is at a high tempera-
ture, which may cause scalding.
• Do not open the radiator cover when the coolant is hot. Otherwise, the hot water or water vapor
will spew out, causing scalding. When the coolant temperature drops, slowly open the cover
with a thick cloth.
CAUTION
Stopping the engine suddenly will cause the coolant temperature to rise sharply. When the tem-
perature is very high, the sudden addition of low-temperature coolant may damage the engine
components.
• Please do not stop the engine immediately. Otherwise, the engine parts will be damaged due
to abrupt coolant temperature rise.
• Add water slowly several times to prevent the engine from cracking due to sudden addition of
cold coolant.
When the thermometer points to a value greater than 100°C and the hazard light on the display
turns on, the coolant temperature of the radiator exceeds the limit. Stop the machine immediately
and keep the engine running slightly above idle speed to cool down. When the thermometer
pointer drops to the central position and the high temperature hazard light goes out, stop the en-
gine and take the following measures.

1. Check the radiator hose for coolant

leakage. 2
1
2. Check whether the V-belt is broken and

F
whether the belt tension is normal. L
3. Check the volume of the coolant, and re-

plenish the coolant if it is insufficient.
• Open the cover [2] of the expansion tank [1]
and replenish the coolant to the position
marked with "Full". Then tighten the expan-
sion tank cover firmly. Fig 6-6
4. Check the front of the radiator for debris. 1. Expansion tank F.Full
2. Expansion tank L.Low
5. If the coolant leaks or the coolant tempera-
cover
ture of the radiator often exceeds the limit, the
cooling system is faulty.
6.6.3 Engine Oil Pressure Abnormality (Low Engine Oil Pressure)
CAUTION
If the engine continues to run when the oil pressure is abnormal, the engine may be damaged.
• • If the display warns of abnormal engine oil pressure, shut down the engine immediately.
When the engine is just started, the oil pressure gauge shows high pressure because the engine
has not been warmed up. After the engine is fully warmed up and runs, check the oil pressure sta-
tus again.
If the display warns of abnormal engine oil pressure, stop the machine, shut down the engine im-
mediately, and perform the following operations.

1. Check for engine oil leakage.

1
Fig 6-7
1. Engine oil dipstick
L H
Fig 6-8
L. Dipstick scale H. Dipstick scale

mark mark
2. Check the engine oil quantity, and replenish it if insufficient.

• Take out the engine oil dipstick [1] and wipe the attached engine oil with a cloth.
• Insert the oil dipstick completely into the engine oil, and then take it out slowly.
• If the position of engine oil on the dipstick is between the mark H and the mark L, the oil
quantity is normal.
• Replenish engine oil if it is insufficient. When the engine oil is dirt obviously, change it in
time.
• After inspection, insert the oil dipstick into the oil dipstick slot.
3. If the engine oil level is normal but there is still a warning of abnormal engine oil pressure, please
contact a dealer authorized by SANY HEAVY MACHINERY for repair.

6.6.4 When the engine rotates reversely
WARNING
Improper operation or irregular behavior may cause serious personal safety.
• When the engine rotates reversely, turn off the engine immediately, otherwise, it will burn the
engine or cause a serious injury accident within a few minutes, and the exhaust gas discharged
from the air filter will also cause a fire.
When the engine rotates reversely, the following phenomena will occur.
• There will be a loud collision sound when the engine starts.
• Black smoke is emitted from the air filter.
• Low oil pressure alarm appears on the display.
After the engine is shut down, check and clean the rubber hoses of the air filter and suction sys-
tem, and replace the hose if any problem is found.
6.7 Common faults and troubleshooting

Excessive soot accumulation
Troubleshooting procedures
Step 1 Check for other aftertreatment sensor related fault codes?
1. Is there a fault of three sensors on DPF?
2. Is there any fault related to the engine fuel
system?
3. Is there any fault related to the engine intake
system?
Yes → Troubleshooting
No↓
Step 2 Check whether DPF is blocked?
1. Is the DPF pressure difference greater than
20kPa?
Yes → DPF needs cleaning.
No↓
Step 3 Check whether manual regeneration can reduce carbon load?
1. Is the fault eliminated after manual
regeneration?
No↓

Step 4 ECU failure, replace ECU.

Next ↓
Step 5 After inspection, confirm that the system operates normally.
DPF regeneration frequency is too high.
Step 1 Check DPF differential pressure sensor and its wiring harness for faults?
1. Is there a fault code for DPF differential
pressure sensor?
2. Is there a virtual connection in the harness
of 2.DPF differential pressure sensor?
No↓
Next ↓
DPF differential pressure is too high.
1. Check whether the DPF differential pressure
sensor meets the standard value (refer to the
standard value of engine electrical
components)?
2. Check the harness of DPF differential pres-
sure sensor for abnormality?
3. Check whether there is air leakage in the
connecting pipeline of the differential pressure
sensor.
No↓
20kPa?

No↓
regeneration?
No↓
Next ↓
DPF differential pressure is too low.
components)?
sensor.
No↓
regeneration?
No↓
Next ↓
Steps 4 After inspection, confirm that the system operates normally.
DPF clogging alarm

Step 1 Check for other aftertreatment sensor related faults?
1. Is there a fault of three sensors on DPF?
2. Is there any fault related to the engine fuel
system?
3. Is there any fault related to the engine intake
system?
No↓
20kPa?
No↓
regeneration?
No↓
Next ↓
Insufficient DPF regeneration
components)?
sensor.

No↓
regeneration?
No↓
Next ↓
Steps 4 After inspection, confirm that the system operates normally.

SY215W TireHydraulic Excavator Accessories and options
Accessories and options
7 Accessories and options............................................................................................7-1

7.1 Safety precautions ................................................................................................................7-3
7.2 Hydraulic control components and oil circuits supporting the work of
accessories...................................................................................................................7-5
7.2.1 Component position....................................................................................................7-5
7.2.2 Connection of hydraulic oil circuit .............................................................................7-8
7.3 System operation ............................................................................................................... 7-10
7.3.1 Overview.................................................................................................................... 7-10
7.3.2 When the crushing hammer is used...................................................................... 7-10
7.3.3 When the hydraulic tong is used.............................................................................7-11
7.3.4 Accumulator .............................................................................................................. 7-13
7.3.5 Hydraulic system-release pressure....................................................................... 7-14
7.3.6 Long-Term Storage .................................................................................................. 7-15
7.4 Recommended accessory operations ............................................................................ 7-16
7.4.1 Overview.................................................................................................................... 7-16
7.4.2 Hydraulic crushing hammer.................................................................................... 7-16
7.4.3 Installation of Crushing Hammer ........................................................................... 7-17
7.4.4 Operation of hydraulic breaker............................................................................... 7-19
7.4.5 Prohibited Operations.............................................................................................. 7-20

Accessories and options SY215W TireHydraulic Excavator

7.Accessories and options

7.1 Safety precautions
Take care of safety when installing accessories or optional parts on the machine. When selecting,
installing and using accessories or optional parts, strictly observe the following precautions:
Precautions for selection
• Before installing accessories or optional parts on the machine, consult an authorized agent of
SANY HEAVY MACHINERY. Depending on the type of accessories or optional parts, you may
need to install a front protective plate, overhead protective plate, or other safety structures on
the machine.
• Only install accessories or optional parts approved by SANY HEAVY MACHINERY. SANY
HEAVY MACHINERY is not liable for any accident, damage, or fault caused by accessories or
optional parts not approved by SANY HEAVY MACHINERY.
Carefully read the user manual
• Before installing or using any accessories or optional parts, be sure to carefully read and under-
stand the contents of the user manual for the accessories or optional parts.
• If your user manual is lost or damaged, be sure to request a new manual from the accessory
manufacturer or the authorized agent of SANY HEAVY MACHINERY.
Precautions for removal or installation
Ensure safety when removing and installing accessories or optional parts. Observe the following
precautions:
• Perform removal or installation on a flat and solid ground.
• When the work is performed by two or more persons, select one of them as the person in charge
and obey his or her commands.
• Use a crane to move heavy objects (with a weight of more than 25 kg). (The crane must be oper-
ated by qualified and experienced operators with official licenses.) Never stand under the heavy
objects lifted by the crane.
• Do not operate the machine when heavy objects are being lifted by the crane during disassem-
bly and assembly. If necessary, use a bracket to prevent heavy objects from falling.
• When removing heavy parts, consider the impact on the balance of the machine after removal.
To prevent the machine from tipping over, if necessary, support the machine before removing
the heavy parts.
• Ensure that the accessories or optional parts are stable and will not tip over before installation or
after removal.
• For details about removal or installation, consult an authorized agent of SANY HEAVY
MACHINERY.
Precautions for use
Observe the following precautions when installing large or heavy accessories or optional parts.
• Before operation, move the machine to a safe site for trial operation and ensure that you are fully
aware of the machine's motion, center of gravity, and operating range.
• If the machine is inclined, do not slew it. Otherwise, the machine may tip over.
• Keep a safe distance from the surrounding obstacles during operation.
Observe the following precautions when installing heavy accessories or optional parts:
• Heavy accessories or optional parts may have a larger slew range. Inaccurate calculation of the
slew range may lead to a risk of collision with other objects. Be sure to reserve sufficient space
when slewing.
• When the lifting action of heavier accessories or options stops, the downward movement dis-
tance is relatively large under its own weight. So don't let it stop at the lifting position, but land it
on the ground.
• Do not slew, lower, or stop the machine suddenly to prevent the machine from tipping over.
• Do not unfold or fold the boom cylinder suddenly to prevent impact that may cause the machine
to tip over.

7.2 Hydraulic control components and oil circuits supporting the work
of accessories
7.2.1 Component position
6 2
5
1 3 4
Fig 7-1
1. Cutoff valve 4. Lock pin

5. Additional filter element for hammer oil
2. Selector valve
circuit
3. Attachment control pedal 6. Accumulator (for additional oil circuit)

Stop valve [1]
The stop valve is used to control the flow of

hydraulic oil.
[A] FREE (free) position Hydraulic oil flow
[B] LOCK (lock) position Hydraulic oil cut-off

A B
When removing or installing accessories, first
set the stop valve to the locking position.
Fig 7-2
A. FREE (free) B. LOCK (lock)

position position
Selector valve[2]
The selector valve is used to choose the flow

direction of the hydraulic oil.
Fig 7-3
C. Position when us- D. Position when us-

ing the hammer ing general accesso-
ries (hydraulic tongs,
etc.)

Attachment control pedal [3]
Control pedal is used to control the

accessories.
Lock pin [4]
The locking pin is used to lock the control

pedal.
Always keep the pedal in the locked position

except when operating accessories.
E
G
Fig 7-4
E. Lock position F. Free position

(when working with
large flow)
G. Free position
(when working with
small flow)
Additional filter element for hammer oil cir-

cuit [5]
The additional filter is used to prevent the hy-

draulic oil from deteriorating when the ham-
mer is used.
Oil flows through this filter element only when

the selector valve is in the hammer position.
Fig 7-5

Accumulator (for additional oil circuit) [6]
The accumulator is installed to protect the oil

cooler when using the hammer.
If the accumulator needs to be used with ac-

cessories, please contact the manufacturer of
accessories.
WARNING
Risk of personal injury!
The accumulator is filled with high-pres-
sure nitrogen, which is very dangerous if
it is operated incorrectly.
Fig 7-6
• Operate the accumulator correctly accord-
ing to the instruction manual provided by
the manufacturer.
7.2.2 Connection of hydraulic oil circuit
When connecting accessories, follow the steps below to connect the hydraulic oil circuit.
One way attachment
1. Check that the stop valve is in the locked

position and remove the plug [1]. Be careful
not to lose or damage any removed parts.
1
Fig 7-7
1. Screw plug 2. Pipe fittings
2. Connect the accessory pipes provided by the accessory manufacturer. Depending on the pipe
of the attachment, it may be necessary to remove the pipe joint [2].

The dimensions of the fitting [2] and elbow [3]

at the stop valve end for accessories are
shown in the figure on the right. For details
3
about the dimensions of the attachment end,
please contact the manufacturer of the
attachment.
Fig 7-8
3. Elbows
3. After connecting the pipeline, the air in the

oil circuit should be discharged.
1) Start the engine and run it at low idle speed

for 10 minutes.
2) Run the engine at low idle speed until the

air in the accessory oil circuit is completely
removed. Then repeat (about 10 times) to
operate the accessory pedal to expel air.
3) After completing the exhaust, turn off the

engine and wait at least 5 minutes before Fig 7-9
starting the operation to eliminate air bub-
bles in the oil in the tank.
4) Make sure there should be no oil leaks and

wipe up any spilled oil.
NOTE：
If the accessory manufacturer specifies the
exhaust method of the accessory, exhaust ac-
cording to the specified method.

7.3 System operation

7.3.1 Overview
WARNING
Putting your feet on the pedal during operation may cause sudden movement of
accessories.
• Don't put your feet on the pedal except when operating it.
7.3.2 When the crushing hammer is used
CAUTION
Failing to operate and use the hammer correctly according to the instruction manual pro-
vided by the manufacturer.
• When operating the hammer, please read and correctly use the instruction manual pro-
vided by the hammer manufacturer.
• When using a hammer, the deterioration of hydraulic oil is faster than normal operation, so the
replacement cycle of hydraulic oil and filter element should be shortened.
NOTE：
If the lock pin [a] is operated with the hammer
at the full stroke position [c], there is a danger
of damaging the hydraulic device or overheat-
ing. Do not operate the hammer when the
locking pin is in this position.
A
Adjust the lock pin to position [B] (half stroke), C
B
then depress the right pedal in the direction of
the arrow to operate the breaker hammer. Fig 7-10
A. Lock pin C. Half-stroke

position
B. C. Full-stroke
position

Precautions for use

• Ensure that the stop valve [D] should be in
the FREE position.
Fig 7-11
D. Stop valve
Check whether the selector valve is in the po-

sition where the hammer is used.
• Check whether the stop bar [E] of the selec-
E
tor is installed in the position of the breaker.
NOTE：
Please contact the accessory manufacturer to
determine whether it is necessary to install an
accumulator for the accessory oil circuit.
Fig 7-12
E. Stop rod
7.3.3 When the hydraulic tong is used
CAUTION
Failing to operate and use hydraulic tongs correctly according to the instruction manual
provided by the manufacturer.
• When operating the hydraulic tongs, please read and correctly use the instruction manual pro-
vided by the hydraulic tongs manufacturer.

Adjust the locking pin [A] to the free position

and depress the pedal [B] forward and back-
ward to operate the attachment.
Fig 7-13
A. Lock pin B. Pedal
Precautions for use

• Check that the stop valve [c] should be in
the FREE position.
Fig 7-14
C. Stop valve

• Check whether the selector valve is in the

position where the hydraulic tongs is used.
• Check whether the selector stop rod [D] is
installed in the hydraulic clamp position.
Fig 7-15
D. Stop rod
7.3.4 Accumulator
WARNING
Risk of personal injury!
The accumulator is filled with high-pressure nitrogen, which is very dangerous if it is oper-
ated incorrectly.
• Do not drill holes in the accumulator or keep it close to an open flame.
• Do not weld any boss on the accumulator.
• When disposing of the accumulator, the gas in the accumulator needs to be released, so
please contact the authorized agent of Sany Heavy Industry.
For the machine with accumulator, if the oper-

ating handle moves to the descending posi-
tion within a short time after the engine is
turned off, the working device will move down-
wards under its own weight.
After turning off the engine, put the safety lock

lever in the "lock" position and lock the acces-
sory control pedal with the lock pin.
The control oil circuit of the machine is

equipped with an accumulator.
The accumulator is a device for storing the

pressure in the control oil circuit. When the ac- Fig 7-16
cumulator is installed, the control oil circuit

can be operated for a short time even after

the engine is turned off.
Therefore, if the joystick is moved in the direc-

tion of dropping the working device, the work-
ing device can move under its own weight.
The accumulator are located in the positions

7.3.5 Hydraulic system-release pressure
1. Put the working device on the ground. Close hydraulic tongs, accessories, clips, etc.
3. Place the safety lock lever in the "Unlocked" position. Move the joystick and accessory control
pedal forward and backward, left and right full stroke to release the pressure in the control oil
circuit.
4. Restart the engine for 2 ~ 6 s, then turn off the engine and repeat the operation in step 3.
5. Repeat the operation in step 4 until you hear the hissing sound of hydraulic pressure. (about 2 ~
3 times).
6. Place the safety lock lever in the "lock" position to lock the joystick and accessory control pedal.
NOTE：
The pressure will not be completely released. Therefore, when disassembling the accumulator in
the control oil circuit, loosen the screw slowly and do not stand in the direction of oil ejection.

7.3.6 Long-Term Storage
If the equipment is not used for a long time,

the following requirements should be
followed.
• Set the stop valve to the locking state.
• Install the plug on the valve.
Install the plug on the stop valve.
• Adjust the selector valve to the position for
general accessories such as hydraulic
tongs.
• Adjust the locking pin to the locking
position.
Operating the pedal will cause overheating

Fig 7-17
and other problems if a hammer or general
accessories are not installed.

7.4 Recommended accessory operations

7.4.1 Overview
This part introduces the precautions that should be observed when operating the machine with
accessories.
7.4.2 Hydraulic crushing hammer
It is recommended to use the parameters

of Sany breaking hammer:
Specifica- Unit SYB50

tions
Total weight KG 890
Length mm 1890
Flow L/min 100–130
Pressure MPa 16–18
Striking b.p.m 450–625
frequency
Tubing mm 19
diameter Fig 7-18
Stem mm 100
diameter
Stem length mm 950
Main purposes:
Crush rocks
Demolish buildings
Build roads
NOTE：
• Select the appropriate attachment for the
host.
• The models of machines that can install ac-
cessories are different. For the selection of
accessories and machine models, please
contact the authorized agent of Sany Heavy
Machinery.

7.4.3 Installation of Crushing Hammer
CAUTION
Risk of injury and environmental
hazards!
Failure to comply with the following behav-
iors may result in injury and harm to the
environment.
• Do not lower the working device on a
place other than the ground or a solid sup-
porting surface. 1
1. Drop the working device to the ground

completely.
Fig 7-19
1. "Unlock" position
3. Shortly press the one-key startup switch to power on the machine.
4. Put the hydraulic lock lever in the "Unlock" position [1].
5. Operate the joystick cyclically for 2-3 times within 15 seconds to release the residual pressure in
the hydraulic pipeline.
6. Put the hydraulic lock lever in the "Lock"

position [2].
Fig 7-20
2. "Lock" position
7. Remove the existing working device (as shown in the right figure).

8. Place the crushing hammer on a horizontal

surface, and fix it on the stick with pins [4] [5].
4
5
Fig 7-21
4. Pin 5. Pin
9. Remove the plug from the stop valve [6],

and open the stop valve from the end of the
hydraulic pipeline.
Fig 7-22
6. Cutoff valve
10. Connect the hydraulic pipelines of the optional devices based on the breaker instructions from
the manufacturer.
NOTE：
The connection dimensions may vary with the manufacturers of different optional devices. If you
have any doubt, contact an agent authorized by SANY.
11. After installing the crushing hammer, check the oil level of the hydraulic oil tank and refill hy-
draulic oil if necessary.
NOTE：
Please contact your SANY agent for more information if necessary.

7.4.4 Operation of hydraulic breaker
NOTICE
Failure to follow the instructions provided by the manufacturer may cause damage to the
broken equipment.
• If it does not break within 1 minute, move the crushing hammer and re-break from the end.
1. Firmly press the drill rod vertically against

the surface of the object to be broken
(pictured).
90°
90°
Fig 7-23
2. When striking, press the drill rod tightly to

lift the machine.
NOTE：
Do not lift the machine too high.
Fig 7-24

3. Step on the foot control valve, so that the

drill rod repeatedly hit the object.
Fig 7-25
7.4.5 Prohibited Operations
1. When operating the cylinder, the piston

rod does not reach the end of the stroke.
Fig 7-26

2. Do not swing the hammer against rocks,

buildings, concrete, etc.
Fig 7-27
3. Do not move the drill rod while striking.
Fig 7-28
4. Do not twist the drill rod when drilling holes

in the ground.
Fig 7-29

5. Do not extend the bucket cylinder to a

large position when lifting the machine.
Fig 7-30

SY215W TireHydraulic Excavator Maintenance information
Maintenance information
8 Maintenance information............................................................................................8-1
8.1 Warranty information ............................................................................................................8-3
8.2 References.............................................................................................................................8-3
8.3 Scrapping and Disposal of the Machine ............................................................................8-3

Maintenance information SY215W TireHydraulic Excavator

SY215W TireHydraulic Excavator Maintenance information
8.Maintenance information
8.1 Warranty information
Emissions warranty information (for China IV models) (no such requirement for China III)
Off-road diesel engines operated and used in China, including all parts of their emission control
systems, should meet the following requirements:
• From the date of sale, their design, manufacturing and assembly meet the requirements of the
relevant emission standards laid down by the Ministry of Ecology and Environment of the Peo-
ple’s Republic of China in the form of regulations.
• During the warranty period, the manufacturing processes of materials used in emissions-related
components shall be free from defects that could cause the engine to violate the provisions of
the relevant emission standards.
The engine after-treatment system is expected to function properly during the warranty period as
specified in the regulations, provided that the specified maintenance requirements are observed.
See Chapter Maintenance for detailed maintenance requirements.
8.2 References
You can buy additional informative materials about your product from a local authorized agent of
SANY Heavy MECHINERY. Use the product name, sales model, and serial number to obtain cor-
rect information about your product.
8.3 Scrapping and Disposal of the Machine

When the product is no longer in use, the local regulations for scrapping products are different in
different regions. The disposal of products varies with local regulations.
Improper disposal of waste will threaten the environment. Comply with all local regulations on re-
tirement and scrapping of materials.
Use correct personal protective devices when retiring and scrapping products.
Please consult the nearest authorized agent of SANY HEAVY MACHINERY for more information,
including the information about re-manufacturing and recycling of parts.

Maintenance information SY215W TireHydraulic Excavator

www.sanygroup.com
SANY Heavy Machinery Co., Ltd

SANY Industrial Park, Economic and Technologi-
cal Development Zone, Kunshan, Jiangsu
E-mail: [email protected] Post code: 215300

Complaint hot-line (China): 4008
Service hot-line (China): 4008 28 2318 87 9318
Service/Complaint hot-line (Global): +86 4006
09 8318

PS00036042 SY215W1I4K轮胎式液压挖掘机操作保养手册.en A.1

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

PS00036042 SY215W1I4K轮胎式液压挖掘机操作保养手册.en A.1

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

PS00036042 SY215W1I4K轮胎式液压挖掘机操作保养手册.en A.1

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Quality Changes the World

Operation and Maintenance Manual

Operation and Maintenance Manual

Operation and Maintenance Manual-06.2023 1

2 Operation and Maintenance Manual-06.2023

Operation and Maintenance Manual-06.2023 1

2 Operation and Maintenance Manual-06.2023

A tire hydraulic excavator is a piece of multi-purpose earthwork construction machinery. It is mainly

Operation and Maintenance Manual-06.2023 1

Responsibilities of customer or other authorized relevant personnel

Responsibilities of all operators

2 Operation and Maintenance Manual-06.2023

Operation and Maintenance Manual-06.2023 I

2.2.13.1 Hot Coolant ....................................................................................................... 2-22

II Operation and Maintenance Manual-06.2023

2.3.2.9 Prohibited Operations........................................................................................ 2-42

Operation and Maintenance Manual-06.2023 III

4.2 Description of controls and gauges ....................................................................................4-7

IV Operation and Maintenance Manual-06.2023

4.2.15 Fuse link ................................................................................................................... 4-83

Operation and Maintenance Manual-06.2023 V

4.3.12 Operation in cold weather .................................................................................... 4-137

VI Operation and Maintenance Manual-06.2023

5.10 Maintenance procedure .................................................................................................. 5-23

Operation and Maintenance Manual-06.2023 VII

5.10.7.7 Engine exhaust pipe clamps - check............................................................. 5-80

6 Fault Diagnosis ................................................................................................................6-1

7 Accessories and options............................................................................................7-1

Operation and Maintenance Manual-06.2023 IX

X Operation and Maintenance Manual-06.2023

Operation and Maintenance Manual-06.2023 1-1

1-2 Operation and Maintenance Manual-06.2023

Operation and Maintenance Manual-06.2023 1-3

1.2 Laws, regulations and disclaimer

1-4 Operation and Maintenance Manual-06.2023

1.3 Safety Information

Safety warning example

Operation and Maintenance Manual-06.2023 1-5

1. Text safety sign example

2. Graphical safety sign example

Safety diagrams graphically depict the extent

As shown in the right figure, the sign on the

1.4 Altitude allowed by equipment

1-6 Operation and Maintenance Manual-06.2023

1.5 Description of page numbers

Description of page numbers

The page numbers of this manual are relative page numbers.

Description of numbers in illustrations

In this manual, measurement is expressed in international standard (SI) units.

In this Manual, measurement is expressed in international standard (SI) units.

Operation and Maintenance Manual-06.2023 1-7

1.6.2 Direction of the machine

In this manual, front, back, left, and right refer

when the [E] cab is facing forward and the [F]

A. Working device D. Fuel oil tank

1-8 Operation and Maintenance Manual-06.2023

1.6.3 Breaking-in of New Machine

Avoid operating the machine at a high speed under a heavy load.

1.7 Product Information